Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants, 59897-59936 [2014-22962]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 192
October 3, 2014
Part II
Commodity Futures Trading Commission
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
17 CFR Parts 23 and 140
Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major
Swap Participants; Proposed Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59898
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING
COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 23 and 140
RIN 3038–AC97
Margin Requirements for Uncleared
Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major
Swap Participants
Commodity Futures Trading
Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule; advance notice of
proposed rulemaking.
AGENCY:
The Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (‘‘Commission’’ or
‘‘CFTC’’) is proposing regulations to
implement section 4s(e) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (‘‘CEA’’), as
added by section 731 of the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer
Protection Act (‘‘Dodd-Frank Act’’). This
provision requires the Commission to
adopt initial and variation margin
requirements for certain swap dealers
(‘‘SDs’’) and major swap participants
(‘‘MSPs’’). The proposed rules would
establish initial and variation margin
requirements for SDs and MSPs but
would not require SDs and MSPs to
collect margin from non-financial end
users. In this release, the Commission is
also issuing an Advance Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking requesting public
comment on the cross-border
application of such margin
requirements. The Commission is not
proposing rules on this topic at this
time. It is seeking public comment on
several potential alternative approaches.
DATES: Comments must be received on
or before December 2, 2014.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments,
identified by RIN 3038–AC97 and
Margin Requirements for Uncleared
Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major
Swap Participants, by any of the
following methods:
• Agency Web site, via its Comments
Online process at http://
comments.cftc.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments
through the Web site.
• Mail: Send to Christopher
Kirkpatrick, Secretary of the
Commission, Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, Three Lafayette
Centre, 1155 21st Street NW.,
Washington, DC 20581.
• Hand Delivery/Courier: Same as
Mail, above.
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments.
Please submit your comments using
only one of these methods.
All comments must be submitted in
English, or if not, accompanied by an
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
English translation. Comments will be
posted as received to http://
www.cftc.gov. You should submit only
information that you wish to make
available publicly. If you wish the
Commission to consider information
that may be exempt from disclosure
under the Freedom of Information Act,
a petition for confidential treatment of
the exempt information may be
submitted according to the established
procedures in § 145.9 of the
Commission’s regulations, 17 CFR
145.9.
The Commission reserves the right,
but shall have no obligation, to review,
pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or
remove any or all of your submission
from www.cftc.gov that it may deem to
be inappropriate for publication, such as
obscene language. All submissions that
have been redacted, or removed that
contain comments on the merits of the
rulemaking will be retained in the
public comment file and will be
considered as required under the
Administrative Procedure Act and other
applicable laws, and may be accessible
under the Freedom of Information Act.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John
C. Lawton, Deputy Director, Division of
Clearing and Risk, 202–418–5480,
jlawton@cftc.gov; Thomas J. Smith,
Deputy Director, Division of Swap
Dealer and Intermediary Oversight, 202–
418–5495, tsmith@cftc.gov; Rafael
Martinez, Financial Risk Analyst,
Division of Swap Dealer and
Intermediary Oversight, 202–418–5462,
rmartinez@cftc.gov; Francis Kuo,
Attorney, Division of Swap Dealer and
Intermediary Oversight, 202–418–5695,
fkuo@cftc.gov; or Stephen A. Kane,
Research Economist, Office of Chief
Economist, 202–418–5911, skane@
cftc.gov; Commodity Futures Trading
Commission, 1155 21st Street NW.,
Washington DC 20581.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Background
A. Statutory Authority
On July 21, 2010, President Obama
signed the Dodd-Frank Act.1 Title VII of
the Dodd-Frank Act amended the CEA 2
to establish a comprehensive regulatory
framework designed to reduce risk, to
increase transparency, and to promote
market integrity within the financial
system by, among other things: (1)
Providing for the registration and
regulation of SDs and MSPs; (2)
imposing clearing and trade execution
1 See Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, Public Law 111–203, 124
Stat. 1376 (2010).
2 7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
requirements on standardized derivative
products; (3) creating recordkeeping and
real-time reporting regimes; and (4)
enhancing the Commission’s
rulemaking and enforcement authorities
with respect to all registered entities
and intermediaries subject to the
Commission’s oversight.
Section 731 of the Dodd-Frank Act
added a new section 4s to the CEA
setting forth various requirements for
SDs and MSPs. Section 4s(e) mandates
the adoption of rules establishing
margin requirements for SDs and
MSPs.3 Each SD and MSP for which
there is a Prudential Regulator, as
defined below, must meet margin
requirements established by the
applicable Prudential Regulator, and
each SD and MSP for which there is no
Prudential Regulator must comply with
the Commission’s regulations governing
margin.
The term Prudential Regulator is
defined in section 1a(39) of the CEA, as
amended by Section 721 of the DoddFrank Act. This definition includes the
Federal Reserve Board (‘‘FRB’’); the
Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency (‘‘OCC’’); the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (‘‘FDIC’’); the
Farm Credit Administration; and the
Federal Housing Finance Agency.
The definition specifies the entities
for which these agencies act as
Prudential Regulators. These consist
generally of federally insured deposit
institutions, farm credit banks, federal
home loan banks, the Federal Home
Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the
Federal National Mortgage Association.
The FRB is the Prudential Regulator
under section 4s not only for certain
banks, but also for bank holding
companies, certain foreign banks treated
as bank holding companies, and certain
subsidiaries of these bank holding
companies and foreign banks. The FRB
is not, however, the Prudential
Regulator for nonbank subsidiaries of
bank holding companies, some of which
are required to be registered with the
Commission as SDs or MSPs. In general,
therefore, the Commission is required to
establish margin requirements for all
registered SDs and MSPs that are not
subject to a Prudential Regulator. These
include, among others, nonbank
subsidiaries of bank holding companies,
as well as certain foreign SDs and MSPs.
Specifically, section 4s(e)(1)(B) of the
CEA provides that each registered SD
3 Section 4s(e) also directs the Commission to
adopt capital requirements for SDs and MSPs. The
Commission proposed capital rules in 2011. Capital
Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap
Participants, 76 FR 27802 (May 12, 2011). The
Commission will address capital requirements in a
separate release.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
and MSP for which there is not a
Prudential Regulator shall meet such
minimum capital requirements and
minimum initial margin and variation
margin requirements as the Commission
shall by rule or regulation prescribe.
Section 4s(e)(2)(B) provides that the
Commission shall adopt rules for SDs
and MSPs, with respect to their
activities as an SD or an MSP, for which
there is not a Prudential Regulator
imposing (i) capital requirements and
(ii) both initial and variation margin
requirements on all swaps that are not
cleared by a registered derivatives
clearing organization (‘‘DCO’’).
Section 4s(e)(3)(A) provides that to
offset the greater risk to the SD or MSP
and the financial system arising from
the use of swaps that are not cleared, the
requirements imposed under section
4s(e)(2) shall (i) help ensure the safety
and soundness of the SD or MSP and (ii)
be appropriate for the risk associated
with the non-cleared swaps.
Section 4s(e)(3)(C) provides, in
pertinent part, that in prescribing
margin requirements the Prudential
Regulator and the Commission shall
permit the use of noncash collateral the
Prudential Regulator or the Commission
determines to be consistent with (i)
preserving the financial integrity of
markets trading swaps and (ii)
preserving the stability of the United
States financial system.
Section 4s(e)(3)(D)(i) provides that the
Prudential Regulators, the Commission,
and the Securities and Exchange
Commission (‘‘SEC’’) shall periodically
(but not less frequently than annually)
consult on minimum capital
requirements and minimum initial and
variation margin requirements.
Section 4s(e)(3)(D)(ii) provides that
the Prudential Regulators, Commission
and SEC shall, to the maximum extent
practicable, establish and maintain
comparable minimum capital and
minimum initial and variation margin
requirements, including the use of
noncash collateral, for SDs and MSPs.
number. The commenters included
financial services industry associations,
agricultural industry associations,
energy industry associations, insurance
industry associations, banks, brokerage
firms, investment managers, insurance
companies, pension funds, commercial
end users, law firms, public interest
organizations, and other members of the
public. The commenters addressed
numerous topics including applicability
of the rules to certain products,
applicability to certain market
participants, margin calculation
methodologies, two-way vs. one-way
margin, margin thresholds, permissible
collateral, use of independent
custodians, rehypothecation of
collateral, and harmonization with other
regulators.
The Commission has taken the
comments it received into consideration
in developing the further proposal
contained herein. This proposal differs
in a number of material ways from the
previous proposal 6 and the Commission
has determined that it is appropriate to
issue a new request for comment. The
Prudential Regulators have also decided
to issue a new request for comment. The
public is invited to comment on any
aspect of the current proposal.
C. International Standards
B. Previous Proposal
Following extensive consultation and
coordination with the Prudential
Regulators, the Commission published
proposed rules for public comment in
2011.4 The Prudential Regulators
published substantially similar rules
two weeks later.5
The Commission received 102
comment letters. The Prudential
Regulators received a comparable
While the comments on the 2011
proposal were being reviewed,
regulatory authorities around the world
determined that global harmonization of
margin standards was an important goal.
The CFTC and the Prudential Regulators
decided to hold their rulemakings in
abeyance pending completion of the
international efforts.
In October 2011, the Basel Committee
on Banking Supervision (‘‘BCBS’’) and
the International Organization of
Securities Commissions (‘‘IOSCO’’), in
consultation with the Committee on
Payment and Settlement Systems
(‘‘CPSS’’) and the Committee on Global
Financial Systems (‘‘CGFS’’), formed a
working group to develop international
standards for margin requirements for
uncleared swaps. Representatives of
more than 20 regulatory authorities
participated. From the United States,
the CFTC, the FDIC, the FRB, the OCC,
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
and the SEC were represented.
In July 2012, the working group
published a proposal for public
4 Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for
Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants, 76 FR
23732 (April 28, 2011).
5 Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered
Swap Entities, 76 FR 27564 (May 11, 2011).
6 These include, among others, the definition of
financial end user, the definition of material swaps
exposure, the requirement for two-way margin
between SDs and financial end users, and the list
of eligible collateral for initial margin.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59899
comment.7 In addition, the group
conducted a Quantitative Impact Study
(‘‘QIS’’) to assess the potential liquidity
and other quantitative impacts
associated with margin requirements.8
After consideration of the comments
on the proposal and the results of the
QIS, the group published a near-final
proposal in February 2013 and
requested comment on several specific
issues.9 The group considered the
additional comments in finalizing the
recommendations set out in the report.
The final report was issued in
September 2013.10 This report (the
‘‘2013 international framework’’)
articulates eight key principles for noncleared derivatives margin rules, which
are described below. These principles
represent the minimum standards
approved by BCBS and IOSCO and
recommended to the regulatory
authorities in member jurisdictions of
these organizations.
1. Appropriate Margining Practices
Should be in Place With Respect to all
Non-Cleared Derivative Transactions
The 2013 international framework
recommends that appropriate margining
practices be in place with respect to all
derivative transactions that are not
cleared by central counterparties
(‘‘CCPs’’). The 2013 international
framework does not include a margin
requirement for physically settled
foreign exchange (‘‘FX’’) forwards and
swaps. The framework also would not
apply initial margin requirements to the
fixed physically-settled FX component
of cross-currency swaps.
2. Financial Firms and Systemically
Important Nonfinancial Entities
(Covered Entities) Must Exchange Initial
and Variation Margin
The 2013 international framework
recommends bilateral exchange of
initial and variation margin for noncleared derivatives between covered
entities. The precise definition of
‘‘covered entities’’ is to be determined
by each national regulator, but in
general should include financial firms
and systemically important nonfinancial entities. Sovereigns, central
banks, certain multilateral development
banks, the Bank for International
7 BCBS/IOSCO, Consultative Document, Margin
requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives
(July 2012).
8 BCBS/IOSCO, Quantitative Impact Study,
Margin requirements for non-centrally cleared
derivatives (November 2012).
9 BCBS/IOSCO, Consultative Document, Margin
requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives
(February 2013).
10 BCBS/IOSCO, Margin requirements for noncentrally cleared derivatives (September 2013)
(‘‘BCBS/IOSCO Report’’).
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59900
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
3. The Methodologies for Calculating
Initial and Variation Margin Should (i)
Be Consistent Across Covered Entities,
and (ii) Ensure That All Counterparty
Risk Exposures Are Covered With a
High Degree of Confidence
4. To Ensure That Assets Collected as
Collateral Can Be Liquidated in a
Reasonable Amount of Time To
Generate Proceeds That Could
Sufficiently Protect Covered Entities
From Losses in the Event of a
Counterparty Default, These Assets
Should Be Highly Liquid and Should,
After Accounting for an Appropriate
Haircut, be Able To Hold Their Value in
a Time of Financial Stress
The 2013 international framework
recommends that national supervisors
develop a definitive list of eligible
collateral assets. The 2013 international
framework includes examples of
permissible collateral types, provides a
schedule of standardized haircuts, and
indicates that model-based haircuts may
be appropriate. In the event that a
dispute arises over the value of eligible
collateral, the 2013 international
framework provides that both parties
should make all necessary and
appropriate efforts, including timely
initiation of dispute resolution
protocols, to resolve the dispute and
exchange any required margin in a
timely fashion.
The 2013 international framework
states that the potential future exposure
of a non-cleared derivative should
reflect an estimate of an increase in the
value of the instrument that is
consistent with a one-tailed 99%
confidence level over a 10-day horizon
(or longer, if variation margin is not
collected on a daily basis), based on
historical data that incorporates a period
of significant financial stress.
The 2013 international framework
permits the amount of initial margin to
be calculated by reference to internal
models approved by the relevant
national regulator or a standardized
margin schedule, but covered entities
should not ‘‘cherry pick’’ between the
two calculation methods. Models may
allow for conceptually sound and
empirically demonstrable portfolio risk
offsets where there is an enforceable
netting agreement in effect. However,
portfolio risk offsets may only be
recognized within, and not across,
certain well-defined asset classes:
credit, equity, interest rates and foreign
exchange, and commodities. A covered
entity using the standardized margin
schedule may adjust the gross initial
margin amount (notional exposure
multiplied by the relevant percentage in
the table) by a ‘‘net-to-gross ratio,’’
which is also used in the bank
counterparty credit risk capital rules to
reflect a degree of netting of derivative
positions that are subject to an
enforceable netting agreement.
5. Initial Margin Should be Exchanged
on a Gross Basis and Held in Such a
Way as to Ensure That (i) the Margin
Collected Is Immediately Available to
the Collecting Party in the Event of the
Counterparty’s Default, and (ii) the
Collected Margin Is Subject to
Arrangements That Fully Protect the
Posting Party
The 2013 international framework
provides that collateral collected as
initial margin from a ‘‘customer’’
(defined as a ‘‘buy-side financial firm’’)
should be segregated from the initial
margin collector’s proprietary assets.
The initial margin collector also should
give the customer the option to
individually segregate its initial margin
from other customers’ margin. In very
specific circumstances, the initial
margin collector may use margin
provided by the customer to hedge the
risks associated with the customer’s
positions with a third party. To the
extent that the customer consents to
rehypothecation, it should be permitted
only where applicable insolvency law
gives the customer protection from risk
of loss of initial margin in instances
where either or both of the initial
margin collector and the third party
become insolvent. Where a customer
has consented to rehypothecation and
adequate legal safeguards are in place,
the margin collector and the third party
to which customer collateral is
rehypothecated should comply with
additional restrictions detailed in the
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Settlements (BIS), and non-systemic,
non-financial firms are not included as
covered entities.
Under the 2013 international
framework, all covered entities that
engage in non-cleared derivatives
should exchange, on a bilateral basis,
the full amount of variation margin with
a zero threshold on a regular basis (e.g.,
daily). All covered entities are also
expected to exchange, on a bilateral
basis, initial margin with a threshold
not to exceed Ö50 million. The
threshold applies on a consolidated
group, rather than legal entity, basis. In
addition, and in light of the permitted
initial margin threshold, the 2013
international framework recommends
that entities with a level of non-cleared
derivative activity of Ö8 billion notional
or more would be subject to initial
margin requirements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
2013 international framework, including
a prohibition on any further
rehypothecation of the customer’s
collateral by the third party.
6. Requirements for Transactions
Between Affiliates Are Left to the
National Supervisors
The 2013 international framework
recommends that national supervisors
establish margin requirements for
transactions between affiliates as
appropriate in a manner consistent with
each jurisdiction’s legal and regulatory
framework.
7. Requirements for Margining NonCleared Derivatives Should Be
Consistent and Non-Duplicative Across
Jurisdictions
Under the 2013 international
framework, home-country supervisors
may allow a covered entity to comply
with a host-country’s margin regime if
the host-country margin regime is
consistent with the 2013 international
framework. A branch may be subject to
the margin requirements of either the
headquarters’ jurisdiction or the host
country.
8. Margin Requirements Should Be
Phased in Over an Appropriate Period
of Time
The 2013 international framework
phases in margin requirements between
December 2015 and December 2019.
Covered entities should begin
exchanging variation margin by
December 1, 2015. The date on which a
covered entity should begin to exchange
initial margin with a counterparty
depends on the notional amount of noncleared derivatives (including
physically settled FX forwards and
swaps) entered into both by its
consolidated corporate group and by the
counterparty’s consolidated corporate
group.
Currency denomination. The 2013
international framework recommends
specific quantitative levels for several
requirements such as the level of
notional derivative exposure that results
in an entity being subject to the margin
requirements (Ö8 billion), permitted
initial margin thresholds (Ö50 million),
and minimum transfer amounts
(Ö500,000). In the 2013 international
framework, all such amounts are
denominated in Euros. In this proposal
all such amounts are denominated in
U.S. dollars. The Commission is aware
that, over time, amounts that are
denominated in different currencies in
different jurisdictions may fluctuate
relative to one another due to changes
in exchange rates.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
The Commission seeks comment on
whether and how fluctuations resulting
from exchange rate movements should
be addressed. In particular, should these
amounts be expressed in terms of a
single currency in all jurisdictions to
prevent such fluctuations? Should the
amounts be adjusted over time if and
when exchange rate movements
necessitate realignment? Are there other
approaches to deal with fluctuations
resulting from significant exchange rate
movements? Are there other issues that
should be considered in connection to
the effects of fluctuating exchange rates?
II. Proposed Margin Regulations
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
A. Introduction
During the financial crisis of 2008–
2009, DCOs met all their obligations
without any financial support from the
government. By contrast, significant
sums were expended by governmental
entities as the result of losses incurred
in connection with uncleared swaps.
For example, a unit of American
International Group (‘‘AIG’’) entered
into many credit default swaps and did
not post initial margin or regularly pay
variation margin on these positions.11
AIG was unable to meet its obligations
and the Federal Reserve and the
Department of the Treasury expended
large sums of money to meet these
obligations.12
A key reason for this difference in the
performance of cleared and uncleared
swaps is that DCOs use variation margin
and initial margin as the centerpiece of
their risk management programs while
these tools often were not universally
used in connection with uncleared
swaps. Consequently, in designing the
proposed margin rules for uncleared
swaps, the Commission has built upon
the sound practices for risk management
employed by central counterparties for
decades.
Variation margin serves as a
mechanism for periodically recognizing
changes in the value of open positions
and reducing unrealized losses to zero.
Open positions are marked to their
current market value each day and
funds are transferred between the
11 See The Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission,
The Financial Crisis Inquiry Report: Final Report of
the National Commission on the Causes of the
Financial and Economic Crisis in the United States
(Official Government Edition) at 265–268 (2011),
available at http://fcic-static.law.stanford.edu/cdn_
media/fcic-reports/fcic_final_report_full.pdf.
12 Id. at 344–352, 350. See also United States
Department of the Treasury, Office of Financial
Stability, Troubled Asset Relief Program, Four Year
Retrospective: An Update on the Wind Down of
TARP, pp. 3, 18–19. Treasury and the Federal
Reserve committed $182 billion to stabilize AIG.
Ultimately all of this was recovered plus a return
of $22.7 billion.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
parties to reflect any change in value
since the previous time the positions
were marked. This process prevents
losses from accumulating over time and
thereby reduces both the chance of
default and the size of any default
should one occur.
Initial margin serves as a performance
bond against potential future losses. If a
party fails to meet its obligation to pay
variation margin, resulting in a default,
the other party may use initial margin
to cover some or all of any loss. Because
the payment of variation margin
prevents losses from compounding over
an extended period of time, initial
margin only needs to cover any
additional losses that might accrue
between the previous time that variation
margin was paid and the time that the
position is liquidated.
Well-designed margin systems protect
both parties to a trade as well as the
overall financial system. They serve
both as a check on risk-taking that might
exceed a party’s financial capacity and
as a resource that can limit losses when
there is a failure by a party to meet its
obligations.
The statutory provisions cited above
reflect Congressional recognition that (i)
margin is an essential risk-management
tool and (ii) uncleared swaps pose
greater risks than cleared swaps. As
discussed further below, many
commenters expressed concern that the
imposition of margin requirements on
uncleared swaps will be very costly for
SDs and MSPs.13 However, margin has
been, and will continue to be, required
for all cleared products. Given the
Congressional reference to the ‘‘greater
risk’’ of uncleared swaps and the
requirement that margin for such swaps
‘‘be appropriate for the risk,’’ the
Commission believes that establishing
margin requirements for uncleared
swaps that are at least as stringent as
those for cleared swaps is necessary to
fulfill the statutory mandate. Within
these statutory bounds the Commission
has endeavored to limit costs
appropriately, as detailed further below.
The discussion below addresses: (i)
The products covered by the proposed
rules; (ii) the market participants
covered by the proposed rules; (iii); the
nature and timing of the margin
obligations; (iv) the methods of
calculating initial margin; (v) the
methods of calculating variation margin;
(vi) permissible forms of margin; (vii)
custodial arrangements; (viii)
documentation requirements; (ix) the
13 For purposes of this proposal, the term ‘‘SD’’
means any swap dealer registered with the
Commission. Similarly, the term ‘‘MSP’’ means any
major swap participant registered with the
Commission.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59901
implementation schedule; and (x)
advance notice of proposed rulemaking
on the cross-border application of the
rules.
In developing the proposed rules, the
Commission staff worked closely with
the staff of the Prudential Regulators.14
In most respects, the proposed rules
would establish a similar framework for
margin requirements as the Prudential
Regulators’ proposal. Key differences
are noted in the discussion below.
The proposed rules are consistent
with the 2013 international framework.
In some instances, as contemplated in
the framework, the proposed rules
provide more detail than the framework.
In a few other instances, the proposed
rules are stricter than the framework.
Any such variations from the framework
are noted in the discussion below.
B. Products
As noted above, section 4s(e)(2)(B)(ii)
of the CEA directs the Commission to
establish both initial and variation
margin requirements for SDs and MSPs
‘‘on all swaps that are not cleared.’’ The
scope provision of the proposed rules 15
states that the proposal would cover
swaps that are uncleared swaps 16 and
that are executed after the applicable
compliance date.17
The term ‘‘cleared swap’’ is defined in
section 1a(7) of the CEA to include any
swap that is cleared by a DCO registered
with the Commission. The Commission
notes, however, that SDs and MSPs also
clear swaps through foreign clearing
organizations that are not registered
with the Commission. The Commission
believes that a clearing organization that
is not a registered DCO must meet
certain basic standards in order to avoid
creating a mechanism for evasion of the
uncleared margin requirements.
Accordingly, the Commission is
proposing to include in the definition of
cleared swaps certain swaps that have
been accepted for clearing by an entity
that has received a no-action letter from
the Commission staff or exemptive relief
from the Commission permitting it to
clear such swaps for U.S. persons
without being registered as a DCO.18
14 As required by section 4s of the CEA, the
Commission staff also has consulted with the SEC
staff.
15 Proposed Regulation § 23.150.
16 The term uncleared swap is defined in
proposed Regulation § 23.151.
17 A schedule of compliance dates is set forth in
proposed Regulation § 23.160.
18 See CFTC Ltr. No. 14–107 (August 18, 2014)
(granting no-action relief to Clearing Corporation of
India Ltd.); CFTC Ltr. No. 14–87 (June 26, 2014)
(granting no-action relief to Korea Exchange, Inc.);
CFTC Ltr. No. 14–68 (May 7, 2014) (granting noaction relief to OTC Clearing Hong Kong Limited
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
Continued
03OCP2
59902
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
The Commission requests comment
on whether it is appropriate to exclude
swaps that are cleared by an entity that
is not a registered DCO. If so, the
Commission further requests comment
on whether the proposed rule captures
the proper clearing organizations. For
example, should the Commission
require that the clearing organizations
be qualifying central counterparties
(‘‘QCCPs’’) 19 or be subject to regulation
and supervision that is consistent with
the CPSS–IOSCO Principles for
Financial Market Infrastructures
(‘‘PFMIs’’)?
Because the pricing of swaps reflects
the credit arrangements under which
they were executed, it could be unfair
to the parties and disruptive to the
markets to require that the rules apply
to positions executed before the
applicable compliance dates. The rules,
however, would permit SDs and MSPs
voluntarily to include swaps executed
before the applicable compliance date in
portfolios margined pursuant to the
proposed rules.20 Many market
participants might do so to take
advantage of netting effects across
transactions.
As a result of the determination by the
Secretary of the Treasury to exempt
foreign exchange swaps and foreign
exchange forwards from the definition
of swap,21 the following transactions
would not be subject to the
requirements: (i) Foreign exchange
swaps; (ii) foreign exchange forwards;
and (iii) the fixed, physically settled
foreign exchange transactions associated
with the exchange of principal in crosscurrency swaps.
In a cross-currency swap, the parties
exchange principal and interest rate
payments in one currency for principal
and interest rate payments in another
currency. The exchange of principal
occurs upon the inception of the swap,
with a reversal of the exchange of
principal at a later date that is agreed
upon at the inception of the swap. The
and certain of its clearing members); CFTC Ltr. No.
14–27 (Mar. 20, 2014) (extending previous grant of
no-action relief to Eurex Clearing AG and certain of
its clearing members); CFTC Ltr. No. 14–07 (Feb. 6,
2014) (granting no-action relief to ASX Clear
(Futures) Pty Limited); and CFTC Ltr. No. 13–73
(Dec. 19, 2013) (extending previous grant of noaction relief to Japan Securities Clearing
Corporation and certain of its clearing members).
19 A QCCP is a clearing organization that meets
the standards to be designated as such set forth by
the Basel Committee for Banking Supervision in the
report ‘‘Capital requirements for bank exposures to
central counterparties’’ (April 2014).
20 See proposed Regulation § 23.154(b)(2) for
initial margin and proposed Regulation § 23.153(c)
for variation margin.
21 Determination of Foreign Exchange Swaps and
Foreign Exchange Forwards Under the Commodity
Exchange Act, 77 FR 69694 (Nov. 20, 2012).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
foreign exchange transactions associated
with the fixed exchange of principal in
a cross-currency swap are closely
related to the exchange of principal that
occurs in the context of a foreign
exchange forward or swap. Accordingly,
the Commission is proposing to treat
that portion of a cross-currency swap
that is a fixed exchange of principal in
a manner that is consistent with the
treatment of foreign exchange forwards
and swaps. This treatment of crosscurrency swaps is limited to crosscurrency swaps and does not extend to
any other swaps such as non-deliverable
currency forwards.
The Commission requests comment
on the proposed treatment of products.
In particular, commenters are invited to
discuss the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
C. Market Participants
1. SDs and MSPs
As noted above, section 4s(e)(2)(B) of
the CEA directs the Commission to
impose margin requirements on SDs and
MSPs for which there is no Prudential
Regulator (‘‘covered swap entities’’ or
‘‘CSEs’’).22 This provision further states
that the requirement shall apply to ‘‘all
swaps that are not cleared.’’ Section
4s(e)(3)(A)(2) states that the
requirements must be ‘‘appropriate to
the risks associated with’’ the swaps.
Because different types of
counterparties can pose different levels
of risk, the Commission’s proposed
requirements would differ depending on
the category of counterparty. The
proposed rules would establish three
categories of counterparty: (i) SDs and
MSPs, (ii) financial end users,23 and (iii)
non-financial end users.24 As discussed
below, the nature of an SD/MSP’s
obligations under the rules would differ
depending on whether the counterparty
was a covered counterparty or a nonfinancial end user.
2. Financial End Users
a. Definition
Financial end users would include
any entity that (i) is specified in the
definition, and (ii) is not an SD or MSP.
22 This term is defined in proposed Regulation
§ 23.151.
23 This term is defined in proposed Regulation
§ 23.151.
24 This term is defined in proposed Regulation
§ 23.151 to include entities that are not SDs, MSPs,
or financial entities.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The definition lists numerous entities
whose business is financial in nature.
The proposed rule also would permit
the Commission to designate additional
entities as financial end users if it
identified additional entities whose
activities and risk profile would warrant
inclusion. As contemplated by the 2013
international framework, the CFTC
proposal, which is the same as the
Prudential Regulator’s proposal,
contains greater detail in defining
financial end users than the
international standards.25
In developing the definition, the
Commission and the Prudential
Regulators sought to provide clarity
about whether particular counterparties
would be subject to the margin
requirements of the proposed rule. The
definition is an attempt to strike a
balance between the need to capture all
financial counterparties that pose
significant risk to the financial system
and the danger of being overly
inclusive.
The Commission believes that
financial firms generally present a
higher level of risk than other types of
counterparties because the profitability
and viability of financial firms is more
tightly linked to the health of the
financial system than other types of
counterparties. Because financial
counterparties are more likely to default
during a period of financial stress, they
pose greater systemic risk and risk to the
safety and soundness of the CSE.
The list of financial entities is based
to a significant extent on Federal
statutes that impose registration or
chartering requirements on entities that
engage in specified financial activities.
Such activities include deposit taking
and lending, securities and swaps
dealing, investment advisory activities,
and asset management.
Because Federal law largely looks to
the States for the regulation of the
business of insurance, the proposed
definition broadly includes entities
organized as insurance companies or
supervised as such by a State insurance
regulator. This element of the proposed
definition would extend to reinsurance
and monoline insurance firms, as well
as insurance firms supervised by a
foreign insurance regulator.
The proposal also would cover a
broad variety and number of nonbank
lending and retail payment firms that
operate in the market. To this end, the
proposal would include State-licensed
or registered credit or lending entities
25 ‘‘The precise definition of financial firms, nonfinancial firms, and systemically important nonfinancial firms will be determined by appropriate
national regulation.’’ See BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
and money services businesses, under
proposed regulatory language
incorporating an inclusive list of the
types of firms subject to State law.26
However, the Commission recognizes
that the licensing of nonbank lenders in
some states extends to commercial firms
that provide credit to the firm’s
customers in the ordinary course of
business. Accordingly, the Commission
is proposing to exclude an entity
registered or licensed solely because it
finances the entity’s direct sales of
goods or services to customers. The
Commission requests comment on
whether this aspect of the proposed rule
adequately maintains a distinction
between financial end users and
commercial end users.
In addition, real estate investment
companies would be financial end
users, as they are entities that would be
investment companies under section 3
of the Investment Company Act but for
section 3(c)(5)(C). Furthermore, other
securitization vehicles would be
financial end users in cases where those
vehicles are entities that are deemed not
to be investment companies under
section 3 of the Investment Company
Act pursuant to Rule 3a–7. The
Commission also notes that the category
of investment companies registered with
the SEC under the Investment Company
Act would include registered
investment companies as well as
business development companies.
Under the proposed rule, those
cooperatives that are financial
institutions, such as credit unions, Farm
Credit System banks and associations,
and the National Rural Utilities
Cooperative Finance Corporation would
be financial end users because their sole
business is lending and providing other
financial services to their members,
including engaging in swaps in
connection with such loans.27
Cooperatives that are financial end users
may qualify for an exemption from
clearing,28 and therefore, they may enter
26 The Commission expects that financial
cooperatives that provide financial services to their
members, such as lending to their members and
entering into swaps in connection with those loans,
would be treated as financial end users, pursuant
to this aspect of the proposed rule’s coverage of
credit or lending entities.
27 Under the proposed rule, the financing
subsidiaries or affiliates of producer or consumer
cooperatives would be non-financial end users.
28 Section 2(h)(7)(c)(ii) of the CEA and section
3C(g)(4) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
authorize the CFTC and the SEC, respectively, to
exempt small depository institutions, small Farm
Credit System institutions, and small credit unions
with total assets of $10 billion or less from the
mandatory clearing requirements for swaps and
security-based swaps. Additionally, the CFTC,
pursuant to its authority under section 2(h)(1)(A) of
the CEA, enacted 17 CFR 50.51, which allows
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
into non-cleared swaps with covered
swap entities that are subject to the
proposed rule.
The Commission remains concerned,
however, that one or more types of
financial entities might escape
classification under the specific Federal
or State regulatory regimes included in
the proposed definition of a financial
end user. Accordingly, the definition
includes two additional prongs. First,
the definition would cover an entity that
is, or holds itself out as being, an entity
or arrangement that raises money from
investors primarily for the purpose of
investing in loans, securities, swaps,
funds or other assets for resale or other
disposition or otherwise trading in
loans, securities, swaps, funds or other
assets. The Commission requests
comment on the extent to which there
are (or may be in the future) pooled
investment vehicles that are not
captured by the other prongs of the
definition (such as the provisions
covering private funds under the
Investment Advisers Act or commodity
pools under the CEA). The Commission
also requests comment on whether this
aspect of the definition of financial end
user provides sufficiently clear guidance
to covered swap entities and market
participants as to its intended scope,
and whether it adequately maintains a
distinction between financial end users
and commercial end users.
Second, the proposal would allow the
Commission to require a swap dealer
and major swap participant (‘‘covered
swap entity’’) to treat an entity as a
financial end user for margin purposes,
even if the person is not specifically
listed within the definition of ‘‘financial
end user’’ or if the entity is excluded
from the definition of financial end user
as described below. This provision was
included out of an abundance of caution
to act as a safety mechanism in the
event that an entity didn’t fall squarely
within one of the listed categories but
was effectively acting as a financial end
user.
To address the classification of
foreign entities as financial end users,
the proposal would require the covered
swap entity to determine whether a
foreign counterparty would fall within
another prong of the financial end user
definition if the foreign entity was
organized under the laws of the United
States or any State. The Commission
recognizes that this approach would
cooperative financial entities, including those with
total assets in excess of $10 billion, to elect an
exemption from mandatory clearing of swaps that:
(1) They enter into in connection with originating
loans for their members; or (2) hedge or mitigate
commercial risk related to loans or swaps with their
members.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59903
impose upon covered swap entities the
difficulties associated with analyzing a
foreign counterparty’s business
activities in light of a broad array of U.S.
regulatory requirements. The
alternative, however, would require
covered swap entities to gather a foreign
counterparty’s financial reporting data
and determine the relative amount of
enumerated financial activities in which
the counterparty is engaged over a
rolling period.29 The Commission
requests comment on whether some
other method or approach would
adequately assure that the rule’s
objectives with respect to dealer safety
and soundness and reductions of
systemic risk can be achieved, in a
fashion that can be more readily
operationalized by covered swap
entities. For example, would it be
appropriate to have foreign
counterparties certify to CSEs whether
they are financial end users or not? This
could be operationally simpler for the
CSEs and would avoid the circumstance
where one CSE, in good faith, deemed
a foreign counterparty to be a financial
end user and another CSE, in good faith,
did not.
The definition of financial entities 30
would exclude the government of any
country, central banks, multilateral
development banks, the Bank for
International Settlements, captive
finance companies,31 and agent
affiliates.32 The exclusion for sovereign
entities, multilateral development banks
and the Bank for International
Settlements is consistent with the 2013
international framework and the
proposal of the Prudential Regulators.
29 See e.g., Definitions of ‘‘Predominantly
Engaged In Financial Activities’’ and ‘‘Significant
Nonbank Financial Company and Bank Holding
Company’’, 68 FR 20756 (April 5, 2013).
30 Proposed Regulation § 23.151.
31 A captive finance company is an entity that is
excluded from the definition of financial entity
under section 2(h)(7)(c)(iii) of the CEA for purposes
of the requirement to submit certain swaps for
clearing. That section describes it as ‘‘an entity
whose primary business is providing financing, and
uses derivatives for the purpose of hedging
underlying commercial risks related to interest rate
and foreign currency exposures, 90 percent or more
of which arise from financing that facilitates the
purchase or lease of products, 90 percent or more
of which are manufactured by the parent company
or another subsidiary of the parent company.’’
32 An agent affiliate is an entity that is an affiliate
of a person that qualifies for an exception from the
requirement to submit certain trades for clearing.
Under section 2(h)(7)(D) of the CEA, ‘‘an affiliate of
a person that qualifies for an exception under
subparagraph (A) (including affiliate entities
predominantly engaged in providing financing for
the purchase of the merchandise or manufactured
goods of the person) may qualify for the exception
only if the affiliate, acting on behalf of the person
and as an agent, uses the swap to hedge or mitigate
the commercial risk of the person or other affiliate
of the person that is not a financial entity.’’
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59904
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
Captive finance companies and agent
affiliates were excluded by the DoddFrank Act from the definition of
financial entity subject to mandatory
clearing.
The Commission notes that States
would not be excluded from the
definition of financial end user, as the
term ‘‘sovereign entity’’ includes only
central governments. The categorization
of a State or particular part of a State as
a financial end user depends on
whether that part of the State is
otherwise captured by the definition of
financial end user. For example, a State
entity that is a ‘‘governmental plan’’
under ERISA would meet the definition
of financial end user.
For a foreign entity that was not a
central government, a foreign regulator
could request a determination whether
the entity was a financial end user. Such
a determination could extend to other
similarly situated entities in that
jurisdiction.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the financial end user
definition, including whether the
definition has succeeded in capturing
all entities that should be included. The
Commission requests comment on
whether there are additional entities
that should be included as financial end
users and, if so, how those entities
should be defined. Further, the
Commission also requests comment on
whether there are additional entities
that should be excluded from the
definition of financial end user and why
those particular entities should be
excluded. The Commission also
requests comment on whether another
approach to defining financial end user
(e.g., basing the financial end user
definition on the financial entity
definition as in the 2011 proposal)
would provide more appropriate
coverage and clarity, and whether
covered swap entities could
operationalize such an approach as part
of their regular procedures for taking on
new counterparties.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed definition of financial end
user. Commenters are urged to quantify
the costs and benefits, if practicable.
Commenters also may suggest
alternatives to the proposed approach
where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under
the CEA.
b. Small Banks
As noted above, banks would be
financial end users under the proposal.
They would be subject to initial margin
requirements if they entered into
uncleared swaps with CSEs and, as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
discussed below, had material swaps
exposure. Staff of the Prudential
Regulators have indicated that they
expect that the proposed rule likely will
have minimal impact on small banks.
Staff of the Prudential Regulators
believe that the vast majority of small
banks do not engage in swaps at or near
that level of activity that would meet the
material swaps exposure threshold. If,
however, a small bank did exceed the
threshold level, the Prudential
Regulators believe it would be
appropriate for the protection of both
the CSE and the small bank for two-way
initial margin to be posted. The
Commission notes that, as discussed in
more detail below, initial margin would
only need to be posted to the extent it
exceeded $65 million.
The proposed rule would require a
CSE to exchange daily variation margin
with a small bank, regardless of whether
the institution had material swap
exposure. However, the covered swap
entity would only be required to collect
variation margin from a small bank
when the amount of both initial margin
and variation margin required to be
collected exceeded $650,000. The
Prudential Regulators have indicated
that they expect that the vast majority of
small banks will have a daily margin
requirement that is below this amount.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposed treatment
of small banks. In particular, the
Commission requests comment on the
interaction of this proposal with
clearing exemptions that have been
granted.33
c. Affiliates of CSEs
The proposal generally would cover
swaps between CSEs and their affiliates
that are financial end users. The
Commission notes that other applicable
laws require transactions between banks
and their affiliates to be on an arm’s
length basis. For example, section 23B
of the Federal Reserve Act provides that
many transactions between a bank and
its affiliates must be on terms and under
circumstances, including credit
standards, that are substantially the
same or at least as favorable to the bank
as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with or
involving nonaffiliated companies.34
Consistent with that treatment, the
Prudential Regulators and the
Commission are proposing to apply the
33 See Commission Regulations §§ 50.50(d)(small
banks), 50.51 (cooperatives), 50.52 (inter-affiliate
trades), and CFTC Ltr. No. 13–22 (June 4, 2013)
(treasury affiliates).
34 12 U.S.C. 371c–1(a).
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
margin requirements to swaps between
CSEs and their affiliates.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposed treatment
of transactions with affiliates. In
particular, the Commission requests
comment on the interaction of this
proposal with clearing exemptions that
have been granted.
d. Multilateral Development Banks
The proposed definition of the term
‘‘multilateral development bank,’’
includes a provision encompassing
‘‘[a]ny other entity that provides
financing for national or regional
development in which the U.S.
government is a shareholder or
contributing member or which the
Commission determines poses
comparable credit risk.’’ The
Commission seeks comment regarding
this definition. In particular, is the
criterion of comparability of credit risk
appropriate for this definition? Should
the Commission look to other
characteristics of the entity in
determining whether it should be
within the definition of ‘‘multilateral
development bank’’?
e. Material Swaps Exposure
A CSE would not be required to
exchange initial margin with a financial
end user if the financial end user did
not have ‘‘material swaps exposure.’’ 35
Material swaps exposure would be
computed using the average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, security-based swaps, foreign
exchange forwards, and foreign
exchange swaps36 with all
counterparties for June, July, and
August of the previous calendar year.
Essentially, a financial end user would
have material swaps exposure if it held
an aggregate gross notional amount of
these products of more than $3 billion.37
This provision recognizes that a
financial end user that has relatively
smaller positions does not pose the
same risks as a financial end user with
35 Proposed Regulation § 23.152 applies to
‘‘covered counterparties.’’ Proposed Regulation
§ 23.151 defines that term to include financial
entities with material swaps exposure.
36 The 2013 international framework states that
all uncleared derivatives, ‘‘including physically
settled FX forwards and swaps’’ should be included
in determining whether a covered entity should be
subject to margin requirements. BCBS/IOSCO
Report Paragraph 8.8. Although these products
would not themselves be subject to margin
requirements, they are uncleared derivatives that
pose risks. It was the judgment of BCBS/IOSCO that
they should be included in identifying significant
market participants in the uncleared space.
Consistent with international standards and with
the Prudential Regulators’ proposal, the
Commission is proposing to include them for
purposes of this calculation.
37 Proposed Regulation § 23.151.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
larger positions. By reducing the
number of market participants subject to
certain margin requirements, it also
addresses the concerns that have been
expressed about the availability of
sufficient collateral to meet these
requirements.
While adoption of a material swaps
exposure threshold is consistent with
the 2013 international framework,38 the
Commission and the Prudential
Regulators, are proposing to set the
materiality standard lower than the
international standard. However, the
lower standard was chosen in order to
be consistent with the intent of the
international standards, which was to
require collection of margin only when
the amount exceeds $65 million, as
explained below.
The 2013 international framework
defines smaller financial end users as
those counterparties that have a gross
aggregate amount of covered swaps
below Ö8 billion, which, at current
exchange rates, is approximately equal
to $11 billion. The preliminary view of
the Commission and the Prudential
Regulators is that defining material
swaps exposure as a gross notional
exposure of $3 billion, rather than $11
billion, is appropriate because it reduces
systemic risk without imposing undue
burdens on covered swap entities, and
therefore, is consistent with the
objectives of the Dodd-Frank Act. This
view is based on data and analyses that
have been conducted since the
publication of the 2013 international
framework.
Specifically, the Commission and the
Prudential Regulators have reviewed
actual initial margin requirements for a
sample of cleared swaps. These analyses
indicate that there are a significant
number of cases in which a financial
end user would have a material swaps
exposure level below $11 billion but
would have a swap portfolio with an
initial margin collection amount that
significantly exceeds the proposed
permitted initial margin threshold
amount of $65 million. The intent of
both the Commission and the 2013
59905
international framework is that the
initial margin threshold provide smaller
counterparties with relief from the
operational burden of measuring and
tracking initial margin collection
amounts that are expected to be below
$65 million. Setting the material swaps
exposure threshold at $11 billion
appears to be inconsistent with this
intent, based on the recent analyses.
The table below summarizes actual
initial margin requirements for 4,686
counterparties engaged in cleared
interest rate swaps. Each counterparty
represents a particular portfolio of
cleared interest rate swaps. Each
counterparty had a swap portfolio with
a total gross notional amount less than
$11 billion and each is a customer of a
CCP’s clearing member. Column (1)
displays the initial margin amount as a
percentage of the gross notional amount.
Column (2) reports the initial margin, in
millions of dollars that would be
required on a portfolio with a gross
notional amount of $11 billion.
INITIAL MARGIN AMOUNTS ON 4,686 CLEARED INTEREST RATE SWAP PORTFOLIOS
Column (1) initial margin
amount as percentage
of gross notional amount
(%)
Column (2) initial margin
amount on an $11
billion gross notional
portfolio ($MM)
2.1
0.6
1.4
2.7
231
66
154
297
Average ....................................................................................................................................
25th Percentile .........................................................................................................................
50th Percentile .........................................................................................................................
75th Percentile .........................................................................................................................
As shown in the table above, the
average initial margin rate across all
4,686 counterparties, reported in
Column (1), is 2.1 percent, which would
equate to an initial margin collection
amount, reported in Column (2), of $231
million on an interest rate swap
portfolio with a gross notional amount
of $11 billion. This average initial
margin collection amount significantly
exceeds the proposed permitted
threshold amount of $65 million.
Seventy-five percent of the 4,686
cleared interest rate swap portfolios
exhibit an initial margin rate in excess
of 0.6 percent, which equates to an
initial margin amount on a cleared
interest rate swap portfolio of $66
million (approximately equal to the
proposed permitted threshold amount).
The data above represent actual
margin requirements on a sample of
interest rate swap portfolios that are
cleared by a single CCP. Some CCPs also
provide information on the initial
margin requirements on specific and
representative swaps that they clear.
The Chicago Mercantile Exchange
(‘‘CME’’), for example, provides
information on the initial margin
requirements for cleared interest rate
swaps and credit default swaps that it
clears. This information does not
represent actual margin requirements on
actual swap portfolios that are cleared
by the CME but does represent the
initial margin that would be required on
specific swaps if they were cleared at
the CME. The table below presents the
initial margin requirements for two
swaps that are cleared by the CME.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
INITIAL MARGIN AMOUNTS ON CME CLEARED INTEREST RATE AND CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS
Column (1) initial margin
amount as percentage
of gross notional amount
(%)
Column (2) initial margin
amount on an $11
billion gross notional
portfolio ($MM)
2.0
1.9
216
213
5 year, receive fixed and pay floating rate interest rate swap ................................................
5 year, sold CDS protection on the CDX IG Series 20 Version 22 Index ..............................
38 BCBS/IOSCO
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Report at 9.
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59906
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
According to the CME, the initial
margin requirement on the interest rate
swap and the credit default swap are
both roughly two percent of the gross
notional amount. This initial margin
rate translates to an initial margin
amount of roughly $216 million on a
swap portfolio with a gross notional
amount of $11 billion. Accordingly, this
data also indicates that the initial
margin collection amount on a swap
portfolio with a gross notional size of
$11 billion could be significantly larger
than the proposed permitted initial
margin threshold of $65 million.
In addition to the information
provided in the tables above, the
Commission’s preliminary view is that
additional considerations suggest that
the initial margin collection amounts
associated with uncleared swaps could
be even greater than those reported in
the tables above. The tables above
represent initial margin requirements on
cleared interest rate and credit default
index swaps. Uncleared swaps in other
asset classes, such as single name equity
or single name credit default swaps, are
likely to be riskier and hence would
require even more initial margin. In
addition, uncleared swaps often contain
complex features, such as
nonlinearities, that make them even
riskier and would hence require more
initial margin. Finally, uncleared swaps
are generally expected to be less liquid
than cleared swaps and must be
margined, under the proposed rule,
according to a ten-day close-out period
rather than the five-day period required
for cleared swaps. The data presented
above pertains to cleared swaps that are
margined according to a five-day and
not a ten-day close-out period. The
requirement to use a ten-day close-out
period would further increase the initial
margin requirements of uncleared
versus cleared swaps.
In light of the data and considerations
noted above, the Commission’s
preliminary view is that it is appropriate
and consistent with the intent of the
2013 international framework to
identify a material swaps exposure with
a gross notional amount of $3 billion
rather than $11 billion (Ö8 billion) as is
suggested by the 2013 international
framework. Identifying a material swaps
exposure with a gross notional amount
of $3 billion is more likely to result in
an outcome in which entities with a
gross notional exposure below the
material swaps exposure amount would
be likely to have an initial margin
collection amount below the proposed
permitted initial margin threshold of
$65 million. The Commission does
recognize, however, that even at the
lower amount of $3 billion, there are
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
likely to be some cases in which the
initial margin collection amount of a
portfolio that is below the material
swaps exposure amount will exceed the
proposed permitted initial margin
threshold amount of $65 million. The
Commission’s preliminary view is that
such instances should be relatively rare
and that the operational benefits of
using a simple and transparent gross
notional measure to define the material
swaps exposure amount are substantial.
The Commission notes that under the
implementation schedule set out below,
this requirement would not take effect
until January 1, 2019.39 Parties with
gross notional exposures around this
amount would have several years notice
before the requirements took effect.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the material swaps
exposure provision. In particular, the
Commission requests comment on the
proposal to establish a level that is
lower than the level set forth in the 2013
international framework. Are there
alternative measurement methodologies
that do not rely on gross notional
amounts that should be used? Does the
proposed rule’s use and definition of the
material swaps exposure raise any
competitive equity issues that should be
considered? Are there any other aspects
of the material swaps exposure that
should be considered by the
Commission?
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed definition of material swaps
exposure. Commenters are urged to
quantify the costs and benefits, if
practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
3. Non-Financial End Users
Non-financial end users would
include any entity that was not an SD,
an MSP, or a financial end user. The
proposal would not require CSEs to
exchange margin with non-financial end
users. The Commission believes that
such entities, which generally are using
swaps to hedge commercial risk, pose
less risk to CSEs than financial entities.
Therefore, under section 4s(e)(3)(A)(ii)
of the CEA, applying a different
standard to trades by CSEs with nonfinancial entities than to trades by CSEs
with covered counterparties would be
‘‘appropriate to the risk.’’
This approach is consistent with
Congressional intent. Senior
Congressional leaders have stated that
they do not believe that non-financial
39 Proposed
PO 00000
Regulation § 23.160.
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
end users should be required to post
margin for uncleared swaps.40 In
addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally
exempted non-financial end users from
the requirement that they submit trades
to clearing.41 If the Commission
required them to post margin for
uncleared trades, the clearing
exemption could be weakened because
the costs of clearing are likely to be less
than the costs of margining an uncleared
position. This approach is also
consistent with international
standards.42
The Commission’s proposal is
generally consistent with the proposal
of the Prudential Regulators but differs
in some particulars. The Prudential
Regulators’ proposal contains the
following provision:
A covered swap entity is not required to
collect initial margin with respect to any
non-cleared swap or non-cleared securitybased swap with a counterparty that is
neither a financial end user with material
swaps exposure nor a swap entity but shall
collect initial margin at such times and in
such forms (if any) that the covered swap
entity determines appropriately address the
credit risk posed by the counterparty and the
risks of such non-cleared swaps and noncleared security-based swaps.
The Commission’s proposal does not
contain this provision.
The Commission’s proposal contains
other provisions designed to address the
mandate under section 4s(e)(3)(A)(i) that
Commission rules ‘‘help ensure the
safety and soundness’’ of SDs and
MSPs. First, as discussed further below,
the rules would require CSEs to enter
into certain documentation with all
counterparties, including non-financial
entities, to provide clarity about the
parties’ respective rights and
obligations.43 CSEs and non-financial
40 Letter from Chairman Debbie Stabenow,
Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition and Forestry,
U.S. Senate, Chairman Frank D. Lucas, Committee
on Agriculture, United States House of
Representatives, Chairman Tim Johnson, Committee
on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S.
Senate, and Chairman Spencer Bachus, Committee
on Financial Services, United States House of
Representatives to Secretary Timothy Geithner,
Department of Treasury, Chairman Gary Gensler,
U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission,
Chairman Ben Bernanke, Federal Reserve Board,
and Chairman Mary Shapiro, U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (April 6, 2011); Letter from
Chairman Christopher Dodd, Committee on
Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate,
and Chairman Blanche Lincoln, Committee on
Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry, U.S. Senate, to
Chairman Barney Frank, Financial Services
Committee, United States House of Representatives,
and Chairman Collin Peterson, Committee on
Agriculture, United States House of Representatives
(June 30, 2010); see also 156 Cong. Rec. S5904
(daily ed. July 15, 2010) (statement of Sen. Lincoln).
41 See section 2(h)(7) of the CEA.
42 BCBS/IOSCO Report at pp. 7–8.
43 Proposed Regulation § 23.158.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
entities would be free to set initial
margin and variation margin
requirements, if any, in their discretion
and any thresholds agreed upon by the
parties would be permitted.
Second, the proposal would require
each CSE to calculate hypothetical
initial and variation margin amounts
each day for positions held by nonfinancial entities that have material
swaps exposure to the covered
counterparty.44 That is, the CSE must
calculate what the margin amounts
would be if the counterparty were
another SD or MSP and compare them
to any actual margin requirements for
the positions.45 These calculations
would serve as risk management tools to
assist the CSE in measuring its exposure
and to assist the Commission in
conducting oversight of the CSE.
D. Nature and Timing of Margin
Requirements
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
1. Initial Margin
Subject to thresholds discussed
below, the proposal would require each
CSE to collect initial margin from, and
to post initial margin with, each covered
counterparty on or before the business
day after execution 46 for every swap
with that counterparty.47 The proposal
would require the CSEs to continue to
post and to collect initial margin until
the swap is terminated or expires.48
Recognizing that SDs and MSPs pose
greater risk to the markets and the
financial system than other swap market
participants, Congress established a
comprehensive regulatory scheme for
them including registration,
recordkeeping, reporting, margin,
capital, and business conduct
requirements. Accordingly, under the
mandate of section 4s(e)(3)(C) to
preserve the financial integrity of
markets trading swaps and to preserve
the stability of the United States
financial system, the Commission is
proposing to require SDs and MSPs to
collect initial margin from, and to post
initial margin with, one another.
Similarly, as discussed above, the
Commission believes that financial end
44 Proposed Regulations §§ 23.154(a)(6) and
23.155(a)(3).
45 This is consistent with the requirement set
forth in section 4s(h)(3)(B)(iii)(II) of the CEA that
SDs and MSPs must disclose to counterparties who
are not SDs or MSPs a daily mark for uncleared
swaps.
46 Commission Regulation § 23.200(e) defines
execution to mean, ‘‘an agreement by the
counterparties (whether orally, in writing,
electronically, or otherwise) to the terms of the
swap transaction that legally binds the
counterparties to such terms under applicable law.’’
17 CFR 23.200(e).
47 Proposed Regulation § 23.152(a).
48 Proposed Regulation § 23.152(b).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
users with material swaps exposure
potentially pose greater risk to CSEs and
to the financial system than nonfinancial end users or financial end
users with smaller aggregate exposures.
Accordingly, under the mandate of
section 4s(e)(3)(A) to help ensure the
safety and soundness of SDs and MSPs,
the Commission is proposing to require
SDs and MSPs to collect initial margin
from, and to post initial margin with,
financial end users.
Notably, the proposal would require
both collecting and posting of initial
margin by CSEs (‘‘two-way margin’’).
Two-way margin helps to ensure the
safety and soundness of CSEs. Daily
collection of initial margin increases the
safety and soundness of the CSE by
providing collateral to cover potential
future exposure from each counterparty.
That is, if a counterparty fails to meet
an obligation, the CSE can liquidate the
initial margin that it holds to cover
some or all of the loss. But daily posting
of initial margin also helps to ensure the
safety and soundness of a CSE by
making it more difficult for the CSE to
build up exposures that it cannot fulfill.
That is, the requirement that a CSE post
initial margin acts as a discipline on its
risk taking. The requirement also would
make it more difficult for a rogue trader
to hide his positions.
In the wake of clearing mandates,
uncleared swaps are likely to be more
customized and consequently trade in a
less liquid market than cleared swaps.
As a result, uncleared swaps potentially
might take a longer time and require a
greater price premium to be liquidated
than cleared swaps, particularly in
distressed market conditions. Initial
margin is designed to address these
risks.
The proposal contains a provision
stating that a CSE would not be deemed
to have violated its obligation to collect
initial margin if it took certain steps.49
Specifically, if a counterparty failed to
pay the required initial margin to the
CSE, the CSE would be required to make
the necessary efforts to attempt to
collect the initial margin, including the
timely initiation and continued pursuit
of formal dispute resolution
mechanisms,50 or otherwise
demonstrate upon request to the
satisfaction of the Commission that it
has made appropriate efforts to collect
the required initial margin or
commenced termination of the swap.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposal relating to
the nature and timing of initial margin.
49 Proposed
50 See
PO 00000
Regulation § 23.152(c).
Commission Regulation § 23.504(b)(4).
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59907
In particular, the Commission requests
comment on two-way initial margin.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
2. Variation Margin
Subject to a minimum transfer
amount discussed below, the proposal
would require each CSE to collect
variation margin from, and to pay
variation margin to, each counterparty
that is a swap entity or a financial end
user, on or before the end of the
business day after execution for each
swap with that counterparty.51 The
proposed rule would require the CSEs to
continue to pay or collect variation
margin each business day until the swap
is terminated or expires.52
Two-way variation margin would
protect the safety and soundness of
CSEs for the same reasons discussed
above in connection with initial margin.
Two-way variation margin has been a
keystone of the ability of DCOs to
manage risk. Each day, starting on the
day after execution, current exposure is
removed from the market through the
payment and collection of variation
margin.
If two-way variation margin were not
required for uncleared swaps between
CSEs and counterparties that are swap
entities or financial end users, current
exposures might accumulate beyond the
financial capacity of a counterparty. In
contrast to initial margin, which is
designed to cover potential future
exposures, variation margin addresses
actual current exposures, that is, losses
that have already occurred. Unchecked
accumulation of such exposures was
one of the characteristics of the financial
crisis which, in turn, led to the
enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act.53 As
with initial margin, the Commission
believes that requiring covered swap
entities both to collect and pay margin
with these counterparties effectively
reduces systemic risk by protecting both
the covered swap entity and its
51 Proposed
Regulation § 23.153(a).
Regulation § 23.153(b).
53 See The Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission,
The Financial Crisis Inquiry Report: Final Report of
the National Commission on the Causes of the
Financial and Economic Crisis in the United States
(Official Government Edition) at 265–268 (2011),
available at http://fcic-static.law.stanford.edu/cdn_
media/fcic-reports/fcic_final_report_full.pdf.
52 Proposed
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59908
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
counterparty from the effects of a
default.
In contrast to the initial margin
requirement, which would only apply to
financial end users with material swaps
exposure, the proposed variation margin
requirement would apply to all financial
end users regardless of whether the
entity had material swaps exposure.
This is consistent with international
standards.54 It reflects the Commission’s
view that variation margin is an
important risk mitigant that (i) reduces
the build-up of risk that may ultimately
pose systemic risk and (ii) imposes a
lesser liquidity burden than does initial
margin. Moreover, this approach is
consistent with current market practice.
The proposal would permit netting of
variation margin across swaps.55 Any
netting would have to be done pursuant
to an eligible master netting
agreement.56 The agreement would
create a single legal obligation for all
individual transactions covered by the
agreement upon an event of default. It
would specify the rights and obligations
of the parties under various
circumstances.57
As is the case for initial margin, the
proposal contains a provision stating
that a CSE would not be deemed to have
violated its obligation to collect
variation margin if it took certain
steps.58 Specifically, if a counterparty
failed to pay the required variation
margin to the CSE, the CSE would be
required to make the necessary efforts to
attempt to collect the variation margin,
including the timely initiation and
continued pursuit of formal dispute
resolution mechanisms, including
pursuant to Commission Regulation
23.504(b)(4), if applicable, or otherwise
demonstrate upon request to the
satisfaction of the Commission that it
has made appropriate efforts to collect
the required variation margin or
commenced termination of the swap.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposal relating to
the nature and timing of variation
margin.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
54 BCBS/IOSCO
Report at 9.
Regulation § 23.153(c).
56 Proposed Regulation § 23.151, definition of
‘‘eligible master netting agreement.’’
57 Id.
58 Proposed Regulation § 23.153(d).
55 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
E. Calculation of Initial Margin
1. Overview
Under the proposed rules, a CSE
could calculate initial margin using
either a model-based method or a
standardized table-based method.59 The
required amount of initial margin would
be the amount computed pursuant to
the model or the table minus a threshold
amount of $65 million.60 This amount
could not be less than zero.61 The initial
margin specified under the rule would
be a minimum requirement, and the
parties would be free to require more
initial margin.
When a CSE entered into a swap with
a counterparty that was either another
CSE or an SD/MSP subject to a
Prudential Regulator, each party would
bear the responsibility for calculating
the amount that it would collect.62
Thus, for such trades, the amount a
party posted could differ from the
amount it collected either because of
differences in their respective
methodologies or because the product
has asymmetric risk. As a practical
matter, the Commission understands
that the industry is working to develop
common standards that would minimize
this for methodologies.
When, however, a CSE entered into a
swap with a financial entity, the CSE
would have responsibility for
calculating both the amount it collected
and the amount it posted.63 This is
because the statute does not directly
impose margin requirements on
financial entities. They only come
within the scope of section 4s when
they trade with SDs or MSPs.
As noted, the rules would permit
CSEs and their covered counterparties
to establish margin thresholds of up to
$65 million. This means that the parties
could agree not to post and/or to collect
any margin amount falling below this
threshold level. For covered entities that
were part of a consolidated group, a
single threshold would be applied
across the consolidated group, not
individually to each entity.64 This
threshold is consistent with the 50
million Euro threshold set forth in the
international standards as is the
consolidated group requirement.65 The
Prudential Regulators proposed the
same treatment in this regard.
59 Proposed
Regulation § 23.154.
Regulation § 23.151, definition of
‘‘initial margin threshold amount.’’
61 Proposed Regulation § 23.154(a)(4).
62 Proposed Regulation § 23.152(a).
63 Proposed Regulation § 23.154(b).
64 Proposed Regulation § 23.151, definition of
‘‘initial margin threshold amount.’’
65 BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
60 Proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Concern has been expressed by some
in the industry about the potential
expense of two-way margin. The $65
million threshold is designed to mitigate
that expense while continuing to protect
the financial integrity of CSEs and the
financial system. Smaller exposures
would be permitted to go
uncollateralized, but a significant
percentage of all large exposures would
be supported by collateral.
For example, if the initial margin
calculated for a particular trade were
$55 million, the CSE would not be
required to post or to collect initial
margin because the amount would be
below the $65 million threshold. If the
margin amount were $75 million, the
CSE would only be required to post and
to collect $10 million, the amount the
margin calculation exceeded the $65
million threshold.
In order to reduce transaction costs,
the proposal would establish a
‘‘minimum transfer amount’’ of
$650,000.66 Initial and variation margin
payments would not be required to be
made if the payment were below that
amount. This amount is consistent with
international standards.67 It represents
an amount sufficiently small that the
level of risk reduction might not be
worth the transaction costs of
transferring the money. It would affect
only the timing of collection; it would
not change the amount of margin that
must be collected once the $650,000
level was exceeded.
For example, if a party posted $80
million as initial margin on Monday and
the requirement increased to
$80,400,000 on Tuesday, the party
would not be required to post additional
funds on Tuesday because the $400,000
increase would be less than the
minimum transfer amount. If, however,
on Wednesday, the requirement
increased by another $400,000 to
$80,800,000, the party would be
required to post the entire $800,000
additional amount.
The Commission requests comment
on the $65 million threshold and the
$650,000 minimum transfer amount.
The Commission requests comment on
the costs and benefits of the proposed
approach. Commenters are urged to
quantify the costs and benefits, if
practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
66 Proposed
Regulation § 23.154(a)(3).
Report at 9.
67 BCBS/IOSCO
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
2. Models
a. Commission Approval
Consistent with international
standards, the proposal would require
CSEs to obtain the written approval of
the Commission before using a model to
calculate initial margin.68 Further, the
CSE would have to demonstrate that the
model satisfied all of the requirements
of this section on an ongoing basis.69 In
addition, a CSE would have to notify the
Commission in writing before extending
the use of a model that has been
approved to an additional product type,
making any change to any initial margin
model that has been approved that
would result in a material change in the
CSE’s assessment of initial margin
requirements; or making any material
change to assumptions used in the
model.70 The Commission could rescind
its approval of a model if the
Commission determined that the model
no longer complied with this section.71
Given the central place of modeling in
most margin systems and the
complexity of the process, the
Commission believes that these
oversight provisions are necessary. The
resources that would be needed,
however, to initially review and to
periodically assess margin models
present a significant challenge to the
Commission. To address this issue, the
Commission would seek to coordinate
with both domestic and foreign
authorities in the review of models.
In many instances, CSEs whose
margin models would be subject to
Commission review would be affiliates
of entities whose margin models would
be subject to review by one of the
Prudential Regulators. In such
situations, the Commission would
coordinate with the Prudential
Regulators in order to avoid duplicative
efforts and to provide expedited
approval of models that a Prudential
Regulator had already approved. For
example, if a Prudential Regulator had
approved the model of a depository
institution registered as an SD,
Commission review of a comparable
model used by a non-bank affiliate of
that SD would be greatly facilitated.
Similarly, the Commission would
coordinate with the SEC for CSEs that
are dually registered and would
coordinate with foreign regulators that
had approved margin models for foreign
CSEs. For CSEs that that wished to use
68 Proposed Regulation § 23.154(b)(1). See BCBS/
IOSCO Report at 12: ‘‘any quantitative model that
is used for initial margin purposes must be
approved by the relevant supervisory authority.’’
69 Id.
70 Id.
71 Id.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
models that were not reviewed by a
Prudential Regulator, the SEC, or a
foreign regulator, the Commission
would coordinate, if possible, with the
National Futures Association (‘‘NFA’’)
as each CSE would be required to be a
member of the NFA.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposed margin
approval process. Specifically, the
Commission requests comment on the
appropriateness and feasibility of
coordinating with the Prudential
Regulators, the SEC, foreign regulators,
and the NFA in this regard.
The Commission is also considering
whether it would be appropriate to
provide for provisional approval upon
the filing of an application pending
review. The Commission requests
comment on the appropriateness of such
an approach.
In order to expedite the review of
models further, the Commission is
proposing to delegate authority to staff
to perform the functions described
above. As is the case with existing
delegations to staff, the Commission
would continue to reserve the right to
perform these functions itself at any
time.
The Commission requests comment
on whether additional procedural detail
is appropriate. For example, should
time frames be specified for completion
of any of the functions?
b. Applicability to Multiple Swaps
To the extent that more than one
uncleared swap is executed pursuant to
an eligible master netting agreement
(‘‘EMNA’’) 72 between a CSE and a
covered counterparty, the CSE would be
permitted to calculate initial margin on
an aggregate basis with respect to all
uncleared swaps governed by such
agreement.73 As explained below,
however, only exposures in certain asset
classes could be offset. If the agreement
covered uncleared swaps entered into
before the applicable compliance date,
those swaps would have to be included
in the calculation.74
The proposal defines EMNA as any
written, legally enforceable netting
agreement that creates a single legal
obligation for all individual transactions
covered by the agreement upon an event
of default (including receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, or similar
proceeding) provided that certain
conditions are met. These conditions
include requirements with respect to the
covered swap entity’s right to terminate
72 This term is defined in Proposed Regulation
§ 23.151.
73 Proposed Regulation § 23.154(b)(2).
74 Id.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59909
the contract and to liquidate collateral
and certain standards with respect to
legal review of the agreement to ensure
that it meets the criteria in the
definition.
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposed definition
of EMNA. In particular, the Commission
requests comment on whether the
proposal provides sufficient clarity
regarding the laws of foreign
jurisdictions that provide for limited
stays to facilitate the orderly resolution
of financial institutions. The
Commission also seeks comment
regarding whether the provision for a
contractual agreement subject by its
terms to limited stays under resolution
regimes adequately encompasses
potential contractual agreements of this
nature or whether this provision needs
to be broadened, limited, clarified, or
modified in some manner.
c. Elements of a Model
The proposal specifies a number of
conditions that a model would have to
meet to receive Commission approval.75
They include, among others, the
following.
(i) Ten-Day Close-Out Period
The model must calculate potential
future exposure using a one-tailed 99
percent confidence interval for an
increase in the value of the uncleared
swap or netting set of uncleared swaps
due to an instantaneous price shock that
is equivalent to a movement in all
material underlying risk factors,
including prices, rates, and spreads,
over a holding period equal to the
shorter of ten business days or the
maturity of the swap.
The required 10-day close-out period
assumption is consistent with
counterparty credit risk capital
requirements for banks. The calculation
must be performed directly over a 10day period. In the context of bank
regulatory capital rules, a long horizon
calculation (such as 10 days), under
certain circumstances, may be indirectly
computed by making a calculation over
a shorter horizon (such as 1 day) and
then scaling the result of the shorter
horizon calculation to be consistent
with the longer horizon. The proposed
rule does not provide this option to
covered swap entities using an
approved initial margin model. The
Commission’s understanding is that the
rationale for allowing such indirect
calculations that rely on scaling shorter
horizon calculations has largely been
based on computational and cost
considerations that were material in the
75 Proposed
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
Regulation § 23.154(b)(3).
03OCP2
59910
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
past but are much less so in light of
advances in computational speeds and
reduced computing costs. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the option to make use of such indirect
calculations has a material effect on the
burden of complying with the proposed
rule, and whether such indirect
methods are appropriate in light of
current computing methods and costs.
(ii) Portfolio Offsets
The model may reflect offsetting
exposures, diversification, and other
hedging benefits for uncleared swaps
that are governed by the same EMNA by
incorporating empirical correlations
within the broad risk categories,
provided the covered swap entity
validates and demonstrates the
reasonableness of its process for
modeling and measuring hedging
benefits. The categories are agriculture,
credit, energy, equity, foreign exchange/
interest rate, metals, and other.
Empirical correlations under an eligible
master netting agreement may be
recognized by the model within each
broad risk category, but not across broad
risk categories. The sum of the initial
margins calculated for each broad risk
category must be used to determine the
aggregate initial margin due from the
counterparty.
For example, if a CSE entered into
two credit swaps and two energy swaps
with a single counterparty, the CSE
could use an approved initial margin
model to perform two separate
calculations: the initial margin
calculation for the credit swaps and the
initial margin calculation for the energy
commodity swaps. Each calculation
could recognize offsetting and
diversification within the credit swaps
and within the energy commodity
swaps. The result of the two separate
calculations would then be summed
together to arrive at the total initial
margin amount for the four swaps (two
credit swaps and two energy commodity
swaps).
The Commission believes that the
correlations of exposures across
unrelated asset categories, such as credit
and energy commodities, are not stable
enough over time, and, in particular,
during periods of financial stress, to be
recognized in a regulatory margin model
requirement. The Commission further
believes that a single commodity asset
class is too broad and that the
relationship between disparate
commodity types, such as aluminum
and corn, are not stable enough to
warrant hedging benefits within the
initial margin model. The Commission
seeks comment on this specific
treatment of asset classes for initial
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
margin purposes and whether fewer or
more distinctions should be made.
The Commission is aware that some
swaps may be difficult to classify into
one and only one asset class because
some swaps may have characteristics
that relate to more than one asset class.
Under the proposal, the Commission
expects that the CSE would make a
determination as to which asset class
best represents the swap based on a
holistic view of the underlying swap. As
a specific example, many swaps may
have some sensitivity to interest rates
even though most of the swap’s
sensitivity relates to another asset class
such as equity or credit. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
or not this approach is reasonable and
whether or not instances in which the
classification of a swap into one of the
broad asset classes described above is
problematic and material. If such
instances are material, the Commission
seeks comment on alternative
approaches to dealing with such swaps.
(iii) Stress Calibration
The proposed rule requires the initial
margin model to be calibrated to a
period of financial stress. In particular,
the initial margin model must employ a
stress period calibration for each broad
asset class (agricultural commodity,
energy commodity, metal commodity,
other commodity, credit, equity, and
interest rate and foreign exchange). The
stress period calibration employed for
each broad asset class must be
appropriate to the specific asset class in
question. While a common stress period
calibration may be appropriate for some
asset classes, a common stress period
calibration for all asset classes would
only be considered appropriate if it is
appropriate for each specific underlying
asset class. Also, the time period used
to inform the stress period calibration
must include at least one year, but no
more than five years, of equallyweighted historical data.
This proposed requirement is
intended to balance the tradeoff
between shorter and longer data spans.
Shorter data spans are sensitive to
evolving market conditions but may also
overreact to short-term and
idiosyncratic spikes in volatility. Longer
data spans are less sensitive to shortterm market developments but may also
place too little emphasis on periods of
financial stress, resulting in
requirements that are too low. The
requirement that the data be equally
weighted is intended to establish a
degree of consistency in model
calibration while also ensuring that
particular weighting schemes do not
result in excessive margin requirements
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
during short-term bouts of heightened
volatility.
The model must use risk factors
sufficient to measure all material price
risks inherent in the transactions for
which initial margin is being calculated.
The risk categories must include, but
should not be limited to, foreign
exchange or interest rate risk, credit
risk, equity risk, agricultural commodity
risk, energy commodity risk, metal
commodity risk, and other commodity
risk, as appropriate. For material
exposures in significant currencies and
markets, modeling techniques must
capture spread and basis risk and
incorporate a sufficient number of
segments of the yield curve to capture
differences in volatility and imperfect
correlation of rates along the yield
curve.
The initial margin model must
include all material risks arising from
the nonlinear price characteristics of
option positions or positions with
embedded optionality and the
sensitivity of the market value of the
positions to changes in the volatility of
the underlying rates, prices, or other
material risk factors.
(iv) Frequency of Margin Calculation
The proposed rule requires daily
calculation of initial margin. The use of
an approved initial margin model may
result in changes to the initial margin
amount on a daily basis for a number of
reasons.
First, the characteristics of the swaps
that have a material effect on their risk
may change over time. As an example,
the credit quality of a corporate
reference entity upon which a credit
default swap contract is written may
undergo a measurable decline.
Second, any change to the
composition of the swap portfolio that
results in the addition or deletion of
swaps from the portfolio would result in
a change in the initial margin amount.
Third, the underlying parameters and
data that are used in the model may
change over time as underlying
conditions change. For example, a new
period of financial stress may be
encountered in one or more asset
classes. While the stress period
calibration is intended to reduce the
extent to which small or moderate
changes in the risk environment
influence the initial margin model’s risk
assessment, a significant change in the
risk environment that affects the
required stress period calibration could
influence the margin model’s overall
assessment of the risk of a swap.
Fourth, quantitative initial margin
models are expected to be maintained
and refined on a continuous basis to
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
reflect the most accurate risk assessment
possible with available best practices
and methods. As best practice risk
management models and methods
change, so too may the risk assessments
of initial margin models.
(v) Benchmarking
The proposed rule requires that a
model used for calculating initial
margin requirements be benchmarked
periodically against observable margin
standards to ensure that the initial
margin required is not less than what a
CCP would require for similar
transactions.76 This benchmarking
requirement is intended to ensure that
any initial margin amount produced by
a model is subject to a readily
observable minimum. It will also have
the effect of limiting the extent to which
the use of models might disadvantage
the movement of certain types of swaps
to DCOs by setting lower initial margin
amounts for uncleared transactions than
for similar cleared transactions.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
d. Control Mechanisms
The proposal would require CSEs to
implement certain control
mechanisms.77 They include, among
others, the following.
The CSE must maintain a risk
management unit in accordance with
existing Commission Regulation
23.600(c)(4)(i) that reports directly to
senior management and is independent
from the business trading units.78 The
unit must validate its model before
implementation and on an ongoing
basis. The validation process must
include an evaluation of the conceptual
soundness of the model, an ongoing
monitoring process to ensure that the
initial margin is not less than what a
DCO would require for similar cleared
products, and back testing.
If the validation process revealed any
material problems with the model, the
CSE would be required to notify the
Commission of the problems, describe
to the Commission any remedial actions
being taken, and adjust the model to
insure an appropriate amount of initial
margin is being calculated.
The CSE must have an internal audit
function independent of the business
trading unit that at least annually
76 Proposed
Regulation § 23.154(b)(5).
Regulation § 23.154(b)(5).
78 Commission Regulation § 23.600 requires each
registered SD/MSP to establish a risk management
program that identifies the risks implicated by the
SD/MSP’s activities along with the risk tolerance
limits set by the SD/MSP. The SD/MSP should take
into account a variety of risks, including market,
credit, liquidity, foreign currency, legal,
operational, settlement, and other applicable risks.
The risks would also include risks posed by
affiliates. See 17 CFR 23.600.
77 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
assesses the effectiveness of the controls
supporting the model. The internal
audit function must report its findings
to the CSE’s governing body, senior
management, and chief compliance
officer at least annually.
Given the complexity of margin
models and the incentives to calculate
lower margin amounts, the Commission
believes that rigorous internal oversight
is necessary to ensure proper
functioning.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed standards for
models and the proposed levels of
regulatory review.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
3. Table-Based Method
a. Method of Calculation
Some CSEs might not have the
internal technical resources to develop
initial margin models or have simple
portfolios for which they want to avoid
the complexity of modeling. The tablebased method would allow a CSE to
calculate its initial margin requirements
using a standardized table.79 The table
specifies the minimum initial margin
amount that must be collected as a
percentage of a swap’s notional amount.
This percentage varies depending on the
asset class of the swap. Except as
described below, a CSE would be
required to calculate a minimum initial
margin amount for each swap and sum
up all the minimum initial margin
amounts calculated under this section to
arrive at the total amount of initial
margin. The table is consistent with
international standards.80
b. Net-to-Gross Ratio Adjustment
The Commission recognizes that
using a notional amount measure of
initial margin without any adjustment
for offsetting exposures, diversification,
and other hedging benefits might not
accurately reflect the size or risks of a
CSE’s swap-based positions in many
situations. Moreover, not adequately
recognizing the benefits of offsets,
diversification, and hedging might lead
to large disparities between modelbased and table-based initial margin
requirements. These disparities might
give rise to inequities between CSEs that
elect to use an approved model and
79 Proposed
Regulation § 23.154(c).
Report at Appendix A.
80 BCBS/IOSCO
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59911
CSEs that rely on the table for
computing their respective initial
margin requirements.
To address these potential inequities,
the Commission is proposing an
adjustment to the table-based initial
margin requirement. Specifically, the
Commission would allow a CSE to
calculate a net-to-gross ratio
adjustment.81
The net-to-gross ratio compares the
net current replacement cost of the
uncleared portfolio (in the numerator)
with the gross current replacement cost
of the uncleared portfolio (in the
denominator). The net current
replacement cost is the cost of replacing
the entire portfolio of swaps that is
covered under an eligible master netting
agreement. The gross current
replacement cost is the cost of replacing
those swaps that have a strictly positive
replacement cost.
For example, consider a portfolio that
consists of two uncleared swaps in
which the mark-to-market value of the
first swap is $10 (i.e., the CSE is owed
$10 from its counterparty) and the markto-market value of the second swap is
–$5 (i.e., the CSE owes $5 to its
counterparty). The net current
replacement cost is $5 ($10–$5), the
gross current replacement cost is $10,
and the net-to-gross ratio would be 5/10
or 0.5.82
The net-to-gross ratio and gross
standardized initial margin amounts
provided in the table are used in
conjunction with the notional amount of
the transactions in the underlying swap
portfolio to arrive at the total initial
margin requirement as follows:
Standardized Initial Margin = 0.4 ×
Gross Initial Margin + 0.6 × NGR × Gross
Initial Margin
where:
Gross Initial Margin = the sum of the
notional value multiplied by the
applicable initial margin requirement
percentage from the table A for each
uncleared swap in the portfolio
and
81 This calculation is set forth in proposed
Regulation § 23.154(c)(2).
82 Note that in this example, whether or not the
counterparties have agreed to exchange variation
margin has no effect on the net-to-gross ratio
calculation, i.e., the calculation is performed
without considering any variation margin
payments. This is intended to ensure that the netto-gross ratio calculation reflects the extent to
which the uncleared swaps generally offset each
other and not whether the counterparties have
agreed to exchange variation margin. As an
example, if a swap dealer engaged in a single sold
credit derivative with a counterparty, then the netto-gross calculation would be 1.0 whether or not the
dealer received variation margin from its
counterparty.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59912
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
NGR = Net-to-Gross Ratio
The Commission notes that the
calculation of the net-to-gross ratio for
margin purposes must be applied only
to swaps subject to the same EMNA and
that the calculation is performed across
transactions in disparate asset classes
within a single netting agreement.
(Thus, all non-cleared swaps subject to
the same EMNA can be netted against
each other in the calculation of the netto-gross ratio. By contrast, under a
model, netting is only permitted within
each asset class). This approach is
consistent with the standardized
counterparty credit risk capital
requirements.
The Commission also notes that if a
counterparty maintains multiple swap
portfolios under multiple EMNAs, the
standardized initial margin amounts
would be calculated separately for each
portfolio with each calculation using the
gross initial margin and net-to-gross
ratio that is relevant to each portfolio.
The total standardized initial margin
would be the sum of the standardized
initial margin amounts for each
portfolio.
The proposed net-to-gross ratio
adjustment is consistent with
international standards.83 The proposed
table and adjustment are the same as the
Prudential Regulators’ proposal.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed table-based
approach. The Commission notes that
the BCBS has recently adopted a new
method for the purpose of capitalizing
counterparty credit risk.84 The
Commission seeks comment on whether
the BCBS’s recently adopted
standardized approach would represent
a material improvement relative to the
proposed method that employs the netto-gross ratio.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
inputs that to the maximum extent
practicable and in accordance with
existing Regulation 23.504(b)(4) rely on
recently-executed transactions,
valuations provided by independent
third parties, or other objective
criteria.85 In addition, each CSE would
have to have in place alternative
methods for determining the value of an
uncleared swap in the event of the
unavailability or other failure of any
input required to value a swap.86
2. Control Mechanisms
The proposal would also set forth
several control mechanisms.87 Each CSE
would be required to create and
maintain documentation setting forth
the variation margin methodology with
sufficient specificity to allow the
counterparty, the Commission, and any
applicable Prudential Regulator to
calculate a reasonable approximation of
the margin requirement independently.
Each CSE would be required to evaluate
the reliability of its data sources at least
annually, and make adjustments, as
appropriate. The proposal would permit
the Commission to require a CSE to
provide further data or analysis
concerning the methodology or a data
source.
These provisions are consistent with
international standards 88 and the
Prudential Regulators’ proposed rules.
The Commission’s proposal, however,
sets forth more detailed requirements.
These requirements are consistent with
an approach currently under
consideration by an IOSCO working
group.
The Commission believes that the
accurate valuation of positions and the
daily payment of variation margin to
remove accrued risk is a critical element
in assuring the safety and soundness of
CSEs and in preserving the financial
integrity of the markets. The
Commission believes that its experience
with cleared markets 89 coupled with
the problems in the uncleared markets
noted in section II.A. demonstrates this.
The Commission believes that the
proposed provisions avoid potential
miscalculations and would allow the
variation margin calculations to be
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
F. Calculation of Variation Margin
1. Means of Calculation
Under the proposal, each CSE would
be required to calculate variation margin
for itself and for each covered
counterparty using a methodology and
83 BCBS/IOSCO
Report at 13.
the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision, ‘‘The standardized approach for
measuring counterparty credit risk exposures,’’
(March 31, 2014), available at http://www.bis.org/
publ/bcbs279.pdf.
84 See
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
85 Proposed Regulation § 23.155(a)(1) and
Commission Regulation § 23.504(b)(4).
86 Proposed Regulation § 23.155(a)(2).
87 Proposed Regulation § 23.155(b).
88 BCBS/IOSCO Report at 14–15.
89 For example, in May 2000, a clearing member
defaulted to the New York Clearing Corporation. A
significant contributing factor was the lack of a
rigorous settlement price procedure which allowed
prices in an illiquid market to be mismarked and
unrealized losses to accumulate. See Report on
Lessons Learned from the Failure of Klein & Co,
Division of Trading and Markets, Commodity
Futures Trading Commission (July 2001).
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
monitored and, thereby, forestall
potential problems that could
exacerbate a crisis. These measures are
designed to be prudent safeguards to be
used to address weaknesses that may
only become apparent over time.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed requirements
for calculating variation margin.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
G. Forms of Margin
1. Initial Margin
In general, the Commission believes
that margin assets should share the
following fundamental characteristics.
The assets should be liquid and, with
haircuts, hold their value in times of
financial stress. The value of the assets
should not exhibit a significant
correlation with the creditworthiness of
the counterparty or the value of the
swap portfolio.90
Guided by these principles, the
Commission is proposing that CSEs may
only post or accept certain assets to
meet initial margin requirements to or
from covered counterparties.91 These
include: U.S. dollars; cash in a currency
in which payment obligations under the
swap are required to be settled; U.S.
Treasury securities; certain securities
guaranteed by the U.S.; certain
securities issued or guaranteed by the
European Central bank, a sovereign
entity, or the BIS; certain corporate debt
securities; certain equity securities
contained in major indices; major
currencies,92 and gold.
These are assets for which there are
deep and liquid markets and, therefore,
assets that can be readily valued and
easily liquidated. This list includes a
number of assets that were not included
in the 2011 proposal. This is responsive
to a number of commenters who
expressed concern about the narrowness
of that list and the potential that there
would be insufficient available
collateral.
The Commission notes that any debt
security issued by a U.S. Governmentsponsored enterprise that is not
operating with capital support or
another form of direct financial
assistance from the U.S. government
90 See
BCBS/IOSCO Report at 16.
Regulation § 23.156(a)(1).
92 Major currencies are defined in Proposed
Regulation § 23.151.
91 Proposed
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
would be eligible collateral only if the
security met the requirements for
corporate debt securities.
The Commission also notes that
eligible collateral would include other
publicly-traded debt that has been
deemed acceptable as initial margin by
a Prudential Regulator.93 The Prudential
Regulators have indicated that this
would include securities that meet the
terms of 12 CFR 1.2(d). That provision
states that the issuer of a security must
have adequate capacity to meet financial
commitments under the security for the
projected life of the asset or exposure.
It further states an issuer has adequate
capacity to meet financial commitments
if the risk of default by the obligor is low
and the full and timely payment of
principal and interest is expected. For
example, municipal bonds that meet
this standard, as determined by a
Prudential Regulator, would be eligible
collateral.
Under the proposal, certain assets
would be prohibited from use as initial
margin.94 These include any asset that
is an obligation of the party providing
such asset or an affiliate of that party.
These also include instruments issued
by bank holding companies, depository
institutions and market intermediaries.
The use of such assets as initial margin
could compound risk. These restrictions
reflect the Commission’s view that the
price and liquidity of securities issued
by the foregoing entities are very likely
to come under significant pressure
during a period of financial stress when
a CSE may be resolving a counterparty’s
defaulted swap position and present an
additional source of risk.
The Commission requests comment
on the securities subject to this
restriction, and, in particular, on
whether securities issued by other
entities, such as non-bank systemically
important financial institutions
designated by the Financial Stability
Oversight Council, also should be
excluded from the list of eligible
collateral.
Counterparties that wished to rely on
assets that do not qualify as eligible
collateral under the proposed rule still
would be able to pledge those assets
with a lender in a separate arrangement,
such as collateral transformation
arrangements, using the cash or other
eligible collateral received from that
separate arrangement to meet the
minimum margin requirements.
Moreover, the Commission notes that
the proposal would not restrict the types
of collateral that could be collected or
posted to satisfy margin terms that are
93 Proposed
94 Proposed
Regulation § 23.156(a)(1)(ix).
Regulation § 23.156(a)(2).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
bilaterally negotiated above required
amounts. For example, if,
notwithstanding the $65 million
threshold, a CSE decided to collect
initial margin to protect itself against
the credit risk of a particular
counterparty, the CSE could accept any
form of collateral.
Except for U.S. dollars and the
currency in which the payment
obligations of the swap is required,
assets posted as required initial margin
would be subject to haircuts in order to
address the possibility that the value of
the collateral could decline during the
period that it took to liquidate a swap
position in default. The proposed
collateral haircuts have been calibrated
to be broadly consistent with valuation
changes observed during periods of
financial stress.
Because the value of noncash
collateral and foreign currency may
change over time, the proposal would
require a CSE to monitor the value of
such collateral previously collected to
satisfy initial margin requirements and,
to the extent the value of such collateral
has decreased, to collect additional
collateral with a sufficient value to
ensure that all applicable initial margin
requirements remain satisfied.95
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed requirements
for eligible collateral for initial margin.
In particular, the Commission requests
comments on whether the list should be
expanded or contracted in any way. If
so, subject to what terms and
conditions?
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
2. Variation Margin
The proposal would require that
variation margin be paid in U.S. dollars,
or a currency in which payment
obligations under the swap are required
to be settled.96 When determining the
currency in which payment obligations
under the swap are required to be
settled, a covered swap entity must
consider the entirety of the contractual
obligation. As an example, in cases
where a number of swaps, each
potentially denominated in a different
currency, are subject to a single master
agreement that requires all swap cash
flows to be settled in a single currency,
95 Proposed
96 Proposed
PO 00000
Regulation § 23.156(a)(4).
Regulation § 23.156(b).
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59913
such as the Euro, then that currency
(Euro) may be considered the currency
in which payment obligations are
required to be settled.
The proposal is narrower than the
2011 proposal which also permitted
U.S. Treasury securities.97 This change
is designed to reinforce the concept that
variation margin is paid and to reduce
the potential for disputes to arise over
the value of assets being used to meet
this margin requirement. This proposed
change is consistent with regulatory and
industry initiatives to improve
standardization and efficiency in the
OTC derivatives market. For example, in
June of 2013, ISDA published the 2013
Standard Credit Support Annex
(‘‘SCSA’’). The SCSA provides for the
sole use of cash as eligible collateral for
variation margin. The Commission
supports this and other ongoing
regulatory and industry efforts at
standardization that improve
operational efficiency and reduce the
differences between the bilateral and
cleared OTC derivatives markets.
In this regard, the Commission notes
that central counterparties generally
require that variation margin be paid in
cash. U.S. law applicable to cleared
swaps is consistent with this practice.
Section 5b(c)(2)(E) of the CEA requires
derivatives clearing organizations to
‘‘complete money settlements on a
timely basis (but not less frequently
than once each business day).’’ CFTC
Regulation 39.14(a)(1) defines
‘‘settlement’’ as, among other things,
‘‘payment and receipt of variation
margin for futures, options, and swaps.’’
CFTC Regulation 39.14(b) requires that
‘‘except as otherwise provided by
Commission order, derivatives clearing
organizations shall effect a settlement
with each clearing member at least once
each business day.’’
The Commission believes that this
change from the 2011 proposal is
appropriate because it better reflects
that counterparties to swap transactions
generally view variation margin
payments as the daily settlement of their
exposure(s) to one another.
Additionally, limiting variation margin
to cash should sharply reduce the
potential for disputes over the value of
variation margin.
Under this proposed rule, the value of
cash paid to satisfy variation margin
requirements is not subject to a haircut.
Variation margin payments reflect gains
and losses on a swap transaction, and
payment or receipt of variation margin
generally represents a transfer of
ownership. Therefore, haircuts are not a
97 76
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
FR 23732 at 23747.
03OCP2
59914
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
necessary component of the regulatory
requirements for cash variation margin.
The proposal is stricter than
international standards which do not
require that variation margin be in
cash.98 It is the same as the Prudential
Regulators’ proposal.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed requirements
for forms of variation margin.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
H. Custodial Arrangements
The proposal sets forth requirements
for the custodial arrangements for initial
margin posted for transactions between
CSEs and covered counterparties.99
Each CSE that posts initial margin with
respect to an uncleared swap would be
mandated to require that all funds or
other property that it provided as initial
margin be held by one or more
custodians that were not affiliates of the
CSE or the counterparty. Each CSE that
collects initial margin with respect to an
uncleared swap would be mandated to
require that such initial margin be held
at one or more custodians that were not
affiliates of the CSE or the counterparty.
Each CSE would be required to enter
into custodial agreements containing
specified terms. These would include a
prohibition on rehypothecating the
margin assets and standards for the
substitution of assets.
The proposed rules are consistent
with international standards except that
international standards would allow
rehypothecation under certain
circumstances.100 The proposal is the
same as the Prudential Regulators’
proposal. The Commission also notes
that the European Supervisory
Authorities have proposed to prohibit
rehypothecation.101
The proposed approach is grounded
in several provisions of section 4s(e) of
the CEA. First, section 4s(e)(3)(A)(i)
mandates that margin rules ‘‘help
ensure the safety and soundness of
[SDs] and [MSPs].’’ Maintaining margin
98 BCBS/IOSCO
Report at 14–15. The
international standards do not distinguish between
initial margin and variation margin in discussing
eligible assets.
99 Proposed Regulation § 23.157.
100 BCBS/IOSCO Report at 19–20.
101 See ‘‘Draft Regulatory Technical Standards on
Risk-mitigation Techniques for OTC-derivative
Contracts Not Cleared by a CCP under Article
11(15) of Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012,’’ pp. 11,
42–43 (April 14, 2014).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
collateral at an independent custodian
subject to specified terms protects both
parties to a transaction by preventing
assets from being lost or misused. In
particular, a prohibition on
rehypothecation enhances safety by
avoiding the possibility that a margin
asset will be lost because of the failure
of a third party who was not a party to
the original transaction.
Second, section 4s(e)(3)(C) mandates
that margin rules preserve ‘‘the financial
integrity of the markets trading swaps’’
and ‘‘the stability of the United States
financial system.’’ Maintaining margin
collateral at an independent custodian
preserves financial integrity and
financial stability by preventing the
same asset from supporting multiple
positions. If an SD could take collateral
posted by a counterparty for one swap
and reuse it to margin a second swap
with another SD, and that SD could, in
turn, do the same, this would increase
leverage in the system and create the
possibility of a cascade of defaults if one
of these firms failed.
Third, section 4s(e)(3)(A) refers to the
‘‘greater risk’’ to SDs, MSPs, and the
financial system ‘‘arising from the use of
swaps that are not cleared.’’ It mandates
rules ‘‘appropriate for the risk’’
associated with uncleared swaps.
Margin posted by customers to futures
commission merchants (‘‘FCMs’’) and
by FCMs to DCOs for cleared swaps is
subject to segregation requirements.102 It
would be inappropriate to address the
greater risk of uncleared swaps with a
lesser standard.
The proposed rules can be
harmonized with section 4s(l) of the
CEA which authorizes counterparties of
an SD or an MSP to request that margin
be segregated. As discussed above,
covered counterparties pose risk to the
financial system. The primary purpose
of the proposed custodial arrangements
is preservation of the financial integrity
of the markets and the U.S. financial
system although the arrangements will
also have the effect of protecting
individual market participants. Section
4s(l) is not made superfluous by the
proposed rules because it would still be
available for financial end users with
less than material swaps exposure, for
financial end users that post initial
margin in excess of the required
amount, and for non-financial end users
that post initial margin. Such entities
would be posting margin, by agreement,
with SDs or MSPs. Section 4s(l) would
provide them with an opportunity to
obtain additional protection if they
desired.
102 Section
PO 00000
4d(f) of the CEA.
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
The Commission previously adopted
rules implementing section 4s(l).103 The
Commission is now proposing to amend
those rules to reflect the approach
described above where segregation of
initial margin would be mandatory
under certain circumstances. The
Commission is proposing three changes.
First, the proposal would amend
§ 23.701(a)(1) to read as follows: Notify
each counterparty to such transaction
that the counterparty has the right to
require that any Initial Margin the
counterparty provides in connection
with such transaction be segregated in
accordance with §§ 23.702 and 23.703
except in those circumstances where
segregation is mandatory pursuant to
§ 23.157. (New language in italics.)
Second, the proposal would amend
§ 23.701(d) to read as follows: Prior to
confirming the terms of any such swap,
the swap dealer or major swap
participant shall obtain from the
counterparty confirmation of receipt by
the person specified in paragraph (c) of
this section of the notification specified
in paragraph (a) of this section, and an
election, if applicable, to require such
segregation or not. The swap dealer or
major swap participant shall maintain
such confirmation and such election as
business records pursuant to § 1.31 of
this chapter. (New language in italics.)
Third, the proposal would amend
§ 23.701(f) to read as follows: A
counterparty’s election, if applicable, to
require segregation of Initial Margin or
not to require such segregation, may be
changed at the discretion of the
counterparty upon written notice
delivered to the swap dealer or major
swap participant, which changed
election shall be applicable to all swaps
entered into between the parties after
such delivery. (New language in italics.)
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed requirements
regarding custodial arrangements.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
I. Documentation
The proposal sets forth
documentation requirements for
CSEs.104 For uncleared swaps between a
CSE and a covered counterparty, the
103 Protection of Collateral of Counterparties to
Uncleared Swaps; Treatment of Securities in a
Portfolio Margining Account in a Commodity
Broker Bankruptcy, 78 FR 66621 (Nov. 6, 2013).
104 Proposed Regulation § 23.158.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
documentation would be required to
provide the CSE with the contractual
right and obligation to exchange initial
margin and variation margin in such
amounts, in such form, and under such
circumstances as are required by
§ 23.150 through § 23.160 of this part.
For uncleared swaps between a CSE and
a non-financial entity, the
documentation would be required to
specify whether initial and/or variation
margin will be exchanged and, if so, to
include the information set forth in the
rule. That information would include
the methodology and data sources to be
used to value positions and to calculate
initial margin and variation margin,
dispute resolution procedures, and any
margin thresholds.
The international standards do not
contain a specific requirement for
documentation. The requirements in the
Prudential Regulators’ proposal are
consistent with the Commission
proposal but the Commission proposal
contains additional elements.
The Commission proposal contains a
cross-reference to an existing
Commission rule which already
imposes documentation requirements
on SDs and MSPs.105 Consistent with
that rule, the proposal would apply
documentation requirements not only to
covered counterparties but also to nonfinancial end users. Having
comprehensive documentation in
advance concerning these matters
would allow each party to a swap to
manage its risks more effectively
throughout the life of the swap and to
avoid disputes regarding issues such as
valuation during times of financial
turmoil. This would benefit not only the
CSE but the non-financial end user as
well.
The Commission seeks comment on
all aspects of the proposed requirements
for documentation.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
J. Implementation Schedule
The proposed rules establish the
following implementation schedule: 106
December 1, 2015 for the
requirements in § 23.153 for variation
margin;
December 1, 2015 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
105 Commission
106 Proposed
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Regulation § 23.504.
Regulation § 23.160.
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both (i) the CSE combined with all its
affiliates and (ii) its counterparty
combined with all its affiliates, have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards,
and foreign exchange swaps in June,
July, and August 2015 that exceeds $4
trillion, where such amounts are
calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2016 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both (i) the CSE combined with all its
affiliates and (ii) its counterparty
combined with all its affiliates, have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards,
and foreign exchange swaps in June,
July and August 2016 that exceeds $3
trillion, where such amounts are
calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2017 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both (i) the CSE combined with all its
affiliates and (ii) its counterparty
combined with all its affiliates have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards,
and foreign exchange swaps in June,
July and August 2017 that exceeds $2
trillion, where such amounts are
calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2018 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both (i) the CSE combined with all its
affiliates and (ii) its counterparty
combined with all its affiliates have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards,
and foreign exchange swaps in June,
July and August 2018 that exceeds $1
trillion, where such amounts are
calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2019 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any other CSE with respect
to uncleared swaps entered into with
any other counterparty.
This extended schedule is designed to
give market participants ample time to
develop the systems and procedures
necessary to exchange margin and to
make arrangements to have sufficient
assets available for margin purposes.
The requirements would be phased-in
in steps from the largest covered parties
to the smallest.
Variation margin would be
implemented on the first date for two
reasons. First, a significant part of the
market currently pays variation margin
so full implementation would be less
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59915
disruptive. Second, the elimination of
current exposures through the daily use
of variation margin would be an
effective first step in enhancing the
safety and soundness of market
participants and the financial integrity
of the markets.
The proposal is consistent with
international standards except for the 8
billion euro threshold, discussed above,
that would apply starting Dec. 1, 2019
under the international standards.107
The proposal is the same as the proposal
of the Prudential Regulators.
The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits,
if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
K. Request for Comment
The Commission requests comment
on all aspects of the proposed rules. In
particular, as noted above, the
Commission invites comments on the
potential costs and benefits of each
provision. Commenters are urged to
quantify the costs and benefits, if
practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed
approach where the commenters believe
that the alternatives would be
appropriate under the CEA.
III. Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking on the Cross-Border
Application of the Proposed Margin
Rules
A. Alternative Options
Section 2(i) of the CEA 108 provides
that the provisions of the CEA relating
to swaps that were enacted by the Wall
Street Transparency and Accountability
Act of 2010 (including any rule
prescribed or regulation promulgated
under that Act, shall not apply to
activities outside the United States
unless those activities (1) have a direct
and significant connection with
activities in, or effect on, commerce of
the United States or (2) contravene such
rules or regulations as the Commission
may prescribe or promulgate as are
necessary or appropriate to prevent the
evasion of any provision of this chapter
that was enacted by the Wall Street
Transparency and Accountability Act of
2010.
Section 2(i) provides the Commission
with express authority over activities
outside the United States relating to
swaps when certain conditions are met.
107 BCBS/IOSCO
108 7
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
U.S.C. 2(i).
03OCP2
Report at 23–24.
59916
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
As discussed in part I.A. above, the
primary purpose of the margin
provision in section 4s(e) is to address
risk to SDs, MSPs, and the financial
system arising from uncleared swaps.
Given the risk-mitigation function of the
margin rules for uncleared swaps, the
Commission believes that the rules
should apply on a cross-border basis in
a manner that effectively addresses risks
to the registered SD or MSP. At the same
time, it may be appropriate, consistent
with principles of international comity
and statutory objectives underlying the
margin requirements, to allow SDs and
MSPs to satisfy the margin requirements
by complying with a comparable regime
in the relevant foreign jurisdiction, or to
not apply the margin requirements
under certain circumstances.
In this Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, the Commission is
considering three approaches to
applying the margin requirements to
Commission-registered SDs and MSPs,
consistent with section 2(i): (1) A
transaction-level approach that is
consistent with the Commission’s crossborder guidance (‘‘Guidance
Approach’’); 109 (2) the Prudential
Regulators’ approach; and (3) an entitylevel approach (‘‘Entity-Level
Approach’’). The general framework for
each of these approaches is described
below. The Commission is not
endorsing at this time any particular
approach and invites comments on all
aspects of the three approaches and
welcomes any suggestions on other
possible approaches. The Commission
may propose and ultimately adopt one
of the three approaches with
modifications.
1. The Cross-Border Guidance Approach
Under the first option, the
Commission would apply the margin
requirements consistent with the CrossBorder Guidance. The Commission
stated in the Guidance that it would
generally treat the margin requirements
(for uncleared swaps) as a transactionlevel requirement. Consistent with the
rationale stated in the Guidance, under
this approach, the proposed margin
requirements would apply to a U.S. SD/
MSP (other than a foreign branch of a
U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP) for all of
their uncleared swaps (as applicable),
irrespective of whether the counterparty
is a U.S. person 110 or not, without
substituted compliance.
On the other hand, under this
approach, the proposed margin
requirements would apply to a non-U.S.
SD/MSP (whether or not it is a
‘‘guaranteed affiliate’’ 111 or an ‘‘affiliate
conduit’’ 112) only with respect to its
uncleared swaps with a U.S. person
counterparty (including a foreign branch
of U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP) and a
non-U.S. counterparty that is guaranteed
by a U.S. person or is an affiliate
conduit. Where the counterparty is a
guaranteed affiliate or is an affiliate
conduit, the Commission would allow
substituted compliance (i.e., the nonU.S. SD/MSP would be permitted to
comply with the margin requirements of
its home country’s regulator if the
Commission determines that such
requirements are comparable to the
Commission’s margin requirements).
For trades between a non-U.S. SD/
MSP (whether or not it is a guaranteed
affiliate or an affiliate conduit) and a
non-U.S. counterparty that is not a
guaranteed affiliate or affiliate conduit,
the Commission would not apply the
margin requirements to such swaps.
In the case of a foreign branch of a
U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP, the
proposed margin requirements would
apply with respect to all of its uncleared
swaps, regardless of the counterparty.
However, where the counterparty to the
trade is another foreign branch of a U.S.
bank that is a SD/MSP or is a non-U.S.
person counterparty (whether or not it
is a guaranteed affiliate or an affiliate
conduit), the Commission would allow
substituted compliance (i.e., the foreign
branch of a U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP
would be permitted to comply with the
margin requirements of the regulator in
the foreign jurisdiction where the
foreign branch is located if the
Commission determines that such
requirements are comparable to the
Commission’s margin requirements).113
Below is a summary of how the
margin requirements would apply under
the Cross-Border Guidance Approach.
U.S. person (other
than Foreign Branch
of U.S. Bank that is a
Swap Dealer or MSP)
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
U.S. Swap Dealer or MSP (including an affiliate of a non-U.S. person).
Foreign Branch of U.S. Bank that is a Swap
Dealer or MSP.
Non-U.S. Swap Dealer or MSP (including an
affiliate of a U.S. person).
109 Interpretative Guidance and Policy Statement
Regarding Compliance with Certain Swap
Regulations, 78 FR 45292 (July 26, 2013)
(‘‘Guidance’’). The Commission addressed, among
other things, how the swap provisions in the DoddFrank Act (including the margin requirement for
uncleared swaps) would apply on a cross-border
basis. In this regard, the Commission stated that as
a general policy matter it would apply the margin
requirement as a transaction-level requirement.
110 The scope of the term ‘‘U.S. person’’ as used
in the Cross-Border Guidance Approach and the
Entity-Level Approach would be the same as under
the Guidance. See Guidance at 45316–45317 for a
summary of the Commission’s interpretation of the
term ‘‘U.S. person.’’
111 Under the Guidance, id. at 45318, the term
‘‘guaranteed affiliate’’ refers to a non-U.S. person
that is an affiliate of a U.S. person and that is
guaranteed by a U.S. person. The scope of the term
VerDate Sep<11>2014
19:12 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
Foreign Branch of
U.S. Bank that is a
Swap Dealer or MSP
Non-U.S. person
guaranteed by, or
affiliate conduit of, a
U.S. person
Apply ..........................
Apply ..........................
Apply ..........................
Apply
Apply ..........................
Substituted Compliance.
Substituted Compliance.
Substituted Compliance.
Substituted Compliance.
Substituted Compliance
Do Not Apply
Apply ..........................
‘‘guarantee’’ under the Cross-Border Guidance
Approach and the Entity-Level Approach would be
the same as under note 267 of the Guidance and
accompanying text.
112 Under the Guidance, id. at 45359, the factors
that are relevant to the consideration of whether a
person is an ‘‘affiliate conduit’’ include whether: (i)
The non-U.S. person is majority-owned, directly or
indirectly, by a U.S. person; (ii) the non-U.S. person
controls, is controlled by, or is under common
control with the U.S. person; (iii) the non-U.S.
person, in the regular course of business, engages
in swaps with non-U.S. third party(ies) for the
purpose of hedging or mitigating risks faced by, or
to take positions on behalf of, its U.S. affiliate(s),
and enters into offsetting swaps or other
arrangements with such U.S. affiliate(s) in order to
transfer the risks and benefits of such swaps with
third-party(ies) to its U.S. affiliates; and (iv) the
financial results of the non-U.S. person are
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Non-U.S. person not
guaranteed by, and
not an affiliate conduit
of, a U.S. person
included in the consolidated financial statements of
the U.S. person. Other facts and circumstances also
may be relevant.
113 Under a limited exception, where a swap
between the foreign branch of a U.S. SD/MSP and
a non-U.S. person (that is not a guaranteed or
conduit affiliate) takes place in a foreign
jurisdiction other than Australia, Canada, the
European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, or Switzerland,
the counterparties generally may comply only with
the transaction-level requirements in the foreign
jurisdiction where the foreign branch is located if
the aggregate notional value of all the swaps of the
U.S. SD’s foreign branches in such countries does
not exceed 5% of the aggregate notional value of all
of the swaps of the U.S. SD, and the U.S. person
maintains records with supporting information for
the 5% limit and can identify, define, and address
any significant risk that may arise from the nonapplication of the Transaction-Level Requirements.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
2. Prudential Regulators’ Approach
Under the second option, the
Commission would adopt the Prudential
Regulators’ approach to cross-border
application of the margin
requirements.114 Under the Prudential
Regulators’ proposal, the Prudential
Regulators would not assert authority
over trades between a non-U.S. SD/
MSP 115 that is not guaranteed by a U.S.
person and either a (i) non-U.S. SD/MSP
that is not guaranteed by a U.S. person
or (ii) a non-U.S. person that is not
guaranteed by a U.S. person. The
Prudential Regulators’ approach is
generally consistent with the EntityLevel Approach described below, with
the exception of the application of the
margin requirements to certain non-U.S.
SD/MSPs.
However, the Prudential Regulators’
proposal in this regard would be
consistent with the Commission’s CrossBorder Guidance Approach to margin
requirements with respect to a trade
between a non-U.S. SD/MSP and a nonU.S. person that is not guaranteed by a
U.S. person. But under the definition of
‘‘foreign covered swap entity’’ in the
Prudential Regulators’ approach, a nonU.S. SD/MSP controlled by a U.S.
person would not be a foreign covered
swap entity, and thus, would not qualify
for the exclusion from the margin
requirement. In addition, the Prudential
Regulators’ proposal incorporates a
‘‘control’’ test for purposes of
determining whether a registered SD/
MSP (or in the Prudential Regulators’
proposal, a ‘‘covered swap entity’’) is
not a ‘‘foreign’’ entity.
3. Entity-Level Approach
Under the third option, the
Commission would treat the margin
requirements as an entity-level
requirement. Under this Entity-Level
Approach, the Commission would apply
its cross-border rules on margin on a
59917
firm-wide level, irrespective of whether
the counterparty is a U.S. person.116 At
the same time, in recognition of
international comity, the Commission is
considering, where appropriate, to allow
SDs/MSPs to satisfy the margin
requirements by complying with a
comparable regime in the relevant
foreign jurisdiction, as described in the
table below. This approach would be
intended to address the concern that the
source of the risk to a firm—given that
the non-U.S. SD/MSP has sufficient
contact with the United States to require
registration as an SD/MSP—is not
confined to its uncleared swaps with
U.S. counterparties or to its uncleared
swaps executed within the United
States. A firm’s losses in uncleared
swaps with non-U.S. counterparties, for
example, could have a direct and
significant impact on the firm’s
financial integrity and on the U.S.
financial system.
Counterparty A
Counterparty B
Applicable requirements
1. U.S. SD/MSP .......................................
2. U.S. SD/MSP .......................................
3. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
4. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
5. U.S. SD/MSP .......................................
U.S. person ...........................................................
Non U.S. person guaranteed by a U.S. person ...
U.S. person not registered as an SD/MSP ...........
U.S. (All).
U.S. (All).
U.S. (All).
Non-U.S. person guaranteed by a U.S. person ...
U.S. (All).
Non-U.S. person not guaranteed by a U.S. person.
6. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
Non-U.S. person not guaranteed by a U.S. person.
7. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed by
a U.S. person.
8 Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
9. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed by
a U.S. person.
10. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed by
a U.S. person.
U.S. person not registered as an SD/MSP ...........
U.S. (Initial Margin collected by U.S. SD/MSP).
Substituted Compliance (Initial Margin collected
by non-U.S. person not guaranteed by a U.S.
person).
U.S. (Variation Margin).
U.S. (Initial Margin collected by non-U.S. SD/
MSP guaranteed by a U.S. person).
Substituted Compliance (Initial Margin collected
by non-U.S. person not guaranteed by a U.S.
person).
U.S. (Variation Margin).
Substituted Compliance (All).
Non-U.S. person guaranteed by a U.S. person ...
Substituted Compliance (All).
Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed by a U.S. person.
Non-U.S. person not registered as an SD/MSP
and not guaranteed by a U.S. person.
Substituted Compliance (All).
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
B. Questions
In this Advance Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking, the Commission requests
comment on all aspects of these options
to the cross-border application of the
margin requirements. In particular, the
Commission is interested in comments
relating to the costs and benefits of the
various approaches so that it can take
that into consideration when developing
114 See Section 9 of Margin and Capital
Requirements for Covered Swap Entities, 12 CFR
Part 237 (Sept. 3, 2014), available at http://www.
federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/bcreg
20140903c1.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
Substituted Compliance (All).
proposed rules relating to the crossborder application of the margin rules.
Commenters are encouraged to address,
among other things, the following
questions:
1. Under the Guidance Approach and
Prudential Regulators Approach, certain
trades involving a non-U.S. SD/MSP
would be excluded from the
Commission’s margin rules. The
Commission seeks comment on whether
this exclusion is over- or underinclusive, and if so, please explain why.
2. Each of the options provides for
substituted compliance under certain
situations. In light of the equal or greater
supervisory interest of the foreign
regulator in certain circumstances, the
Commission is seeking comment on
whether the scope of substituted
compliance under each option is
appropriate.
115 Under the Prudential Regulators’ approach, if
an SD/MSP is under the control of a U.S. person,
it would not be considered a non-U.S. SD/MSP.
116 However, substituted compliance may be
available under certain circumstances, as described
in the Guidance for entity-level requirements.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59918
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
3. The Commission is seeking
comments on whether, in defining a
non-U.S. covered swap entity, it should
use the concept of ‘‘control,’’ in
determining whether a covered swap
entity is (or should be treated as) a nonU.S. covered swap entity. If the
Commission uses a concept of control,
should it be the same as that used by the
Prudential Regulators, or should it be
different?
4. In the Commission’s view, it is the
substance, rather than the form, of an
agreement, arrangement or structure that
should determine whether it should be
considered a ‘‘guarantee.’’ The
Commission invites comment on how
the term ‘‘guarantee’’ should be
construed or defined in the context of
these margin rules. For example, should
the definition cover the multitude of
different agreements, arrangements and
structures that transfer risk directly back
to the United States with respect to
financial obligations arising out of a
swap? Should the definition cover such
agreements, arrangements and
structures even if they do not
specifically reference the relevant swap
or affirmatively state that it does not
apply to such swap? Should the
definition cover agreements,
arrangements and structures even if the
other party to the swap terminates,
waives, or revokes the benefit of such
agreements, arrangements or structures?
5. The Commission seeks comments
on the costs and benefits of
harmonization with the Prudential
Regulators’ proposal.
6. The Commission invites
commenters to comment in particular
on the benefits of each of the
approaches with respect to the statutory
goal of protecting the financial system
against the risks associated with
uncleared swaps.
7. Given that some foreign
jurisdictions may not adopt comparable
margin requirements, the Commission
seeks comment on the costs and benefits
of not requiring substituted compliance
in emerging markets with respect to
certain transactions and what might be
an appropriate threshold percentage of a
swap portfolio of participants or other
standard for a de minimis level. In
particular, the Commission is seeking
comment on potential competitive
impacts. Commenters are encouraged to
quantify, if practical.
8. The Commission seeks comment,
including quantitative estimates in
terms of notional volumes of swap
activity, about how the different crossborder alternatives may impact the
competitive landscape between U.S.
entities and non-U.S. entities
participating in swap markets.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
Specifically, the Commission seeks
quantitative estimates of costs of
transacting uncleared swaps with each
category of counterparties, and/or access
specific geographical markets, under
each of the different alternatives.
Commission seeks quantitative
estimates of such impact on the ability
of the affected market participants (who
might be unable to access specific
markets or counterparties) to hedge their
risks using uncleared swaps. As the
proposed margins on uncleared swaps
are designed to strengthen market
integrity, the Commission seeks
comments on potential impact of each
of these alternatives on market
participants’ business models and
trading strategies that could potentially
compromise this policy goal.
Commenters are encouraged to quantify
and provide institutional details.
9. The Commission is seeking
comments on how the different
alternatives impact price discovery?
Commenters are encouraged to quantify,
if practical. For instance, will different
cross-border alternatives impact the
ability of different categories of market
participants, as contemplated in these
alternatives, to transact uncleared swaps
with each other? The Commission seeks
quantitative estimates of such impact on
transacted volumes and the pricing of
uncleared swaps.
10. The Commission is seeking
comments on the relative costs and
difficulty of compliance associated with
each of the three approaches. Is one of
the approaches preferable to the others
in this regard?
11. The Commission is seeking
comments on the impact of each of the
three approaches on a SD/MSP’s risk
management practices.
IV. Related Matters
A. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act
(‘‘RFA’’) requires that agencies consider
whether the regulations they propose
will have a significant economic impact
on a substantial number of small
entities.117 The Commission previously
has established certain definitions of
‘‘small entities’’ to be used in evaluating
the impact of its regulations on small
entities in accordance with the RFA.118
The proposed regulations would affect
SDs and MSPs and their counterparties
to uncleared swaps. As the only
counterparties of SDs and MSPs to
uncleared swaps can be other SDs,
MSPs or ECPs, the following RFA will
only discuss these entities.
The Commission previously has
determined that SDs and MSPs are not
small entities for purposes of the
RFA.119 The Commission also
previously has determined that ECPs are
not small entities for RFA purposes.120
Because ECPs are not small entities, and
persons not meeting the definition of
ECP may not conduct transactions in
uncleared swaps, the Commission need
not conduct a regulatory flexibility
analysis respecting the effect of these
proposed rules on ECPs.
Accordingly, this proposed rule will
not have a significant economic effect
on any small entity. Therefore, the
Chairman, on behalf of the Commission,
hereby certifies pursuant to 5 U.S.C.
605(b) that the proposed regulations
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
(‘‘PRA’’) 121 imposes certain
requirements on Federal agencies,
including the Commission, in
connection with their conducting or
sponsoring any collection of
information, as defined by the PRA.
This proposed rulemaking would result
in the collection of information
requirements within the meaning of the
PRA, as discussed below. The proposed
rulemaking contains collections of
information for which the Commission
has previously received control
numbers from OMB. The titles for these
collections of information are
‘‘Regulations and Forms Pertaining to
Financial Integrity of the Market Place,
OMB control number 3038–0024’’ and
‘‘Swap Trading Relationship
Documentation Requirements for Swap
Dealers and Major Swap Participants,
OMB control number 3038–0088.’’
The collections of information that are
proposed by this rulemaking are
necessary to implement section 4s(e) of
the CEA, which expressly requires the
Commission to adopt rules governing
margin requirements for SDs and MSPs.
If adopted, responses to this collection
of information would be mandatory. An
agency may not conduct or sponsor, and
a person is not required to respond to,
a collection of information unless it
displays a currently valid control
number.
1. Clarification of Collection 3038–0088
This proposed rulemaking clarifies
the existing collection of information
found in OMB Control Number 3038–
119 See
117 5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.
118 47 FR 18618 (Apr. 30, 1982).
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
77 FR 30596, 30701 (May 23, 2012).
66 FR 20740, 20743 (April 25, 2001).
121 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
120 See
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
0088.122 Regulation 23.151 defines
terms used in the proposed rule,
including the definition of ‘‘eligible
master netting agreement,’’ which
provides that a CSE that relies on the
agreement for purpose of calculating the
required margin must (1) conduct
sufficient legal review of the agreement
to conclude with a well-founded basis
that the agreement meets specified
criteria and (2) establish and maintain
written procedures for monitoring
relevant changes in the law and to
ensure that the agreement continues to
satisfy the requirements of this section.
The term ‘‘eligible master netting
agreement’’ is used elsewhere in the
proposed rule to specify instances in
which a CSE may (1) calculate variation
margin on an aggregate basis across
multiple non-cleared swaps and (2)
calculate initial margin requirements
under an initial margin model for one or
more swaps.
Proposed Regulations §§ 23.152(c)
and 23.153(d) specify that a CSE shall
not be deemed to have violated its
obligation to collect or post initial and
variation margin, respectively, from or
to a counterparty if the CSE has made
the necessary efforts to collect or post
the required margin, including the
timely initiation and continued pursuit
of formal dispute resolution
mechanisms, or has otherwise
demonstrated upon request to the
satisfaction of the Commission that it
has made appropriate efforts to collect
or post the required margin.
Proposed Regulation § 23.154
establishes standards for initial margin
models. These standards include (1) a
requirement that a CSE review its initial
margin model annually (§ 23.154(b)(4));
(2) a requirement that the covered swap
entity validate its initial margin model
initially and on an ongoing basis,
describe to the Commission any
remedial actions being taken, and report
internal audit findings regarding the
effectiveness of the initial margin model
to the CSE’s board of directors or a
committee thereof (§§ 23.154(b)(5)(ii)
through 23.154(b)(5)(iv)); (3) a
requirement that the CSE adequately
documents all material aspects of its
initial margin model (§ 23.154(b)(6));
and (4) a requirement that the CSE
adequately documents internal
authorization procedures, including
escalation procedures that require
review and approval of any change to
the initial margin calculation under the
initial margin model, demonstrable
analysis that any basis for any such
122 See OMB Control No. 3038–0088, available at
http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAOMBHistory
?ombControlNumber=3038-0088.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
change is consistent with the
requirements of this section, and
independent review of such
demonstrable analysis and approval
(§ 23.154(b)(7)).
Proposed Regulation § 23.155(b)
requires a covered swap entity to create
and maintain documentation setting
forth the variation margin methodology,
evaluate the reliability of its data
sources at least annually, and make
adjustments, as appropriate, and
provides that the Commission at any
time may require a covered swap entity
to provide further data or analysis
concerning the methodology or a data
source.
Proposed Regulation § 23.158 requires
a covered swap entity to execute trading
documentation with each counterparty
that is either a swap entity or financial
end user regarding credit support
arrangements that (1) provides the
contractual right to collect and post
initial margin and variation margin in
such amounts, in such form, and under
such circumstances as are required; and
(2) specifies the methods, procedures,
rules, and inputs for determining the
value of each non-cleared swap or noncleared security-based swap for
purposes of calculating variation margin
requirements, and the procedures for
resolving any disputes concerning
valuation. The reporting and
recordkeeping requirements of proposed
Regulation § 23.158, proposed
Regulations § 23.154(b)(4) through (7),
and proposed Regulation § 23.155(b) are
contained in the provisions of
Commission Regulations 23.500 through
23.506, which were adopted on
September 11, 2012, and part of OMB
Control No. 3038–0088.123 Thus, the
requirements in this proposal that are
subject to collection 3038–0088 were
previously addressed by the
Commission in adopting the swap
documentation trading requirements
and simply further clarified in this
proposal.
To be sure, Commission Regulation
§ 23.504(b) requires an SD or MSP to
maintain written swap trading
relationship documentation that must
include all terms governing the trading
relationship between the SD or MSP and
its counterparty, and Commission
Regulation § 23.504(d) requires that
each SD and MSP maintain all
documents required to be created
pursuant to Commission Regulation
23.504. Also, Commission Regulation
§ 23.502(c) requires each SD and MSP to
notify the Commission and any
applicable Prudential Regulator of any
swap valuation dispute in excess of $20
123 77
PO 00000
FR 55904 (Sept. 12, 2012).
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59919
million if not resolved in specified
timeframes. Accordingly, this proposed
rulemaking, specifically the
requirements found in proposed
Regulation § 23.154(b)(4) through (7),
proposed Regulations §§ 23.155(b) and
23.158, would not impact the burden
estimates currently provided for in OMB
Control No. 3038–0088.
2. Revisions to Collection 3038–0024
Collection 3038–0024 is currently in
force with its control number having
been provided by OMB. The proposal
would revise collection 3038–0024 as
discussed below.
Proposed Regulation § 23.154(b)(1)
requires CSEs that wish to use initial
margin models to obtain the
Commission’s approval, and to
demonstrate to the Commission that the
models satisfy standards established in
§ 23.154.124 These standards include (1)
a requirement that a CSE receive
approval from the Commission based on
a demonstration that the initial margin
model meets specific requirements
(§ 23.154(b)(1)); (2) a requirement that a
CSE notify the Commission in writing
60 days before extending the use of the
model to additional product types,
making certain changes to the initial
margin model, or making material
changes to modeling assumptions
(§ 23.154(b)(1)); and (3) a variety of
quantitative requirements, including
requirements that the CSE validate and
demonstrate the reasonableness of its
process for modeling and measuring
hedging benefits, demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Commission that the
omission of any risk factor from the
calculation of its initial margin is
appropriate, demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Commission that
incorporation of any proxy or
approximation used to capture the risks
of the covered swap entity’s non-cleared
swaps or non-cleared security-based
swaps is appropriate, periodically
review and, as necessary, revise the data
used to calibrate the initial margin
model to ensure that the data
incorporate an appropriate period of
significant financial stress
(§ 23.154(b)(3)).
The requirement of proposed
Regulation § 23.154(b)(1) that a CSE
124 The Commission previously proposed to adopt
regulations governing standards and other
requirements for initial margin models that would
be used by SDs and MSPs to margin uncleared swap
transactions. See Capital Requirements of Swap
Dealers and Major Swap Participants, 76 FR 27,802
(May 12, 2011). As part of the proposal, the
Commission submitted proposed revisions to
collection 3038–0024 for the estimated burdens
associated with the margin model to OMB. The
Commission is resubmitting new estimated burden
as part of this re-proposal of the regulations.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59920
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
must obtain the Commission’s approval
to use an initial margin model by
submitting documentation
demonstrating that the initial margin
model meets the standards set forth in
§ 23.154, and the requirement that a CSE
must provide the Commission with
written notice 60 days prior to
extending the use of the initial margin
model to additional product types or
making material changes to the model
would result in revisions to the
collection.
Currently, there are approximately
100 SDs and MSPs provisionally
registered with the Commission. The
Commission further estimates that
approximately 60 of the SDs and MSPs
will be subject to the Commission’s
margin rules as they are not subject to
a Prudential Regulator. The Commission
further estimates that all SDs and MSPs
will seek to obtain Commission
approval to use models for computing
initial margin requirements. The
Commission estimates that the initial
margin model requirements will impose
an average of 240 burden hours per
registrant.
Based upon the above, the estimated
additional hour burden for collection
3038–0024 was calculated as follows:
Number of registrants: 60.
Frequency of collection: Initial
submission and periodic updates.
Estimated annual responses per
registrant: 1.
Estimated aggregate number of
annual responses: 60.
Estimated annual hour burden per
registrant: 240 hours.
Estimated aggregate annual hour
burden: 14,400 hours [60 registrants ×
240 hours per registrant].
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
3. Information Collection Comments
The Commission invites the public
and other Federal agencies to comment
on any aspect of the reporting burdens
discussed above. Pursuant to 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(2)(B), the Commission solicits
comments in order to: (1) Evaluate
whether the proposed collection of
information is necessary for the proper
performance of the functions of the
Commission, including the information
will have practical utility; (2) evaluate
the accuracy of the Commission’s
estimate of the burden of the proposed
collection of information; (3) determine
whether there are ways to enhance the
quality, utility, and clarity of the
information to be collected; and (4)
minimize the burden of the collection of
information on those who are to
respond, including through the use of
automated collection techniques or
other forms of information technology.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
Comments may be submitted directly
to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, by fax at (202) 395–
6566 or by email at OIRAsubmissions@
omb.eop.gov. Please provide the
Commission with a copy of submitted
comments so that all comments can be
summarized and addressed in the final
rule preamble. Refer to the ADDRESSES
section of this notice of proposed
rulemaking for comment submission
instructions to the Commission. A copy
of the supporting statements for the
collections of information discussed
above may be obtained by visiting
RegInfo.gov. OMB is required to make a
decision concerning the collection of
information between 30 and 60 days
after publication of this document in the
Federal Register. Therefore, a comment
is best assured of having its full effect
if OMB receives it within 30 days of
publication.
C. Cost-Benefit Considerations
1. Introduction
Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the
Commission to consider the costs and
benefits of its actions before
promulgating a regulation under the
CEA or issuing certain orders.125
Section 15(a) further specifies that the
costs and benefits shall be evaluated in
light of five broad areas of market and
public concern: (1) Protection of market
participants and the public; (2)
efficiency, competitiveness, and
financial integrity of futures markets; (3)
price discovery; (4) sound risk
management practices; and (5) other
public interest considerations. The
Commission considers the costs and
benefits resulting from its discretionary
determinations with respect to the
section 15(a) factors.
The Commission recognizes that there
is an inherent trade-off involved in
setting minimum collateral standards.
Such standards could increase margin
requirements, which in turn would
require market participants to post
additional collateral. Posting additional
collateral may result in opportunity
costs in terms of lost returns from
investing the funds in collateral, or in
interest expenses incurred to raise
additional funds. Such costs may reduce
the investment returns for market
participants posting collateral. On the
other hand, minimum collateral
standards help to mitigate counterparty
credit risk. This is achieved by requiring
market participants to post collateral
that is sufficient to cover potential
losses from default most of the time.
The potential reduction in investment
125 7
PO 00000
U.S.C. 19(a).
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
returns for market participants posting
collateral might also be offset to some
degree by improvements in pricing as a
result of the reduction in risk of the
swap. The reduction in counterparty
credit risk from the posting of collateral
may result in tighter spreads quoted by
liquidity providers.126 From a regulatory
perspective, minimum collateral
standards introduce a trade-off between
potentially lowering anticipated returns
for market participants and lowering
systemic risk from counterparty
defaults. A substantial loss from a
default might induce a cascade of
defaults in a financial network, and
perhaps, induce a liquidity crisis and
the seizing up of parts of the financial
system. In developing this proposal, the
Commission has sought to reduce the
potential lowering of investment returns
of market participants by allowing them
to use approved models to set margin
collateral for certain swap transactions
while still guarding against the dangers
of systemic risk from counterparty
defaults, along with other parts of the
rule.
2. Rule Summary
This proposed rulemaking is a reproposal of prior CFTC proposed
rulemaking.127 It is the result of a
working group consultation paper
issued by BCBS–IOSCO on margin for
OTC-derivative contracts not cleared by
a CCP (uncleared derivatives).128 This
proposed rulemaking would implement
the new statutory framework of section
4s(e) of the CEA, added by section 731
of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires
the Commission to adopt capital and
initial and variation margin
requirements for certain SDs and MSPs.
Generally, the proposed rule would
require the exchange (collection,
posting, and payment) of margin by SDs
and MSPs for trades with other SDs,
MSPs and financial end-users. Initial
margin is required to be held at thirdparty custodians with no
rehypothecation. These CSEs would not
be required to collect margin from or
post margin to commercial end-users.
Generally, the CFTC’s margin rules
will apply to a SD or MSP whenever
126 Posting collateral for swap transactions may
result in other changes in the relationship between
the CSE and counterparty instead of just pricing
terms of swap contracts. For instance, bank CSEs
might lower the required minimum balance on
checking accounts that counterparty maintain with
the bank, instead.
127 See 76 FR 23732 (April 28, 2011).
128 Margin requirements for non-centrally cleared
derivatives at http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs261.pdf,
September 2013. The proposed rule establishes
minimum standards for margin requirements for
non-centrally cleared derivatives as agreed by BIS
and IOSCO.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
there is no Prudential Regulator for that
covered swap entity.129 The CFTC’s
margin rules will apply to swaps that
are not cleared and that are executed
subsequent to applicable compliance
dates set out below, based on an entity’s
level of uncleared swaps activity during
a particular period.
Generally, a CSE must collect IM from
a counterparty that is (i) a swap entity,
or (ii) a financial end-user with material
swaps exposure ($3 billion notional
during June, July and August of the
previous year) in an amount that is no
less than the greater of: (i) Zero (0) or
(ii) the IM collection amount for such
swap less the IM threshold amount ($65
million—not including any portion of
the IM threshold amount already
applied by the covered swap entity or
its affiliates to other swaps with the
counterparty or its affiliates).
Generally, a CSE must post IM for any
swap with a counterparty that is a
financial end-user with material swaps
exposure (see above). A CSE is not
required to collect IM from or post IM
to commercial end-users.
There are two general methods for
calculating initial margin, the
standardized approach and the modelbased approach. Under the standardized
approach, the CSE must calculate IM
collection amounts using a table/grid
that is set out in the proposed rule.
The model-based approach calculates
an amount of IM that is equal to the
potential future exposure (‘‘PFE’’) of a
swap or a netting set of swaps. PFE is
an estimate of the one-tailed 99%
confidence interval for an increase in
the value of the swap over a 10 day
period (i.e., VaR model for a 10 day
period). The model-based approach
must meet the following requirements:
(1) The model must have prior written
approval by the Commission; (2) a CSE
must demonstrate that the initial margin
model continuously satisfies the rule’s
requirements; (3) a covered swap entity
must notify the Commission in writing
prior to making material changes to the
model, such as: (a) Extending the use of
the model to an additional product type;
(b) making any change that results in
material changes to the amount of IM;
or (c) making any material changes to
the assumptions of the model. The
Commission may rescind its approval in
whole or in part of an entity’s margin
model at any time.
The rules for variation margin are as
follows: (1) On or before the business
day after execution of an uncleared
swap between a covered swap entity
and a counterparty that is a swap entity
129 For this rulemaking, a swap entity is either a
swap dealer or a major swap participant.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
or a financial end user, the covered
swap entity must collect variation
margin from or pay variation margin to
the counterparty; (2) a CSE is not
required to collect or pay variation from
commercial end-users; and (3) a CSE is
not required to collect, post, or pay
margin unless and until the total
amount of margin transfer to be
collected or posted for an individual
counterparty exceeds the minimum
transfer amount.
The eligible collateral for variation
margin is cash funds denominated in (a)
USD, or (b) a currency in which
payment under the swap contracts is
required. The eligible collateral for
initial margin includes (subject to
haircuts on value) financial instruments
in various categories, including cash,
Treasury securities, and various
publicly traded debt and equity
instruments. A CSE may not collect or
post as initial margin any asset that is
a security issued by (i) the party
providing such asset or an affiliate of
that party; (ii) various banking entities
as listed in the proposed rule; or (iii)
certain government-sponsored
enterprises unless an exception applies.
As defined in the rule, a financial
end-user is any counterparty that is not
a covered swap entity and includes,
among others: (i) A commodity pool,
commodity trading advisor and
commodity pool operator (all defined in
the CEA); (ii) a private fund (defined in
Investment Advisers Act); (iii) an
employee benefit plan, as defined in
ERISA section 3; (iv) a person
predominantly engaged in activities that
are in the business of banking, or in
activities that are financial in nature
(defined in section 4(k) of the BHCA);
(v) a person defined in (a)–(d), if that
person organized under the laws of the
U.S.; and (vi) any other entity that in the
Commission’s discretion is a financial
end-user. A non-financial end-user is
any entity that is not a financial enduser or an SD/MSP.
Generally, a CSE entering into a swap
with a swap entity or a financial enduser with material swap exposure who
posts initial margin to the counterparty
must comply with the following
conditions: (1) All funds posted as
initial margin must be held by a thirdparty custodian (unaffiliated with either
party in the swap); (2) the third-party
custodian is prohibited from rehypothecating (or otherwise
transferring) the initial margin; (3) the
third-party custodian is prohibited from
reinvesting the initial margin in any
asset that would not qualify as eligible
collateral; and (4) the custodial
agreement is legal, valid, binding and
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59921
enforceable in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency, or similar proceedings.
Generally, a CSE entering into a swap
with a swap entity or a financial enduser with a material swap exposure that
collects initial margin from the
counterparty must require the same
conditions listed above for initial
margin posted.
Generally, CSEs must comply with
the minimum margin requirements for
uncleared swaps on or before the
following dates. For variation margin,
covered swap entities must comply by
December 1, 2015. Initial margin is
subject to a phased-in period. The
compliance date is December 1, 2015
when both (i) the CSE and its affiliates
and (ii) its counterparty and its
affiliates, have an average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps,
foreign exchange forwards and foreign
exchange swaps for each business day
in June, July and August 2015 that
exceeds $4 trillion. The compliance date
is December 1, 2016 when both (i) the
CSE and its affiliates and (ii) its
counterparty and its affiliates, have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards
and foreign exchange swaps for each
business day in June, July and August
2016 that exceeds $3 trillion. The
compliance date is December 1, 2017
when both (i) the CSE and its affiliates
and (ii) its counterparty and its
affiliates, have an average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps,
foreign exchange forwards and foreign
exchange swaps for each business day
in June, July and August 2017 that
exceeds $2 trillion. The compliance date
is December 1, 2018 when both (i) the
CSE and its affiliates and (ii) its
counterparty and its affiliates, have an
average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared securitybased swaps, foreign exchange forwards
and foreign exchange swaps for each
business day in June, July and August
2018 that exceeds $1 trillion. The
compliance date is December 1, 2019 for
any other covered swap entity with
respect to uncleared swaps and
uncleared security-based swaps entered
into with any other counterparty.
3. Status Quo Baseline
The baseline against which this
proposed rule will be compared is the
status quo. This requires the
Commission to assess what is the
current practice within the swaps
industry. At present, swap market
participants are not legally required to
post either initial or variation margin
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59922
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
when engaging in uncleared swaps.
Nevertheless, for risk management
purposes, many market participants
currently undertake this practice.
In determining the current market
practices, the Commission utilized
several sources of swaps market data.
These sources include (i) the ISDA
Margin Survey 2014 (‘‘ISDA Survey’’),
(ii) BIS’s Quantitative impact study on
margin requirements for non-centrallycleared OTC derivatives (‘‘BCBS/IOSCO
Quantitative Impact Study’’), and (iii)
Swap Data Repository data (‘‘SDR
Data’’). Although the data the
Commission is considering might not be
complete, the Commission requests
comments regarding whether there is
additional data that it should consider
when developing its baseline.
ISDA Survey estimates that roughly
90% of all global uncleared OTC
derivatives trades have collateral
agreements. 97% and 86% of global
bilateral transactions involving credit
and fixed income, respectively, are
subject to collateral agreements or credit
support annexes. The survey reports
that the use of cash and government
securities accounts for roughly 90% of
uncleared global OTC derivative
collateral, as has been the case in prior
years. The total global collateral related
to uncleared derivatives has decreased
14% from $3.7 trillion at the end of
2012 to $3.2 trillion at the end of 2013.
The survey asserts that this decrease can
be largely attributed to mandatory
clearing requirements.
a. ISDA Margin Survey
b. BCBS/IOSCO’s Quantitative Impact
Study
A resource containing current market
practice for uncleared swaps is the ISDA
Survey.130 The use of collateral
agreements (those with exposure and/or
collateral balances) is substantial. The
Another source containing current
market practices for uncleared swaps is
the BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact
Study.131 According to the Study,
BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study
respondents have roughly Ö319 trillion
(approximately $415 trillion) in total
outstanding notional derivative
positions, are collecting a total of
roughly Ö95 billion (approximately $124
billion) in initial margin and are posting
roughly Ö6 billion (approximately $7.8
billion) in initial margin. Hence, average
margin represents about 0.03% of the
gross notional exposure.’’ 132 The large
difference between collected and posted
margin reflects the fact that the BCBS/
IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study
respondents tend to be large derivative
dealers with large swap portfolios with
transactions that on aggregate mostly
offset, have substantial capital, and who
have high credit ratings, this generally
leads to lower margins.
In light of the definition of potential
future exposure in this proposal, it is
useful to examine current practice. The
table below, reproduced from the BCBS/
IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study
provides some statistics on potential
future exposure, and related industry
practices.
TABLE 4b—CURRENT MARGIN PRACTICES FOR UNCLEARED SWAPS
Average
Margin period of risk (or risk horizon) in days ............................................................................
Confidence level (%) used ..........................................................................................................
Length of the look-back period (in years) used in calibration of model ......................................
Level of initial margin as a percentage of potential future exposure ..........................................
Margin frequency (in days) Variation margin ..............................................................................
Initial margin ................................................................................................................................
8.1
96.2%
2.9
97.5%
2.3
1.0
Median
Number of
respondents
10.0
96.3%
2.0
100.0%
1.0
1.0
15
14
13
10
31
21
Respondents have provided information on initial margin frequency. Eight (8) of these respondents collect initial margin at deal inception. One
(1) of them collects initial margin on an event-driven basis. The remaining 12 respondents collect initial margin daily.
The Commission seeks comment on
the representativeness of the BCBS/
IOSCO’s Quantitative Impact Study.
How do the calculations in the BCBS/
IOSCO’s Quantitative Impact Study
compare to the experience of financial
institutions? Commenters are
encouraged to quantify when possible.
c. Estimates Using SDR Data
Finally, the Commission reports
aggregated data derived from data
submitted to swap data repositories in a
weekly swaps market report.133 Open
swap positions in credit and interest
rates as of June 27, 2014 for CFTC
regulated CSEs (59 entities) are
presented below. The table also
includes total notional amount of swaps
transacted by these entities in credit and
interest rates during the period January
to June 2014:
OPEN SWAPS AS OF JUNE 27, 2014
[Notional amount in US$ billions (double count)]
Uncleared
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Interest Rates ..........................................................................................................................................................
Credit .......................................................................................................................................................................
130 See http://www2.isda.org/functional-areas/
research/surveys/margin-surveys.
131 Bank for International Settlements, February
2013, page 31, see http://www.bis.org/publ/
bcbs242.pdf.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
132 Bank for International Settlements, February
2013, page 31. See http://www.bis.org/publ/
bcbs242.pdf.
133 See http://www.cftc.gov/MarketReports/
SwapsReports/index.htm.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
253,434
10,039
Cleared
223,744
879
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
59923
AGGREGATE NOTIONAL SWAPS TRANSACTION (JANUARY TO JUNE 2014)
[Notional amount in US$ billions (double count)]
Uncleared
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Interest Rates ..........................................................................................................................................................
Credit .......................................................................................................................................................................
The Commission notes that OCC’s
Economic Impact Analysis for Swaps
Margin Proposed Rule 134 has estimated
that in year one, OCC-supervised
institutions will have to post total initial
margin of approximately $331 billion
with approximately $283 billion in
interest rate and credit swaps. Using
annualized notional swaps activity for
just interest rate and credit, and
adopting a similar methodology to the
OCC’s Economic Impact Analysis, the
Commission estimates that the 59 CFTC
regulated CSEs will have to post initial
margin in year one of approximately
$340 billion or possibly less as noted
below. The OCC’s estimate and the
Commission’s estimate are not based on
the same data. The OCC’s estimates are
based on transactions activity implied
by the open swaps positions from Call
Report schedule RC–L. The
Commission’s estimates are based on
transaction data reported to SDRs. To
the extent SDR data includes financial
end users without material swaps
exposure, nonfinancial end users,
sovereigns, and multilateral
development banks who do not have to
post collateral, the amount of required
initial margin would be less than the
Commission’s estimate of approximately
$340 billion. Further, the amount of
required initial margin will be lower as
a result of the $65 million threshold,
too. While the OCC has made certain
assumptions regarding coverage of the
swaps activity by its regulated entities
during the different compliance dates,
the Commission does not have access to
relevant data to make similar estimates.
The Commission’s initial margin
estimates assume that uncleared swaps
activities by CFTC regulated CSEs in
these two asset classes will remain the
same. These differences in approaches
and the data sources means that the
Commission’s estimates will likely have
overstated the actual margins that will
be posted in year one after enactment.
The Commission points out that
prudentially regulated CSEs, CFTC
regulated CSEs, and SEC regulated CSEs
will trade with each other. Thus, one
cannot simply add the margin estimates
by various regulators as this will double
count the amount of initial margin
134 See http://www.regulations.gov/
#!documentDetail;D=OCC-2011-0008-0131.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
collateral for swap transactions between
differently regulated CSEs. The
Commission seeks comment on how it
should consider or allocate the common
costs and benefits of the margin
collateral that is required by more than
one CSE regulator. Further, the
Commission seeks comments on all
aspects of its initial margin estimates
and methods. Commenters are
encouraged to quantify, if practical.
4. Section 15(a) Factors
a. Protection of Market Participants and
the Public
Margin helps to protect market
participants from counterparty credit
risk. It also helps to protect the public
by lowering the probability of a
financial crisis, because margin helps to
impede or contain the risk of a cascade
of defaults occurring. A cascade occurs
when one participant defaulting causes
subsequent defaults by its
counterparties, and so on, resulting in a
domino effect and a potential financial
crisis.
The derivatives positions of swap
market participants are limited by their
ability to post margin. If the ability to
post margin is binding, then required
margin may reduce swap market
exposures for some participants. In
many cases, reduced swap market
exposure for a participant may lower
their probability of default, all else
equal. Further, when a swap participant
defaults, the margin can be used to
absorb the losses to the counterparty.
This facilitates the non-defaulting party
reestablishing a similar position with a
new counterparty.
In requiring daily variation margin
payments, the proposed rule would
require counterparties to mark-to-market
all open swap positions. The process of
marking swap contracts to market or
model, forces participants to recognize
losses promptly and to adjust collateral
accordingly. This helps to prevent the
accumulation of large unrecognized
losses and exposures. Consequently,
this frequent settling up may reduce the
probability of default of the party who
has been experiencing losses on the
contract. The proposed rule however,
requires a minimum payment amount of
$650,000, which provides
counterparties with operational relief.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
12,630
1,362
Cleared
39,816
5,717
This minimum payment does not lower
the amount owed, but permits deferral
of margin exchanges until it is
operationally efficient. In providing this
relief the Commission believes that it
will lower the overall burden on the
financial system, but as a result of this
amount being relatively small the
Commission believes this deferral
would not noticeably increase the
overall risk to the financial system and
the general public.
The proposed rule also provides that
initial margin must be held at a thirdparty custodian. The margin amount
held there cannot be rehypothecated
with both parties having access to the
collateral. This access is designed to
prevent a liquidity event, inducing a
cascading event. With rehypothecation,
the collateral of some parties may be
linked or used as collateral posted for
other positions—the same collateral is
posted for many positions for many
different entities, resulting in a
rehypothecation chain. When a default
or liquidity event occurs at one link
along the rehypothecation chain, it
might induce further defaults or
liquidity events for other links in the
rehypothecation chain, because access
to the collateral for other positions may
be obstructed by a default along the
chain, which may result in a liquidity
event along the entire chain.
The cost of providing initial margin
collateral reflects the cost of obtaining
the assets used as collateral, which is
either the cost of raising external funds,
or the foregone income that could been
earned had the firm invested in a
different asset (opportunity cost). The
effective cost is the difference between
the relevant cost of obtaining eligible
assets and the return on the assets that
can be pledged as collateral. The
effective cost will likely differ between
entities and even desks in the same
entity as well as over time as conditions
change. At one extreme, it may be that
some entities providing initial margin,
such as pension funds and asset
managers, will provide assets as initial
margin that they already own and
would have owned even if no
requirements were in place. In such
cases the economic cost of providing
initial margin collateral is anticipated to
be low. In other cases, entities engaging
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59924
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
in uncleared swaps will have to raise
additional funds to secure assets that
can be pledged as initial margin. The
greater the costs of their funding,
relative to the rates of return on the
initial margin collateral, the greater the
cost of providing collateral assets. It is
difficult, however, to estimate these
costs due to differences in funding costs
across different types of entities as well
as differences in funding costs over
time, and differences in the rate of
return on different collateral assets that
may be used to satisfy the initial margin
requirements. In addition, as a result of
the fact that posting margin reduces the
risk of default, the posting party could
receive a benefit in the form of
improved pricing of the swap or other
beneficial changes to the relationship
between the CSE and the counterparty.
To the extent any such benefit is
realized, it would offset a portion of the
cost incurred in posting collateral.
The Commission seeks comment on
the appropriate cost or a proxy for the
costs to posting collateral for CFTC
regulated entities, recognizing that
CFTC entities may have different costs
for pledging collateral. The Commission
also seeks comments on the quantitative
impact of these proposed rules on the
pricing of swaps or other changes in the
relationships between CSEs and
counterparties.
The proposal also requires that
variation margin be exchanged between
covered swap entities and other swap
entities and financial end-users. The
Commission preliminarily believes that
the impact of such requirements are low
in the aggregate because: (i) regular
exchange of variation margin is already
a well-established market practice
among a large number of market
participants, and (ii) exchange of
variation margin simply redistributes
resources from one entity to another in
a manner that imposes no aggregate
liquidity costs. An entity that suffers a
reduction in liquidity from posting
variation margin is offset by an increase
in the liquidity enjoyed by the entity
receiving the variation margin because
variation margin is posted with cash.
The Commission notes that if the
margin payments are not instantaneous,
however, there may be a slight loss in
liquidity while payments are being
posted.
Posting margin may discourage some
parties from hedging certain risks
because it is no longer cost effective for
them to do so. Consequently, this may
reduce liquidity for some swap
contracts. This concern is mitigated
somewhat by exempting non-financial
end users from having to post margin.
Furthermore, not requiring parties to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
exchange variation margin when the
change in valuation is small enough,
$650,000, achieves additional cost
savings. The proposed rule will create
additional demand for eligible collateral
to post as margin. Some advocates have
expressed concern regarding the future
availability of eligible assets for market
participants to post as margin; 135
however, in developing this proposal,
the Commission has added additional
types of financial instruments to the list
of eligible collateral in an attempt to
mitigate this concern. That being said, it
is too early to tell the extent to which
eligible collateral will become more
expensive to obtain. Even if higher
demand for collateral does increase the
price of certain existing assets, the
Commission surmises that markets for
various forms of collateral will clear.
Higher prices may create incentives for
creators of high quality assets to supply
more in the future. For instance,
sovereigns and credit worthy
corporations may find it advantageous
to issue more debt; as demand increases
for their debt, prices will rise with
corresponding borrowing rates
decreasing. In addition, mutual funds
and hedge funds may be willing for a fee
to lend out assets that they hold in their
portfolios to be pledged as initial
margin. Some financial intermediaries
may set up services to transform other
financial instruments into eligible
collateral, too.
According to the Committee on the
Global Financial System, there seems to
be sufficient eligible collateral at present
and in the near term, as they noted that
‘‘Current estimates suggest that the
combined impact of liquidity regulation
and OTC derivatives reforms could
generate additional collateral demand to
the tune of $4 trillion. At the same time,
the supply of collateral assets is known
to have risen significantly since end2007. Outstanding amounts of AAAand AA-rated government securities
alone—based on the market
capitalization of widely used
benchmark indices—increased by $10.8
trillion between 2007 and 2012. Other
measures suggest even greater increases
in supply.’’ 136 As discussed above,
there may be a reduction in the number
135 See, for instances, Singh (2010), ‘‘Undercollateralisation and rehypothecation in the OTC
derivatives markets,’’ Banque de France Financial
Stability Review (14); Sidanius and Zikes (2012),
‘‘OTC derivatives reform and collateral demand
impact,’’ Financial Stability Paper (18); and Duffie,
Scheicher, and Vuillemey (2014), ‘‘Central Clearing
and Collateral Demand,’’ working paper, Stanford
University.
136 Committee on the Global Financial System,
‘‘Asset encumbrance and the demand for collateral
assets’’, CGFS Papers, no. 49, May 2013, http://
www.bis.org/publ/cgfs49.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of swap contracts due to the cost of
posting margin. Indeed, this may be the
case even if the cost of posting eligible
collateral does not increase in price.
Finally, the proposed margin rules will
be phased in gradually. This gives
regulators the ability to make
adjustments, if necessary.
b. The Efficiency, Competitiveness, and
Integrity of Markets
The proposed margin requirements
make cleared swaps relatively more
attractive. The Commission is requiring
ten day initial margins for uncleared
swaps and only five day margin for
cleared swaps. In addition, the
Commission is only allowing limited
netting for uncleared swaps. All else
equal, due to multilateral netting, less
collateral may be required in a cleared
environment relative to an uncleared
environment.137
The Commission is allowing only
limited netting for uncleared swaps.
Limited netting may encourage
participants to use a small number of
counterparties for multiple swap
transactions, because participants can
only net swaps from those made with
the same counterparty. This may
encourage the concentration of risk
among a few counterparties. However,
these concerns may be mitigated
somewhat by performing frequent
portfolio compression exercises that
facilitate multilateral netting.
Another cost of the rules may be a
reduction in the efficacy of hedging.
Rules that make standardized swaps
relatively less expensive may induce
some entities to forego some customized
swaps that may better match their
exposures. However, before an entity
decides to use a standardized swap over
a customized uncleared swap, it must
weigh the potentially lower margin
costs from using standardized swaps
against potentially losses from imperfect
hedges. Consequently, market
participants will still use customized
swaps when they believe such swaps
are superior for their hedging needs.
All the market protection benefits
discussed above may help to improve
the integrity of markets, because they
make it more likely that swap market
participants will be able to perform on
their contractual obligations. This
comes with potential losses to
participants who have to place their
capital into margin and, hence
potentially receive lower anticipated
returns on their capital.
137 Anderson and Joeveer (2014), ‘‘The Economics
of Collateral,’’ working paper, London School of
Economics.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
The Commission has endeavored to
harmonize this rulemaking with the
domestic prudential regulators, as well
as with foreign regulators. Two of the
goals of harmonization are to satisfy the
statute as well as to create a more level
playing field thereby promoting fairer
competition between entities regulated
in different jurisdictions or by different
regulators. Otherwise, regulatory
arbitrage opportunities might be
substantial. Price arbitrage occurs when
an identical asset simultaneously has
two different prices, so that an arbitrager
may buy that asset where it is cheaper
and sell it where it is more expensive to
garner a risk free profit. Similarly, a
regulatory arbitrager takes advantage of
regulatory discrepancies by adapting
activities so as to locate them in
jurisdictions to increase the arbitrager’s
regulatory profits (i.e., regulatory
benefits minus regulatory burdens).
The Commission is in discussion with
domestic and foreign regulators on the
material swap exposure threshold for
financial end users to be required to
post margin collateral. The Commission
notes that some foreign regimes have
proposed a higher threshold than $3
billion. In addition, the Commission
realizes that setting a threshold lower
than another jurisdiction may result in
some market participants conducting
some swaps in the jurisdiction with a
lower threshold. The Commission is
required, to the maximum extent
practicable, to harmonize with
prudential regulators, and domestic
regulators are endeavoring to harmonize
with foreign regulators, as well.
Therefore, the Commission expects to
consider the relative benefits that might
come from having consistent standards
against those that might come from
having different thresholds. The
Commission is seeking comment on the
costs and benefits of setting the
threshold for material swap exposure for
financial end users to be required to
post margin collateral at various levels.
In particular, commenters are
encouraged to discuss competitive
impacts and to quantify, if practical. In
addition, the Commission is seeking
comments on the costs and benefits of
not fully harmonizing its rules with
those of the prudential regulators.
Commenters are encouraged to discuss
the operational difficulties and to
quantify, if practical.
Inasmuch as larger banks tend to have
a lower cost of capital than smaller
banks, the posting of margin for
uncleared swaps may result in a
competitive advantage for larger banks
when engaging in swaps, all else equal.
Even though they are exempted from
clearing as financial end users, small
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
banks that have a material swaps
exposure generally will have to post
margin collateral when engaging in
uncleared swaps with CFTC regulated
CSEs. Thus, small banks may have to
fund additional collateral to post as
margin for uncleared swaps or engage in
more cleared swaps that require
relatively less collateral to post. The
Commission is seeking comment on the
costs and benefits of requiring small
banks with material swaps exposures to
post collateral with CFTC regulated
CSEs. Commenters may choose to
recognize that under the prudential
regulators’ proposal, small banks that
have a material swaps exposure and that
engage in swaps with prudentially
regulated CSEs would have to post
margin collateral for uncleared swaps,
too. Further, commenters may also
choose to recognize that the
Commission is required to harmonize
this rulemaking, to the maximum extent
practicable, with the prudential
regulators. Comments are encouraged to
quantify, if practical.
c. Price Discovery
The Commission is requiring ten day
initial margins for uncleared swaps and
only five day margin for cleared swaps.
In addition, the Commission is only
allowing limited netting for uncleared
swaps. Consequently, these rules
promote the use of more standardized
cleared swaps at the expense of more
customized and opaque swaps.
To the extent traders increase the use
of standardized cleared swaps in
response to these rules, it may lead to
greater transparency, overall, in the
swaps markets. Compared to uncleared
swaps, standardized swaps’ prices tend
to be more transparent and the price
discovery process for such swaps may
improve with higher volumes.
Conversely, lower volumes for
uncleared swaps may negatively impact
the price discovery process for such
swaps. However, the Commission
believes that the potential reduction in
the efficacy of the price discovery
process for uncleared swaps is less of a
concern, because the price-setting
process for uncleared swaps is not
conducted on a regulated platform or
pursuant to rules requiring transparency
and is therefore relatively opaque in the
current environment, anyway.
The Commission recognizes that
another way the rules may affect price
discovery is by promoting confidence in
the market. As such, the margin
collateral rules may protect,
prophylactically, the price discovery
process of some swap contracts in some
circumstances. The rules might protect
price discovery by reducing the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59925
frequency of trading interruptions in
segments of the swap market due to
credit risk concerns. This rulemaking
might improve price discovery in these
instances, because the presence of
collateral mitigates credit risk concerns,
and thereby allows these swap contract
markets to remain functioning. In turn,
this permits market participants to
continue to observe the prices of these
swaps.
The Commission requests comment
on potential effects of the rule on price
discovery as well as on the relative use
of cleared and uncleared swaps, and on
whether particular types of market
participants, including intermediaries
such as regulated trading platforms, will
be impacted differently by the rule.
Commenters are urged to quantify the
costs and benefits, if practicable.
d. Sound Risk Management Practices
Margin helps to mitigate the credit
risk exposure resulting from swap
contracts. Further, it is a sound practice
to regularly mark to market or model to
prevent the accumulation of
unrecognized losses and exposures
(through the exchange of variation
margin). At the same time, requiring
margin may help deter traders from
taking advantage of the inherent
leverage in certain swap transactions.
The Commission is requiring ten day
initial margins for uncleared swaps and
only five day initial margin for cleared
swaps. Thus, the rule may result in the
use of more standardized cleared swaps
at the expense of more customized
swaps which may be harder to evaluate
and risk manage; however, this may
result in market participants using nonoptimal hedging techniques, as noted
above, which may increase overall risk
at a firm.
Prohibiting rehypothecation at thirdparty custodians when both parties have
access to the collateral will be helpful
in the time of default. Otherwise, a
liquidity event might occur that induces
a cascading event, in which the
positions will be linked to other
positions and counterparties. The policy
of not allowing rehypothecation,
however, requires that more collateral
be available to post as margin. As
discussed above, this does not seem to
be a serious problem at present, but it
might become one in the future. In
addition, to protect parties against the
circumstance when pledged collateral
might be appropriated by the
counterparty, margins must be held at
third parties. Facilitating the use of
more customized models might induce
market participants to more thoroughly
analyze the risks of their swap
transactions, and may lead to better risk
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59926
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
management practices overall. The
Commission is allowing various
methods to model the amount of
collateral required as initial margin for
uncleared swap transactions, including
Commission-approved standard models
or more customized ones.
In this proposal, the Commission has
added flexibility to what constitutes
eligible collateral, allowing participants
in uncleared swap transactions to
‘optimize’ their collateral inasmuch as
they may reduce their opportunity cost
losses from pledging assets with lower
anticipated returns. This may result in
market participants focusing on
improving their margin and risk
management practices.
e. Other Public Interest Considerations
The Commission has not identified
any other public interest considerations.
List of Subjects
17 CFR Part 23
Swaps, Swap dealers, Major swap
participants, Capital and margin
requirements.
17 CFR Part 140
Authority delegations (Government
agencies), Organization and functions
(Government agencies).
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission proposes to amend
17 CFR chapter I as set forth below:
PART 23—SWAP DEALERS AND
MAJOR SWAP PARTICIPANTS
1. The authority citation for part 23
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6b, 6b–1,
6c, 6p, 6r, 6s, 6t, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a,
18, 19, 21.
2. Add subpart E to part 23 to read as
follows:
■
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Subpart E—Capital and Margin
Requirements for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants
Sec.
23.100–23.149 [Reserved]
23.150 Scope.
23.151 Definitions applicable to margin
requirements.
23.152 Collection and posting of initial
margin.
23.153 Collection and payment of variation
margin.
23.154 Calculation of initial margin.
23.155 Calculation of variation margin.
23.156 Forms of margin.
23.157 Custodial arrangements.
23.158 Margin documentation.
23.159 Compliance dates.
23.160–23.199 [Reserved]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
§§ 23.100–23.149
§ 23.150
[Reserved]
Scope.
The margin requirements set forth in
§ 23.150 through § 23.159 shall apply to
uncleared swaps, as defined in § 23.151,
that are executed after the applicable
compliance dates set forth in § 23.159.
§ 23.151 Definitions applicable to margin
requirements.
For the purposes of §§ 23.150 through
23.159:
Affiliate means any company that
controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with another company.
Bank holding company has the
meaning specified in section 2 of the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12
U.S.C. 1841).
Broker dealer means an entity
registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under section 15
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(15 U.S.C. 78o).
Control of another company means:
(1) Ownership, control, or power to
vote 25 percent or more of a class of
voting securities of the company,
directly or indirectly or acting through
one or more other persons;
(2) Ownership or control of 25 percent
or more of the total equity of the
company, directly or indirectly or acting
through one or more other persons; or
(3) Control in any manner of the
election of a majority of the directors or
trustees of the company.
Counterparty means the other party to
a swap to which a covered swap entity
is a party.
Covered counterparty means a
financial end user with material swaps
exposure, a swap dealer, or a major
swap participant that enters into a swap
with a covered swap entity.
Covered swap entity means a swap
dealer or major swap participant for
which there is no prudential regulator.
Cross-currency swap means a swap in
which one party exchanges with another
party principal and interest rate
payments in one currency for principal
and interest rate payments in another
currency, and the exchange of principal
occurs upon the inception of the swap,
with reversal of the exchange of
principal at a later date that is agreed
upon at the inception of the swap.
Data source means an entity and/or
method from which or by which a
covered swap entity obtains prices for
swaps or values for other inputs used in
a margin calculation.
Depository institution has the
meaning specified in section 3(c) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C. 1813(c)).
Eligible collateral means collateral
described in § 23.157.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Eligible master netting agreement
means a written, legally enforceable
agreement provided that:
(1) The agreement creates a single
legal obligation for all individual
transactions covered by the agreement
upon an event of default, including
upon an event of receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, or similar
proceeding, of the counterparty;
(2) The agreement provides the
covered swap entity the right to
accelerate, terminate, and close out on
a net basis all transactions under the
agreement and to liquidate or set off
collateral promptly upon an event of
default, including upon an event of
receivership, insolvency, liquidation, or
similar proceeding, of the counterparty,
provided that, in any such case, any
exercise of rights under the agreement
will not be stayed or avoided under
applicable law in the relevant
jurisdictions, other than in receivership,
conservatorship, resolution under the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C. 1811 et seq.), Title II of the DoddFrank Act (12 U.S.C. 4617) or under any
similar insolvency law applicable to
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
(12 U.S.C. 2183 and 2279cc);
(3) The agreement does not contain a
walkaway clause (that is, a provision
that permits a non-defaulting
counterparty to make a lower payment
than it otherwise would make under the
agreement, or no payment at all, to a
defaulter or the estate of a defaulter,
even if the defaulter or the estate of the
defaulter is a net creditor under the
agreement); and
(4) A covered swap entity that relies
on the agreement for purposes of
calculating the margin required by this
part:
(i) Conducts sufficient legal review
(and maintains sufficient written
documentation of that legal review) to
conclude with a well-founded basis
that:
(A) The agreement meets the
requirements of paragraphs (1) through
(3) of this definition; and
(B) In the event of a legal challenge
(including one resulting from default or
from receivership, insolvency,
liquidation, or similar proceeding) the
relevant court and administrative
authorities would find the agreement to
be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable
under the law of the relevant
jurisdictions; and
(ii) Establishes and maintains written
procedures to monitor possible changes
in relevant law and to ensure that the
agreement continues to satisfy the
requirements of this definition.
Financial end user means
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(1) A counterparty that is not a swap
entity and that is:
(i) A bank holding company or an
affiliate thereof; a savings and loan
holding company; or a nonbank
financial institution supervised by the
Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System under Title I of the
Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5323);
(ii) A depository institution; a foreign
bank; a Federal credit union or State
credit union as defined in section 2 of
the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C.
1752(1) and (6)); an institution that
functions solely in a trust or fiduciary
capacity as described in section
2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company
Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(D)); an
industrial loan company, an industrial
bank, or other similar institution
described in section 2(c)(2)(H) of the
Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C.
1841(c)(2)(H));
(iii) An entity that is state-licensed or
registered as:
(A) A credit or lending entity,
including a finance company; money
lender; installment lender; consumer
lender or lending company; mortgage
lender, broker, or bank; motor vehicle
title pledge lender; payday or deferred
deposit lender; premium finance
company; commercial finance or
lending company; or commercial
mortgage company; except entities
registered or licensed solely on account
of financing the entity’s direct sales of
goods or services to customers;
(B) A money services business,
including a check casher; money
transmitter; currency dealer or
exchange; or money order or traveler’s
check issuer;
(iv) A regulated entity as defined in
section 1303(20) of the Federal Housing
Enterprises Financial Safety and
Soundness Act of 1992 (12 U.S.C.
4502(20)) and any entity for which the
Federal Housing Finance Agency or its
successor is the primary federal
regulator;
(v) Any institution chartered and
regulated by the Farm Credit
Administration in accordance with the
Farm Credit Act of 1971, as amended,
12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.;
(vi) A securities holding company; a
broker or dealer; an investment adviser
as defined in section 202(a) of the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80b–2(a)); an investment
company registered with the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15
U.S.C. 80a–1 et seq.).
(vii) A private fund as defined in
section 202(a) of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80–b–
2(a)); an entity that would be an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
investment company under section 3 of
the Investment Company Act of 1940
(15 U.S.C. 80a–3) but for section
3(c)(5)(C); or an entity that is deemed
not to be an investment company under
section 3 of the Investment Company
Act of 1940 pursuant to Investment
Company Act Rule 3a–7 of the
Securities and Exchange Commission
(17 CFR 270.3a–7);
(viii) A commodity pool, a commodity
pool operator, a commodity trading
advisor, or a futures commission
merchant;
(ix) An employee benefit plan as
defined in paragraphs (3) and (32) of
section 3 of the Employee Retirement
Income and Security Act of 1974 (29
U.S.C. 1002);
(x) An entity that is organized as an
insurance company, primarily engaged
in writing insurance or reinsuring risks
underwritten by insurance companies,
or is subject to supervision as such by
a State insurance regulator or foreign
insurance regulator;
(xi) An entity that is, or holds itself
out as being, an entity or arrangement
that raises money from investors
primarily for the purpose of investing in
loans, securities, swaps, funds or other
assets for resale or other disposition or
otherwise trading in loans, securities,
swaps, funds or other assets;
(xii) A person that would be a
financial entity described in paragraphs
(1)(i)–(xi) of this definition if it were
organized under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof; or
(xiii) Notwithstanding paragraph (2)
of this definition, any other entity that
the Commission determines should be
treated as a financial end user.
(2) The term ‘‘financial end user’’
does not include any counterparty that
is:
(i) A sovereign entity;
(ii) A multilateral development bank;
(iii) The Bank for International
Settlements;
(iv) An entity that is exempt from the
definition of financial entity pursuant to
section 2(h)(7)(C)(iii) of the Act and
implementing regulations; or
(v) An affiliate that qualifies for the
exemption from clearing pursuant to
section 2(h)(7)(D) of the Act.
Foreign bank has the meaning
specified in section 1 of the
International Banking Act of 1978 (12
U.S.C. 3101).
Foreign exchange forward and foreign
exchange swap mean any foreign
exchange forward, as that term is
defined in section 1a(24) of the Act, and
foreign exchange swap, as that term is
defined in section 1a(25) of the Act.
Initial margin means collateral
collected or posted to secure potential
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59927
future exposure under one or more
uncleared swaps.
Initial margin threshold amount
means an aggregate credit exposure of
$65 million resulting from all uncleared
swaps and uncleared security-based
swaps between a covered swap entity
and its affiliates, and a covered
counterparty and its affiliates.
Major currencies means
(1) United States Dollar (USD);
(2) Canadian Dollar (CAD);
(3) Euro (EUR);
(4) United Kingdom Pound (GBP);
(5) Japanese Yen (JPY);
(6) Swiss Franc (CHF);
(7) New Zealand Dollar (NZD);
(8) Australian Dollar (AUD);
(9) Swedish Kronor (SEK);
(10) Danish Kroner (DKK);
(11) Norwegian Krone (NOK); and
(12) Any other currency designated by
the Commission.
Market intermediary means
(1) A securities holding company;
(2) A broker or dealer;
(3) A futures commission merchant;
(4) A swap dealer; or
(5) A security-based swap dealer.
Material swaps exposure for an entity
means that the entity and its affiliates
have an average daily aggregate notional
amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared
security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards, and foreign exchange swaps
with all counterparties for June, July
and August of the previous calendar
year that exceeds $3 billion, where such
amount is calculated only for business
days.
Minimum transfer amount means an
initial margin or variation margin
amount under which no actual transfer
of funds is required. The minimum
transfer amount shall be $650,000 or
such other amount as the Commission
may establish by order.
Multilateral development bank means
(1) The International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development;
(2) The Multilateral Investment
Guarantee Agency;
(3) The International Finance
Corporation;
(4) The Inter-American Development
Bank;
(5) The Asian Development Bank;
(6) The African Development Bank;
(7) The European Bank for
Reconstruction and Development;
(8) The European Investment Bank;
(9) The European Investment Fund;
(10) The Nordic Investment Bank;
(11) The Caribbean Development
Bank;
(12) The Islamic Development Bank;
(13) The Council of Europe
Development Bank; and
(14) Any other entity that provides
financing for national or regional
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59928
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
development in which the U.S.
government is a shareholder or
contributing member or which the
Commission determines poses
comparable credit risk.
Non-financial end user means a
counterparty that is not a swap dealer,
a major swap participant, or a financial
end user.
Prudential regulator has the meaning
specified in section 1a(39) of the Act.
Savings and loan holding company
has the meaning specified in section
10(n) of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (12
U.S.C. 1467a(n)).
Securities holding company has the
meaning specified in section 618 of the
Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 1850a).
Security-based swap has the meaning
specified in section 3(a)(68) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15
U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)).
Sovereign entity means a central
government (including the U.S.
government) or an agency, department,
ministry, or central bank of a central
government.
State means any State,
commonwealth, territory, or possession
of the United States, the District of
Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands, American
Samoa, Guam, or the United States
Virgin Islands.
Subsidiary means a company that is
controlled by another company.
Swap entity means a swap dealer or
major swap participant.
Uncleared security-based swap means
a security-based swap that is not cleared
by a clearing agency registered with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Uncleared swap means a swap that is
not cleared by a registered derivatives
clearing organization, or by a clearing
organization that has received a noaction letter or other exemptive relief
from the Commission permitting it to
clear certain swaps for U.S. persons
without being registered as a derivatives
clearing organization.
U.S. Government-sponsored
enterprise means an entity established
or chartered by the U.S. government to
serve public purposes specified by
federal statute but whose debt
obligations are not explicitly guaranteed
by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government.
Variation margin means a payment by
a party to its counterparty to meet an
obligation under one or more swaps
between the parties as a result of a
change in value of such obligations
since the trade was executed or the
previous time such payment was made.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
§ 23.152
margin.
Collection and posting of initial
(a) Collection—(1) Initial obligation.
On or before the business day after
execution of an uncleared swap between
a covered swap entity and a covered
counterparty, the covered swap entity
shall collect initial margin from the
covered counterparty in an amount
equal to or greater than an amount
calculated pursuant to § 23.154, in a
form that complies with § 23.156, and
pursuant to custodial arrangements that
comply with § 23.157.
(2) Continuing obligation. The
covered swap entity shall continue to
hold initial margin from the covered
counterparty in an amount equal to or
greater than an amount calculated each
business day pursuant to § 23.154, in a
form that complies with § 23.156, and
pursuant to custodial arrangements that
comply with § 23.157, until such
uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
(b) Posting—(1) Initial obligation. On
or before the business day after
execution of an uncleared swap between
a covered swap entity and a covered
counterparty that is a financial end user,
the covered swap entity shall post
initial margin with the covered
counterparty in an amount equal to or
greater than an amount calculated
pursuant to § 23.154, in a form that
complies with § 23.156, and pursuant to
custodial arrangements that comply
with § 23.157.
(2) Continuing obligation. The
covered swap entity shall continue to
post initial margin with the covered
counterparty in an amount equal to or
greater than an amount calculated each
business day pursuant to § 23.154, in a
form that complies with § 23.156, and
pursuant to custodial arrangements that
comply with § 23.157, until such
uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
(c) Satisfaction of collection and
posting requirements. A covered swap
entity shall not be deemed to have
violated its obligation to collect or to
post initial margin from a covered
counterparty if:
(1) The covered counterparty has
refused or otherwise failed to provide,
or to accept, the required initial margin
to, or from, the covered swap entity; and
(2) The covered swap entity has:
(i) Made the necessary efforts to
collect or to post the required initial
margin, including the timely initiation
and continued pursuit of formal dispute
resolution mechanisms, including
pursuant to § 23.504(b)(4), if applicable,
or has otherwise demonstrated upon
request to the satisfaction of the
Commission that it has made
appropriate efforts to collect or to post
the required initial margin; or
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(ii) Commenced termination of the
uncleared swap with the covered
counterparty promptly following the
applicable cure period and notification
requirements.
§ 23.153 Collection and payment of
variation margin.
(a) Initial obligation. On or before the
business day after execution of an
uncleared swap between a covered swap
entity and a counterparty that is a swap
entity or a financial end user, the
covered swap entity shall collect
variation margin from, or pay variation
margin to, the counterparty as
calculated pursuant to § 23.155 and in a
form that complies with § 23.156.
(b) Continuing obligation. The
covered swap entity shall continue to
collect variation margin from, or to pay
variation margin to, the counterparty as
calculated each business day pursuant
to § 23.155 and in a form that complies
with § 23.156 each business day until
such uncleared swap is terminated or
expires.
(c) Netting. To the extent that more
than one uncleared swap is executed
pursuant to an eligible master netting
agreement between a covered swap
entity and a counterparty, a covered
swap entity may calculate and comply
with the variation margin requirements
of this section on an aggregate basis
with respect to all uncleared swaps
governed by such agreement. If the
agreement covers uncleared swaps
entered into before the applicable
compliance date set forth in § 23.159,
those swaps must be included in the
aggregate for the purposes of calculation
and complying with the variation
margin requirements of this section.
(d) Satisfaction of collection and
payment requirements. A covered swap
entity shall not be deemed to have
violated its obligation to collect or to
pay variation margin from a
counterparty if:
(1) The counterparty has refused or
otherwise failed to provide or to accept
the required variation margin to or from
the covered swap entity; and
(2) The covered swap entity has:
(i) Made the necessary efforts to
collect or to pay the required variation
margin, including the timely initiation
and continued pursuit of formal dispute
resolution mechanisms, or has
otherwise demonstrated upon request to
the satisfaction of the Commission that
it has made appropriate efforts to collect
or to pay the required variation margin;
or
(ii) Commenced termination of the
uncleared swap with the counterparty
promptly following the applicable cure
period and notification requirements.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 23.154
Calculation of initial margin.
(a) Means of calculation. (1) Each
business day each covered swap entity
shall calculate an initial margin amount
to be collected from each covered
counterparty using:
(i) A risk-based model that meets the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section; or
(ii) The table-based method set forth
in paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Each business day each covered
swap entity shall calculate an initial
margin amount to be posted with each
covered counterparty that is a financial
end user using:
(i) A risk-based model that meets the
requirements of paragraph (b) of this
section; or
(ii) The table-based method set forth
in paragraph (c) of this section.
(3) Each covered swap entity may
reduce the amounts calculated pursuant
to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this
section by the initial margin threshold
amount provided that the reduction
does not include any portion of the
initial margin threshold amount already
applied by the covered swap entity or
its affiliates in connection with other
uncleared swaps or uncleared securitybased swaps with the counterparty or its
affiliates.
(4) The amounts calculated pursuant
to paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall
not be less than zero.
(5) A covered swap entity shall not be
required to collect or to post an amount
below the minimum transfer amount.
(6) For risk management purposes,
each business day each covered swap
entity shall calculate a hypothetical
initial margin requirement for each
swap for which the counterparty is a
non-financial end user that has material
swaps exposure to the covered swap
entity as if the counterparty were a
covered counterparty and compare that
amount to any initial margin required
pursuant to the margin documentation.
(b) Risk-based Models—(1)
Commission approval. (i) A covered
swap entity shall obtain the written
approval of the Commission to use a
model to calculate the initial margin
required in this part.
(ii) A covered swap entity shall
demonstrate that the model satisfies all
of the requirements of this section on an
ongoing basis.
(iii) A covered swap entity shall
notify the Commission in writing 60
days prior to:
(A) Extending the use of an initial
margin model that has been approved to
an additional product type;
(B) Making any change to any initial
margin model that has been approved
that would result in a material change
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
in the covered swap entity’s assessment
of initial margin requirements; or
(C) Making any material change to
modeling assumptions used by the
initial margin model.
(iv) The Commission may rescind its
approval of the use of any initial margin
model, in whole or in part, or may
impose additional conditions or
requirements if the Commission
determines, in its sole discretion, that
the model no longer complies with this
section.
(2) Applicability to multiple swaps.
To the extent that more than one
uncleared swap is executed pursuant to
an eligible master netting agreement
between a covered swap entity and a
covered counterparty, a covered swap
entity may use its initial margin model
to calculate and comply with the initial
margin requirements on an aggregate
basis with respect to all uncleared
swaps governed by such agreement. If
the agreement covers uncleared swaps
entered into before the applicable
compliance date, those swaps must be
included in the aggregate in the initial
margin model for the purposes of
calculating and complying with the
initial margin requirements.
(3) Elements of the model. (i) The
model shall calculate an amount of
initial margin that is equal to the
potential future exposure of the
uncleared swap or netting set of
uncleared swaps covered by an eligible
master netting agreement. Potential
future exposure is an estimate of the
one-tailed 99 percent confidence
interval for an increase in the value of
the uncleared swap or netting set of
uncleared swaps due to an
instantaneous price shock that is
equivalent to a movement in all material
underlying risk factors, including
prices, rates, and spreads, over a
holding period equal to the shorter of
ten business days or the maturity of the
swap.
(ii) All data used to calibrate the
model shall be based on an equally
weighted historical observation period
of at least one year and not more than
five years and must incorporate a period
of significant financial stress for each
broad asset class that is appropriate to
the uncleared swaps to which the initial
margin model is applied.
(iii) The model shall use risk factors
sufficient to measure all material price
risks inherent in the transactions for
which initial margin is being calculated.
The risk categories shall include, but
should not be limited to, foreign
exchange or interest rate risk, credit
risk, equity risk, agricultural commodity
risk, energy commodity risk, metal
commodity risk, and other commodity
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59929
risk, as appropriate. For material
exposures in significant currencies and
markets, modeling techniques shall
capture spread and basis risk and shall
incorporate a sufficient number of
segments of the yield curve to capture
differences in volatility and imperfect
correlation of rates along the yield
curve.
(iv) In the case of an uncleared crosscurrency swap, the model need not
recognize any risks or risk factors
associated with the fixed, physicallysettled foreign exchange transactions
associated with the exchange of
principal embedded in the crosscurrency swap. The model shall
recognize all material risks and risk
factors associated with all other
payments and cash flows that occur
during the life of the uncleared crosscurrency swap.
(v) The model may calculate initial
margin for an uncleared swap or netting
set of uncleared swaps covered by an
eligible master netting agreement. It may
reflect offsetting exposures,
diversification, and other hedging
benefits for uncleared swaps that are
governed by the same eligible master
netting agreement by incorporating
empirical correlations within the
following broad risk categories,
provided the covered swap entity
validates and demonstrates the
reasonableness of its process for
modeling and measuring hedging
benefits: agriculture, credit, energy,
equity, foreign exchange/interest rate,
metals, and other. Empirical
correlations under an eligible master
netting agreement may be recognized by
the model within each broad risk
category, but not across broad risk
categories.
(vi) If the model does not explicitly
reflect offsetting exposures,
diversification, and hedging benefits
between subsets of uncleared swaps
within a broad risk category, the
covered swap entity shall calculate an
amount of initial margin separately for
each subset of uncleared swaps for
which offsetting exposures,
diversification, and other hedging
benefits are explicitly recognized by the
model. The sum of the initial margin
amounts calculated for each subset of
uncleared swaps within a broad risk
category shall be used to determine the
aggregate initial margin due from the
counterparty for the portfolio of
uncleared swaps within the broad risk
category.
(vii) The sum of the initial margins
calculated for each broad risk category
shall be used to determine the aggregate
initial margin due from the
counterparty.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
59930
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(viii) The model shall not permit the
calculation of any initial margin amount
to be offset by, or otherwise take into
account, any initial margin that may be
owed or otherwise payable by the
covered swap entity to the counterparty.
(ix) The model shall include all
material risks arising from the nonlinear
price characteristics of option positions
or positions with embedded optionality
and the sensitivity of the market value
of the positions to changes in the
volatility of the underlying rates, prices,
or other material risk factors.
(x) The covered swap entity shall not
omit any risk factor from the calculation
of its initial margin that the covered
swap entity uses in its model unless it
has first demonstrated to the satisfaction
of the Commission that such omission is
appropriate.
(xi) The covered swap entity shall not
incorporate any proxy or approximation
used to capture the risks of the covered
swap entity’s actual swaps unless it has
first demonstrated to the satisfaction of
the Commission that such proxy or
approximation is appropriate.
(xii) The covered swap entity shall
have a rigorous and well-defined
process for re-estimating, re-evaluating,
and updating its internal models to
ensure continued applicability and
relevance.
(xiii) The covered swap entity shall
review and, as necessary, revise the data
used to calibrate the model at least
monthly, and more frequently as market
conditions warrant, ensuring that the
data incorporate a period of significant
financial stress appropriate to the
uncleared swaps to which the model is
applied.
(xiv) The level of sophistication of the
initial margin model shall be
commensurate with the complexity of
the swaps to which it is applied. In
calculating an initial margin amount,
the model may make use of any of the
generally accepted approaches for
modeling the risk of a single instrument
or portfolio of instruments.
(xv) The Commission may in its sole
discretion require a covered swap entity
using a model to collect a greater
amount of initial margin than that
determined by the covered swap entity’s
model if the Commission determines
that the additional collateral is
appropriate due to the nature, structure,
or characteristics of the covered swap
entity’s transactions or is commensurate
with the risks associated with the
transaction.
(4) Periodic review. A covered swap
entity shall periodically, but no less
frequently than annually, review its
model in light of developments in
financial markets and modeling
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
technologies, and enhance the model as
appropriate to ensure that it continues
to meet the requirements for approval in
this section.
(5) Control, oversight, and validation
mechanisms. (i) The covered swap
entity shall maintain a risk management
unit in accordance with § 23.600(c)(4)(i)
that is independent from the business
trading unit (as defined in § 23.600).
(ii) The covered swap entity’s risk
control unit shall validate its model
prior to implementation and on an
ongoing basis. The covered swap
entity’s validation process shall be
independent of the development,
implementation, and operation of the
model, or the validation process shall be
subject to an independent review of its
adequacy and effectiveness. The
validation process shall include:
(A) An evaluation of the conceptual
soundness of (including developmental
evidence supporting) the model;
(B) An ongoing monitoring process
that includes verification of processes
and benchmarking by comparing the
covered swap entity’s model outputs
(estimation of initial margin) with
relevant alternative internal and
external data sources or estimation
techniques including benchmarking
against observable margin standards to
ensure that the initial margin is not less
than what a derivatives clearing
organization would require for similar
cleared transactions; and
(C) An outcomes analysis process that
includes back testing the model.
(iii) If the validation process reveals
any material problems with the model,
the covered swap entity shall notify the
Commission of the problems, describe
to the Commission any remedial actions
being taken, and adjust the model to
insure an appropriately conservative
amount of required initial margin is
being calculated.
(iv) In accordance with § 23.600(e)(2),
the covered swap entity shall have an
internal audit function independent of
the business trading unit and the risk
management unit that at least annually
assesses the effectiveness of the controls
supporting the model measurement
systems, including the activities of the
business trading units and risk control
unit, compliance with policies and
procedures, and calculation of the
covered swap entity’s initial margin
requirements under this part. At least
annually, the internal audit function
shall report its findings to the covered
swap entity’s governing body, senior
management, and chief compliance
officer.
(6) Documentation. The covered swap
entity shall adequately document all
material aspects of its model, including
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
management and valuation of uncleared
swaps to which it applies, the control,
oversight, and validation of the model,
any review processes and the results of
such processes.
(7) Escalation procedures. The
covered swap entity must adequately
document authorization procedures,
including escalation procedures that
require review and approval of any
change to the initial margin calculation
under the model, demonstrable analysis
that any basis for any such change is
consistent with the requirements of this
section, and independent review of such
demonstrable analysis and approval.
(c) Table-based method. If a model
meeting the standards set forth in
paragraph (b) of this section is not used,
initial margin shall be calculated in
accordance with this paragraph.
(1) Standardized initial margin
schedule.
Asset class
Credit: 0–2 year duration ......
Credit: 2–5 year duration ......
Credit: 5+ year duration .......
Commodity ............................
Equity ....................................
Foreign Exchange/Currency
Cross Currency Swaps: 0–2
year duration .....................
Cross Currency Swaps: 2–5
year duration .....................
Cross currency Swaps: 5+
year duration .....................
Interest Rate: 0–2 year duration ....................................
Interest Rate: 2–5 year duration ....................................
Interest Rate: 5+ year duration ....................................
Other .....................................
Initial margin
requirement
(% of notional
exposure)
2
5
10
15
15
6
1
2
4
1
2
4
15
(2) Net to gross ratio adjustment. (i)
For multiple uncleared swaps subject to
an eligible master netting agreement, the
initial margin amount under the
standardized table shall be computed
according to this paragraph.
(ii) Initial Margin = 0.4 × Gross Initial
Margin + 0.6 × Net-to-Gross Ratio ×
Gross Initial Margin, where
(A) Gross Initial Margin = the sum of
the product of each uncleared swap’s
effective notional amount and the gross
initial margin requirement for all
uncleared swaps subject to the eligible
master netting agreement;
(B) Net-to-Gross Ratio = the ratio of
the net current replacement cost to the
gross current replacement cost;
(C) Gross Current Replacement cost =
the sum of the replacement cost for each
uncleared swap subject to the eligible
master netting agreement for which the
cost is positive; and
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
(D) Net Current Replacement Cost =
the total replacement cost for all
uncleared swaps subject to the eligible
master netting agreement.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
§ 23.155
Calculation of variation margin.
(a) Means of calculation. (1) Each
business day each covered swap entity
shall calculate variation margin for itself
and for each counterparty that is a swap
entity or a financial end user using a
methodology and inputs that to the
maximum extent practicable rely on
recently-executed transactions,
valuations provided by independent
third parties, or other objective criteria.
(2) Each covered swap entity shall
have in place alternative methods for
determining the value of an uncleared
swap in the event of the unavailability
or other failure of any input required to
value a swap.
(3) For risk management purposes,
each business day each covered swap
entity shall calculate a hypothetical
variation margin requirement for each
swap for which the counterparty is a
non-financial end user that has material
swaps exposure to the covered
counterparty as if the counterparty were
a covered swap entity and compare that
amount to any variation margin required
pursuant to the margin documentation.
(b) Control mechanisms. (1) Each
covered swap entity shall create and
maintain documentation setting forth
the variation methodology with
sufficient specificity to allow the
counterparty, the Commission, and any
applicable prudential regulator to
calculate a reasonable approximation of
the margin requirement independently.
(2) Each covered swap entity shall
evaluate the reliability of its data
sources at least annually, and make
adjustments, as appropriate.
(3) The Commission at any time may
require a covered swap entity to provide
further data or analysis concerning the
methodology or a data source,
including:
(i) An explanation of the manner in
which the methodology meets the
requirements of this section;
(ii) A description of the mechanics of
the methodology;
(iii) The theoretical basis of the
methodology;
(iv) The empirical support for the
methodology; and
(v) The empirical support for the
assessment of the data sources.
§ 23.156
Forms of margin.
(a) Initial margin—(1) Eligible
collateral. A covered swap entity shall
collect and post as initial margin for
trades with a covered counterparty only
the following assets:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
(i) U.S. dollars;
(ii) A major currency;
(iii) A currency in which payment
obligations under the swap are required
to be settled;
(iv) A security that is issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
timely payment of principal and interest
by, the U.S. Department of Treasury;
(v) A security that is issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed as to the
timely payment of principal and interest
by, a U.S. government agency (other
than the U.S. Department of Treasury)
whose obligations are fully guaranteed
by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government;
(vi) A publicly traded debt security
issued by, or an asset-backed security
fully guaranteed as to the timely
payment of principal and interest by, a
U.S. government-sponsored enterprise
that is operating with capital support or
another form of direct financial
assistance received from the U.S.
government that enables the repayments
of the government-sponsored
enterprise’s eligible securities; or
(vii) A security that is issued by, or
fully guaranteed as to the payment of
principal and interest by, the European
Central Bank or a sovereign entity that
is assigned no higher than a 20 percent
risk weight under the capital rules
applicable to swap dealers subject to
regulation by a prudential regulator;
(viii) A security that is issued by, or
fully guaranteed as to the payment of
principal and interest by, the Bank for
International Settlements, the
International Monetary Fund, or a
multilateral development bank;
(ix) Other publicly-traded debt that
has been deemed acceptable as initial
margin by a prudential regulator; or
(x) A publicly traded common equity
security that is included in:
(A) The Standard & Poor’s Composite
1500 Index or any other similar index of
liquid and readily marketable equity
securities as determined by the
Commission; or
(B) An index that a covered swap
entity’s supervisor in a foreign
jurisdiction recognizes for purposes of
including publicly traded common
equity as initial margin under
applicable regulatory policy, if held in
that foreign jurisdiction; or
(xi) Gold.
(2) Prohibition of certain assets. A
covered swap entity may not collect or
post as initial margin any asset that is
a security issued by:
(i) The party providing such asset or
an affiliate of that party,
(ii) A bank holding company, a
savings and loan holding company, a
foreign bank, a depository institution, a
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59931
market intermediary, a company that
would be any of the foregoing if it were
organized under the laws of the United
States or any State, or an affiliate of any
of the foregoing institutions, or
(iii) A U.S. government-sponsored
enterprise after the termination of
capital support or another form of direct
financial assistance received from the
U.S. government that enables the
repayments of the governmentsponsored enterprise’s eligible securities
unless:
(A) The security meets the
requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section;
(B) The security meets the
requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(vii) of
this section; or
(C) The security meets the
requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(viii) of
this section.
(3) Haircuts. (i) Each covered swap
entity shall apply haircuts to any asset
posted or received as initial margin
under this section that reflect the credit
and liquidity characteristics of the asset.
(ii) At a minimum, each covered swap
entity shall apply haircuts to any asset
posted or received as initial margin
under this section in accordance with
the following table:
STANDARDIZED HAIRCUT SCHEDULE
Cash in same currency as swap obligation ...........................................
Eligible government and related debt
(e.g., central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
less than one-year ........................
Eligible government and related debt
(e.g., central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
between one and five years .........
Eligible government and related debt
(e.g., central bank, multilateral development bank, GSE securities
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
greater than five years ..................
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
less than one-year ........................
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
between one and five years .........
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities not
identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section): Residual maturity
greater than five years ..................
Equities included in S&P 500 or related index .....................................
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
0.0
0.5
2.0
4.0
1.0
4.0
8.0
15.0
59932
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
STANDARDIZED HAIRCUT SCHEDULE—
Continued
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Equities included in S&P 1500 Composite or related index but not
S&P 500 or related index .............
Gold ..................................................
Additional (additive) haircut on asset
in which the currency of the swap
obligation differs from that of the
collateral asset ..............................
25.0
15.0
has made appropriate efforts to collect
the variation margin; or
(B) Has commenced termination of
the swap or security-based swap with
the counterparty.
§ 23.157
Custodial arrangements.
(a) Initial margin posted by covered
swap entities. Each covered swap entity
8.0 that posts initial margin with respect to
an uncleared swap shall require that all
funds or other property that the covered
(iii) The value of initial margin
collateral that is calculated according to swap entity provides as initial margin
be held by one or more custodians that
the schedule in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of
are not affiliates of the covered swap
this section will be computed as
entity or the counterparty.
follows: The value of initial margin
(b) Initial margin collected by covered
collateral for any collateral asset class
swap entities. Each covered swap entity
will be computed as the product of the
that collects initial margin required by
total value of collateral in any asset
§ 23.152 with respect to an uncleared
class and one minus the applicable
swap shall require that such initial
haircut expressed in percentage terms.
margin be held at one or more
The total value of all initial margin
collateral is calculated as the sum of the custodians that are not affiliates of the
covered swap entity or the counterparty.
value of each type of collateral asset.
(c) Custodial agreement. Each covered
(4) Monitoring Obligation. A covered
swap entity shall enter into an
swap entity shall monitor the market
agreement with each custodian that
value and eligibility of all collateral
holds funds pursuant to paragraphs (a)
collected and held to satisfy initial
or (b) of this section that:
margin required by this part. To the
(1) Prohibits the custodian from
extent that the market value of such
rehypothecating, repledging, reusing, or
collateral has declined, the covered
otherwise transferring (through
swap entity shall promptly collect such
securities lending, repurchase
additional eligible collateral as is
necessary to bring itself into compliance agreement, reverse repurchase
agreement or other means) the funds or
with the margin requirements of this
other property held by the custodian;
part. To the extent that the collateral is
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1)
no longer eligible, the covered swap
of this section, with respect to collateral
entity shall promptly obtain sufficient
posted or collected pursuant to § 23.152,
eligible replacement collateral to
requires the posting party, when it
comply with this part.
substitutes or directs the reinvestment
(5) Excess initial margin. A covered
of posted collateral held by the
swap entity may collect initial margin
that is not required pursuant to this part custodian:
(i) To substitute only funds or other
in any form of collateral.
property that are in a form that meets
(b) Variation margin—(1) Eligible
the requirements of § 23.156 and in an
assets. A covered swap entity shall pay
amount that meets the requirements of
and collect as variation margin to or
§ 23.152, subject to applicable haircuts;
from a covered counterparty only cash
and
in the form of:
(ii) To reinvest funds only in assets
(i) U.S. dollars; or
(ii) A currency in which payment
that are in a form that meets the
obligations under the swap are required requirements of § 23.156 and in an
to be settled.
amount that meets the requirements of
(2) Collection obligation. A covered
§ 23.152, subject to applicable haircuts;
swap entity shall not be deemed to have
(3) Is legal, valid, binding, and
violated its obligation under this
enforceable under the laws of all
paragraph to collect variation margin if: relevant jurisdictions including in the
(i) The counterparty has refused or
event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a
otherwise failed to provide the variation similar proceeding.
margin to the covered swap entity; and
§ 23.158 Margin documentation.
(ii) The covered swap entity:
(A) Has made the necessary efforts to
(a) General requirement. Each covered
collect the variation margin, including
swap entity shall execute
the timely initiation and continued
documentation with each counterparty
pursuit of formal dispute resolution
that complies with the requirements of
mechanisms, including § 23.504(b), if
§ 23.504 and that complies with this
applicable, or has otherwise
section. For uncleared swaps between a
demonstrated upon request to the
covered swap entity and a covered
satisfaction of the Commission that it
counterparty, the documentation shall
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
provide the covered swap entity with
the contractual right and obligation to
exchange initial margin and variation
margin in such amounts, in such form,
and under such circumstances as are
required by §§ 23.150 through 23.159.
For uncleared swaps between a covered
swap entity and a non-financial entity,
the documentation shall specify
whether initial and/or variation margin
will be exchanged and, if so, the
documentation shall comply with
paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Contents of the documentation.
The margin documentation shall specify
the following:
(1) The methodology and data sources
to be used to value uncleared swaps and
collateral and to calculate initial margin
for uncleared swaps entered into
between the covered swap entity and
the counterparty;
(2) The methodology and data sources
to be used to value positions and to
calculate variation margin for uncleared
swaps entered into between the covered
swap entity participant and the
counterparty;
(3) The procedures by which any
disputes concerning the valuation of
uncleared swaps, or the valuation of
assets posted as initial margin or paid as
variation margin may be resolved;
(4) Any thresholds below which
initial margin need not be posted by the
covered swap entity and/or the
counterparty; and
(5) Any thresholds below which
variation margin need not be paid by the
covered swap entity and/or the
counterparty.
§ 23.159
Compliance dates.
(a) Covered swap entities must
comply with the minimum margin
requirements for uncleared swaps on or
before the following dates for uncleared
swaps entered into on or after the
following dates:
(1) December 1, 2015 for the
requirements in § 23.153 for variation
margin.
(2) December 1, 2015 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both the covered swap entity combined
with all its affiliates and its
counterparty combined with all its
affiliates, have an average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps,
foreign exchange forwards, and foreign
exchange swaps in June, July, and
August 2015 that exceeds $4 trillion,
where such amounts are calculated only
for business days.
(3) December 1, 2016 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
both the covered swap entity combined
with all its affiliates and its
counterparty combined with all its
affiliates, have an average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps,
foreign exchange forwards, and foreign
exchange swaps in June, July and
August 2016 that exceeds $3 trillion,
where such amounts are calculated only
for business days.
(4) December 1, 2017 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both the covered swap entity combined
with all its affiliates and its
counterparty combined with all its
affiliates have an average daily aggregate
notional amount of uncleared swaps,
uncleared security-based swaps, foreign
exchange forwards, and foreign
exchange swaps in June, July and
August 2017 that exceeds $2 trillion,
where such amounts are calculated only
for business days.
(5) December 1, 2018 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where
both the covered swap entity combined
with all its affiliates and its
counterparty combined with all its
affiliates have an average daily aggregate
notional amount of uncleared swaps,
uncleared security-based swaps, foreign
exchange forwards, and foreign
exchange swaps in June, July and
August 2018 that exceeds $1 trillion,
where such amounts are calculated only
for business days.
(6) December 1, 2019 for the
requirements in § 23.152 for initial
margin for any other covered swap
entity with respect to uncleared swaps
entered into with any other
counterparty.
(b) Once a covered swap entity and its
counterparty must comply with the
margin requirements for uncleared
swaps based on the compliance dates in
paragraph (a) of this section, the covered
swap entity and its counterparty shall
remain subject to the requirements of
this subpart.
§§ 23.160–23.199
[Reserved]
3. In § 23.701 revise paragraphs (a)(1),
(d), and (f) to read as follows:
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
■
§ 23.701 Notification of right to
segregation.
(a) * * *
(1) Notify each counterparty to such
transaction that the counterparty has the
right to require that any Initial Margin
the counterparty provides in connection
with such transaction be segregated in
accordance with §§ 23.702 and 23.703
except in those circumstances where
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
segregation is mandatory pursuant to
§ 23.157;
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Prior to confirming the terms of
any such swap, the swap dealer or major
swap participant shall obtain from the
counterparty confirmation of receipt by
the person specified in paragraph (c) of
this section of the notification specified
in paragraph (a) of this section, and an
election, if applicable, to require such
segregation or not. The swap dealer or
major swap participant shall maintain
such confirmation and such election as
business records pursuant to § 1.31 of
this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
(f) A counterparty’s election, if
applicable, to require segregation of
Initial Margin or not to require such
segregation, may be changed at the
discretion of the counterparty upon
written notice delivered to the swap
dealer or major swap participant, which
changed election shall be applicable to
all swaps entered into between the
parties after such delivery.
PART 140—ORGANIZATION,
FUNCTIONS, AND PROCEDURES OF
THE COMMISSION
4. The authority citation for part 140
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12), 12a, 13(c),
13(d), 13(e), and 16(b).
5. In § 140.93, add paragraph (a)(6) to
read as follows:
■
§ 140.93 Delegation of authority to the
Director of the Division of Swap Dealer and
Intermediary Oversight.
(a) * * *
(6) All functions reserved to the
Commission in §§ 23.150 through
23.159 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
Issued in Washington, DC, on September
23, 2014, by the Commission.
Christopher J. Kirkpatrick,
Secretary of the Commission.
Note: The following appendices will not
appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
Appendices to Margin Requirements for
Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants—Commission
Voting Summary, Chairman’s
Statement, and Commissioner’s
Statement
Appendix 1—Commission Voting
Summary
On this matter, Chairman Massad and
Commissioners Wetjen, Bowen, and
Giancarlo voted in the affirmative. No
Commissioner voted in the negative.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59933
Appendix 2—Statement of Chairman
Timothy G. Massad
I support this proposed rule on
margin requirements for uncleared
swaps.
A key mandate of the Dodd-Frank Act
was central clearing of swaps. This is a
significant tool to monitor and mitigate
risk, and we have already succeeded in
increasing the overall percentage of the
market that is cleared from an estimated
17% in 2007 to 60% last month, when
measured by notional amount.
But cleared swaps are only part of the
market. Uncleared, bilateral swap
transactions will continue to be an
important part of the derivatives market.
This is so for a variety of reasons.
Sometimes, commercial risks cannot be
hedged sufficiently through clearable
swap contracts. Therefore market
participants must craft more tailored
contracts that cannot be cleared. In
addition, certain products may lack
sufficient liquidity to be centrally riskmanaged and cleared. This may be true
even for products that have been in
existence for some time. And there
will—and always should be—
innovation in the market, which will
lead to new products.
That is why margin for uncleared
swaps is important. It is a means to
mitigate the risk of default and therefore
the potential risk to the financial system
as a whole. To appreciate the
importance of the rule being proposed,
we need only recall how Treasury and
the Federal Reserve had to commit $182
billion to AIG, because its uncleared
swap activities threatened to bring
down our financial system.
The proposed rule requires swap
dealers and major swap participants to
post and collect margin in their swaps
with one another. They must also do so
in their swaps with financial entities, if
the level of activity is above certain
thresholds. The proposal does not
require commercial end-users to post or
collect margin, nor does it require any
swap dealer or major swap participant
to collect margin from or post margin to
commercial end-users. This is an
important point.
Today’s proposal on margin also
reflects the benefit of substantial
collaboration between our staff and our
colleagues at the Federal Reserve, the
Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency, and the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, as well as
significant public comment. The DoddFrank Act directs each of the prudential
regulators to propose rules on margin
for the entities for which it is the
primary regulator, whereas the CFTC is
directed to propose a rule for other
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59934
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
entities engaging in uncleared swap
transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act also
directed us to harmonize our rules as
much as possible. Today’s proposed
rule is very similar to the proposal of
the prudential regulators that was
published recently. I want to again
thank our staff, as well as the staffs of
the prudential regulators, for working
together so well to accomplish that task.
We have also sought to harmonize our
proposal with rules being developed in
Europe and Asia. Our proposed rule is
largely consistent with the standards
proposed by Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision and the
International Organization of Securities
Commissions, and we have been in
touch with overseas regulators as we
developed our proposal.
The importance of international
harmonization cannot be understated. It
is particularly important to reach
harmonization in the area of margin for
uncleared swaps, because this is a new
requirement and we do not want to
create the potential for regulatory
arbitrage in the market by creating
unnecessary differences. Margin for
uncleared swaps goes hand in hand
with the global mandates to clear swaps.
Imposing margin on uncleared swaps
will level the playing field between
cleared and uncleared swaps and
remove any incentive not to clear swaps
that can be cleared.
Proposing this rule is an important
step in our effort to finish the job of
implementing the Dodd-Frank Act and
will help us achieve the full benefit of
the new regulatory framework, while at
the same time protecting the interests
of—and minimizing the burdens on—
commercial end-users who depend on
the derivatives markets to hedge normal
business risks.
We recognize that more stringent
margin requirements impose costs on
market participants, and therefore the
proposal includes a detailed cost-benefit
analysis. I believe the proposed rule
balances the inherent trade-off between
mitigating systemic risk and minimizing
costs on individual participants. I look
forward to having public feedback on
that analysis, as well as on the proposal
as a whole.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
Appendix 3—Statement of
Commissioner J. Christopher Giancarlo
I support the issuance of the proposed
rules for uncleared margin. I look forward to
reviewing well-considered, responsive and
informative comments from the public.
Seeking further public comment on this
proposal is necessary given the passage of
time and the further deliberations with our
fellow regulators since the publishing of our
2011 proposal. For the same reasons, I urge
the Commission to re-propose capital
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
requirements for swap dealers and major
swap participants, which are closely linked
to the uncleared margin rules.
Uncleared over-the-counter swaps (OTC)
and derivatives are vital to the U.S. economy.
Used properly, they enable American
companies and the banks they borrow from
to manage changing commodity and energy
prices, fluctuating currency and interest
rates, and credit default exposure. They
allow our state and local governments to
manage their obligations and our pension
funds to support healthy retirements.
Uncleared swaps serve a key role in
American business planning and risk
management that cannot be filled by cleared
derivatives. They do so by allowing
businesses to avoid basis risk and obtain
hedge accounting treatment for more
complex, non-standardized exposures. While
much of the swaps and OTC derivatives
markets will eventually be cleared—a
transition I have long supported—uncleared
swaps will remain an important tool for
customized risk management by businesses,
governments, asset managers and other
institutions whose operations are essential to
American economic growth.
Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking:
Cross-Border
I support the Commission’s decision to
issue an advance notice of proposed
rulemaking to determine how the uncleared
margin rule should apply extraterritorially. I
have long advocated that the Commission
take a holistic, global approach to the crossborder application of its rules. This approach
should prioritize the critical need for
international harmony and certainty for
American businesses and other market
participants. It is undeniable that the lack of
such certainty in the Commission’s crossborder framework is causing fragmentation of
what were once global markets, increasing
systemic risk rather than diminishing it. I
therefore applaud the Commission’s decision
to seek public comment on the most optimal
cross-border framework with respect to
uncleared margin.
In light of the recent decision from the U.S.
District Court for the District of Columbia
holding that the Commission’s cross-border
guidance is non-binding and that the
Commission will have to justify the crossborder application of its rules each time it
brings an enforcement action,1 it is important
that the Commission provide swaps market
participants with certainty on how the
uncleared margin rule will apply
extraterritorially.
I believe that the advance notice of
proposed rulemaking for the cross-border
application of the uncleared margin rules
demonstrates a pragmatism and flexibility
that belies the oft repeated notion that CFTC
rulemaking widely and woodenly
overreaches in its assertion of extraterritorial
jurisdiction. I commend it to our fellow
regulators abroad as a portent of greater
accord in global regulatory reform.
I look forward to reading and addressing
well-considered comments on the cross1 SIFMA v. CFTC, No. 13–cv–1916 slip op. at 72
(D.D.C. Sept. 16, 2014).
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
border issues. In particular, I join
Commissioner Wetjen in welcoming
thoughtful comment and analysis on the
potential competitive impacts associated
with each of the different approaches
identified in the advance notice of proposed
rulemaking. I encourage commentators to
quantify, if practical, and be specific about
particular provisions or concerns.
Furthermore, I think this rulemaking
should be a template for things to come. I
urge the Commission to follow the Securities
and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) lead and
replace its non-binding guidance with a
comprehensive set of rules, supported by a
rigorous cost-benefit analysis, delineating
when activities outside the United States will
have a direct and significant connection with
activities in, or effect on, commerce in the
United States. Good regulation requires
nothing less.
Notwithstanding my support for the
issuance of these proposed rules and the
advance notice of proposed rulemaking on
cross-border issues in order to solicit
comment, I have a number of substantive
concerns which I will now address.
Ten-Day Margin Requirement
Today’s proposal requires collateral
coverage on uncleared swaps equal to a tenday liquidation period. This ten-day
calculation comports with rules adopted
recently by the U.S. prudential bank
regulators. Yet, it still must be asked: Is ten
days the right calculation? Why not nine
days; why not eleven? Should it be the same
ten days for uncleared credit default swaps
as it is for uncleared interest rate swaps and
for all other swaps products? Surely, all noncleared swap products do not have the same
liquidity characteristics or risk profiles. I
encourage commenters to provide their input
on these questions.
SEC Chair Mary Jo White recently stated:
‘‘Our regulatory changes must be informed by
clear-eyed, unbiased, and fact-based
assessments of the likely impacts—positive
and negative—on market quality for investors
and issuers.’’ 2 Chair White’s standard of
assessment must surely apply to the
proposed margin rule on uncleared swaps.
Where is the clear-eyed assessment of the
ten-day margin requirement? Where is the
cost benefit analysis? What are the intended
consequences? What will be the unintended
ones? Will American swaps end users wind
up paying for the added margin costs even
though they are meant to be exempt? I would
be interested to hear from commentators on
this issue.
I am troubled by recent press reports of
remarks by unnamed Fed officials that the
coverage period may be intentionally
‘‘punitive’’ in order to move the majority of
trades into a cleared environment.3 I would
2 Phillip Stafford, Sense of Urgency Underpins
Fresh Scrutiny of Markets, Financial Times, Sept.
16, 2014, available at http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/
0/a373646a-344b-11e4-b81c-00144
feabdc0.html?siteedition=intl#axzz3DPM3AEzi.
3 Mike Kentz, Derivatives: Fed backs off corporate
margin requirements, IFRAsia, Sept. 11, 2014,
available at http://www.ifrasia.com/derivatives-fedbacks-off-corporate-margin-requirements/
21162697.fullarticle.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
be interested to review any considered
analysis of the likely impact of the ten-day
liquidation period and whether or not it may
have a punitive effect on markets for
uncleared swaps products.
Any punitive or arbitrary squeeze on noncleared swaps will surely have
consequences—likely unintended—for
American businesses and their ability to
manage risk. With tens of millions of
Americans falling back on part-time work, it
is not in our national interest to deter U.S.
employers from safely hedging commercial
risk to free capital for new ventures that
create full-time jobs. It is time we move away
from punishing U.S. capital markets toward
rules designed to revive American prosperity.
I look forward to reviewing well-considered
comments as to the appropriateness of a tenday liquidation period, as well as its
estimated costs and benefits, particularly the
impact on American economic growth.
End Users
As noted in the preamble, the Dodd-Frank
Act requires the CFTC, the SEC, and the
prudential regulators to establish comparable
initial and variation margin requirements for
uncleared swaps.4 In 2011, however, the
Commission and the prudential regulators
issued proposals that varied significantly in
several respects. In particular, the rules
proposed by the prudential regulators in
2011 would have required non-financial end
users to pay initial and variation margin to
banks, while the Commission’s rules
exempted these entities in accordance with
Congressional intent.5
I am pleased that the prudential regulators
have moved in the CFTC’s direction and will
not require that non-financial end users pay
margin unless necessary to address the credit
risk posed by the counterparty and the risks
of the swap.6 It is widely recognized that
non-financial end users, that generally use
swaps to hedge their commercial risk, pose
less risk as counterparties than financial
entities. It is my hope that upon finalization
of these rules, swap dealers and major swap
participants will treat non-financial end
users consistently when it comes to margin,
no matter which set of rules apply.
4 CEA
section 4s(e)(3)(D)(ii).
Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for
Swap Dealers and Major Swap Participants, 76 FR
23732, 23736–37 (Apr. 28, 2011).
6 The prudential regulator’s proposal contains the
following provision: ‘‘A covered swap entity is not
required to collect initial margin with respect to any
non-cleared swap or non-cleared security-based
swap with a counterparty that is neither a financial
end user with material swaps exposure nor a swap
entity but shall collect initial margin at such times
and in such forms (if any) that the covered swap
entity determines appropriately address the credit
risk posed by the counterparty and the risks of such
non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based
swaps.’’ Margin and Capital Requirements for
Covered Swap Entities, slip copy at 167, available
at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/
bcreg/bcreg20140903c1.pdf. This is somewhat
different, but not inconsistent with the
Commission’s proposal, which will allow the
parties to exchange margin by agreement, or to
arrange other types of collateral agreements
consistent with their needs.
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
5 Margin
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
Threshold for Swaps Exposure
I am also pleased that our collaboration
with the BCBS/IOSCO 7 international
working group has resulted in proposed rules
that are largely harmonious with the 2013
international framework. There is a particular
and significant difference that troubles me,
however. The CFTC and the prudential
regulators have set the threshold for material
swaps exposure by financial end users at $3
billion, while the 2013 international
framework sets the threshold at Ö8 billion
(approximately $11 billion). This means that
a whole middle-tier of American financial
end users could be subject to margin
requirements that will not be borne by
similar firms overseas. It may well limit the
number of counterparties willing to enter
into swaps with these important lenders to
American business. I am concerned that this
could potentially reduce the utility of risk
reducing strategies for a class of middle-tier,
U.S. financial institutions that have already
been hit hard by new capital constraints,
among other rules.
In this time of dismal economic growth, it
is hard to justify placing higher burdens on
America’s medium-sized financial firms than
those their overseas competitors face. We
have not, in my opinion, sufficiently
addressed in our cost benefit analysis the
impact of this threshold difference on
American firms and their customers. Where
is the clear-eyed analysis of the impact of this
rule on the American economy? I hope that
the Commission will not perpetuate this
divergence in the final rules without
carefully weighing the costs and benefits. I
encourage commenters to address this point
and to supply any data and analysis that may
be illuminating. It is time our rules were
designed less to punish and more to promote
U.S. capital markets. Punishment as a
singular regulatory policy is getting old and
counterproductive. It is time our rules
focused on returning America to work and
prosperity.
Increase Reliance on International
Collaboration
Similarly, I want to echo Commissioner
Wetjen’s call for comments on two areas
where the Commission can harness
international collaboration. First, I welcome
comments on whether the Commission
should exclude from the scope of this
rulemaking any derivative cleared by a
central counterparty (CCP) that is subject to
regulation and supervision consistent with
the CPSS–IOSCO Principles for Financial
Market Infrastructures (PFMIs), an alternative
on which the Commission seeks comment in
the preamble. It is reported that at least one
U.S. financial firm is a member at 70
different CCPs around the globe. The present
proposal, if finalized, could result in trades
cleared on many of these CCPs being treated
as if they are uncleared.8 This would seem
7 Basel Committee on Banking Supervision/
International Organization of Securities
Commissions.
8 Sam Fleming and Phillip Stafford, JPMorgan
Tells Clearers to Build Bigger Buffers, Financial
Times, Sept. 11, 2014 available at http://
www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/48aa6b02-38f9-11e4-952600144feabdc0.html#axzz3DPM3AEzi.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
59935
to be a needlessly costly and burdensome
imposition on American commerce. Global
regulators have already agreed on
international standards in the PFMIs to
determine how CCPs should be regulated and
supervised. It makes sense to leverage these
standards where we can. I encourage
comment on this issue.
I would also be interested in commenters’
views on how the Commission should
conduct its comparability analysis under this
rulemaking. In the advance notice of
proposed rulemaking, the Commission
proposes to permit market participants to
comply with foreign rules, if such rules are
comparable to the Commission’s margin
requirements. Yet, a better approach may be
to compare a foreign regime to the
international standards put forward by the
BCBS/IOSCO international working group
that included participation from over 20
regulatory authorities. Doing so would give
the Commission some comfort that foreign
rules meet a necessary baseline, but could
avoid unnecessary and potentially
destabilizing disputes over comparability in
the future. I hope the insights of interested
parties will guide not only the Commission,
but also the prudential regulators. I further
hope all concerned parties can use this
rulemaking as an opportunity to promote
international comity at a time when it is
sorely needed.
Treatment of Small Financial Entities
Another aspect of the proposed rules that
concerns me is the treatment of financial
entities that qualify for the small bank
exemption from clearing and financial
cooperatives. Section 2(h)(7)(C)(ii) of the CEA
directed the Commission to consider whether
to exempt from the definition of ‘‘financial
entity’’ small banks, savings associations,
farm credit system institutions and credit
unions with total assets of $10 billion or less.
In response, the Commission exempted these
small financial institutions from the
definition of financial entity for purposes of
clearing. It recognized that these institutions
serve a crucial function in the markets for
hedging the commercial risk of non-financial
end users. Moreover, the Commission
acknowledged that the costs associated with
clearing, including margin and other fees and
expenses, may be prohibitive relative to the
small number of swaps these firms execute
over a given period of time.9 In addition,
using its Section 4(c) exemptive authority,
the Commission permits cooperative
financial entities, including those with total
assets exceeding $10 billion, to elect an
exemption from mandatory clearing for
swaps executed in connection with
originating loans for their members, or that
hedge or mitigate commercial risk related to
loans or swaps with their members.10
Despite the CFTC’s otherwise appropriate
treatment of these small banks and financial
cooperatives, the proposed margin rules treat
them as financial institutions required to post
9 End-User Exception to the Clearing Requirement
for Swaps, 77 FR 42560, 42578 (Jul. 19, 2012); 17
CFR 50.50(d).
10 Clearing Exemption for Certain Swaps Entered
into by Cooperatives, 78 FR 52286 (Aug. 22, 2013);
17 CFR 50.51.
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
59936
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 / Proposed Rules
margin when their swaps exposure exceeds
the $3 billion threshold. This means that
small banks and cooperative financial
institutions entitled to a clearing exemption
will have to pay margin for their uncleared
activity with swap dealers or major swap
participants when they have material swaps
exposure. It makes no sense to provide these
entities with an exemption from clearing on
the one hand, only to turn around and
require them to bear the potentially even
greater costs associated with uncleared
swaps. They deserve the full benefit of their
clearing exemption, which they may not get
if they have to post margin. I encourage
comment on this issue, which I will weigh
carefully in the process of considering a final
rule.
Inter-Affiliate Exemption
The proposed rules may also diminish the
utility of the critically important, interaffiliate clearing exemption the Commission
adopted last year for certain eligible affiliate
counterparties.11 The exemption was
premised on recognition that transactions
between affiliates do not present the same
risks as market-facing swaps, and generally
provide risk-mitigating, hedging, and netting
mstockstill on DSK4VPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS2
11 Clearing Exemption for Swaps Between Certain
Affiliated Entities, 78 FR 21750 (Apr. 11, 2013); 17
CFR 50.52.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
18:14 Oct 02, 2014
Jkt 235001
benefits within a corporate group.12 I
welcome comments addressing the impact
the proposed rules may have on the ability
of affiliated entities to efficiently manage
their risk.13
Use of Approved Models to Calculate Capital
Finally, I believe it is important to allow
the use of models when calculating initial
margin. The proposed rules require the
Commission’s prior written approval before a
model can be used, even though the
Commission lacks adequate staff and
expertise for evaluating models. We
recognize in the preamble that many covered
swap entities are affiliates of entities whose
margin models are reviewed by one of the
prudential regulators, the SEC, or a foreign
regulator, and to avoid duplicative efforts we
plan to coordinate with other regulators in an
effort to expedite our review. Rather than go
through a special approval process, however,
I believe we should accept models approved
by our fellow regulators, so long as they
contain the required elements. Alternatively,
12 Id.
at 21751–54.
I also welcome comments on the
sufficiency of the no-action relief issued by the
Division of Clearing and Risk for swaps entered into
by treasury affiliates, and whether it may serve as
a model for future rulemaking to provide greater
certainty in this area. See CFTC Letter No. 13–22
(Jun. 4, 2013).
13 Separately,
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
as mentioned in the preamble and discussed
at the open meeting, this may be an area in
which the National Futures Association can
provide assistance, and I am interested in
hearing its views on the issue. I also join
Commissioner Wetjen’s call for discussion on
the circumstances in which the Commission
may permit market participants to continue
using models while Commission staff is
reviewing them. Given the CFTC’s limited
resources, I believe we should make every
effort to leverage the expertise of other
qualified regulators before asking for more
tax dollars from Americans working two jobs
just to stay afloat.
Conclusion
In spite of my stated concerns, I support
the issuance of these proposed rules in order
to solicit comment. They raise a number of
important issues, particularly in their impact
on the U.S. economy and job creation and the
extent of their application across the globe.
It is vital that we hear from interested parties
on how to get them right. I commend the
Chairman and my fellow Commissioners for
their thoughtfulness and open-mindedness in
arriving at the final proposals. I look forward
to receiving and reviewing comments on the
issues discussed above and all aspects of the
rules.
[FR Doc. 2014–22962 Filed 10–2–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6351–01–P
E:\FR\FM\03OCP2.SGM
03OCP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 192 (Friday, October 3, 2014)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 59897-59936]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-22962]
[[Page 59897]]
Vol. 79
Friday,
No. 192
October 3, 2014
Part II
Commodity Futures Trading Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
17 CFR Parts 23 and 140
Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major Swap
Participants; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 192 / Friday, October 3, 2014 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 59898]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION
17 CFR Parts 23 and 140
RIN 3038-AC97
Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants
AGENCY: Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
ACTION: Proposed rule; advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (``Commission'' or
``CFTC'') is proposing regulations to implement section 4s(e) of the
Commodity Exchange Act (``CEA''), as added by section 731 of the Dodd-
Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (``Dodd-Frank
Act''). This provision requires the Commission to adopt initial and
variation margin requirements for certain swap dealers (``SDs'') and
major swap participants (``MSPs''). The proposed rules would establish
initial and variation margin requirements for SDs and MSPs but would
not require SDs and MSPs to collect margin from non-financial end
users. In this release, the Commission is also issuing an Advance
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking requesting public comment on the cross-
border application of such margin requirements. The Commission is not
proposing rules on this topic at this time. It is seeking public
comment on several potential alternative approaches.
DATES: Comments must be received on or before December 2, 2014.
ADDRESSES: You may submit comments, identified by RIN 3038-AC97 and
Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and Major Swap
Participants, by any of the following methods:
Agency Web site, via its Comments Online process at http://comments.cftc.gov. Follow the instructions for submitting comments
through the Web site.
Mail: Send to Christopher Kirkpatrick, Secretary of the
Commission, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette
Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581.
Hand Delivery/Courier: Same as Mail, above.
Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
Please submit your comments using only one of these methods.
All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied
by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to
http://www.cftc.gov. You should submit only information that you wish
to make available publicly. If you wish the Commission to consider
information that may be exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of
Information Act, a petition for confidential treatment of the exempt
information may be submitted according to the established procedures in
Sec. 145.9 of the Commission's regulations, 17 CFR 145.9.
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to
review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your
submission from www.cftc.gov that it may deem to be inappropriate for
publication, such as obscene language. All submissions that have been
redacted, or removed that contain comments on the merits of the
rulemaking will be retained in the public comment file and will be
considered as required under the Administrative Procedure Act and other
applicable laws, and may be accessible under the Freedom of Information
Act.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: John C. Lawton, Deputy Director,
Division of Clearing and Risk, 202-418-5480, jlawton@cftc.gov; Thomas
J. Smith, Deputy Director, Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary
Oversight, 202-418-5495, tsmith@cftc.gov; Rafael Martinez, Financial
Risk Analyst, Division of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight, 202-
418-5462, rmartinez@cftc.gov; Francis Kuo, Attorney, Division of Swap
Dealer and Intermediary Oversight, 202-418-5695, fkuo@cftc.gov; or
Stephen A. Kane, Research Economist, Office of Chief Economist, 202-
418-5911, skane@cftc.gov; Commodity Futures Trading Commission, 1155
21st Street NW., Washington DC 20581.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
I. Background
A. Statutory Authority
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act.\1\
Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act amended the CEA \2\ to establish a
comprehensive regulatory framework designed to reduce risk, to increase
transparency, and to promote market integrity within the financial
system by, among other things: (1) Providing for the registration and
regulation of SDs and MSPs; (2) imposing clearing and trade execution
requirements on standardized derivative products; (3) creating
recordkeeping and real-time reporting regimes; and (4) enhancing the
Commission's rulemaking and enforcement authorities with respect to all
registered entities and intermediaries subject to the Commission's
oversight.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ See Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
\2\ 7 U.S.C. 1 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 731 of the Dodd-Frank Act added a new section 4s to the CEA
setting forth various requirements for SDs and MSPs. Section 4s(e)
mandates the adoption of rules establishing margin requirements for SDs
and MSPs.\3\ Each SD and MSP for which there is a Prudential Regulator,
as defined below, must meet margin requirements established by the
applicable Prudential Regulator, and each SD and MSP for which there is
no Prudential Regulator must comply with the Commission's regulations
governing margin.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ Section 4s(e) also directs the Commission to adopt capital
requirements for SDs and MSPs. The Commission proposed capital rules
in 2011. Capital Requirements for Swap Dealers and Major Swap
Participants, 76 FR 27802 (May 12, 2011). The Commission will
address capital requirements in a separate release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The term Prudential Regulator is defined in section 1a(39) of the
CEA, as amended by Section 721 of the Dodd-Frank Act. This definition
includes the Federal Reserve Board (``FRB''); the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency (``OCC''); the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (``FDIC''); the Farm Credit Administration; and the Federal
Housing Finance Agency.
The definition specifies the entities for which these agencies act
as Prudential Regulators. These consist generally of federally insured
deposit institutions, farm credit banks, federal home loan banks, the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal National
Mortgage Association. The FRB is the Prudential Regulator under section
4s not only for certain banks, but also for bank holding companies,
certain foreign banks treated as bank holding companies, and certain
subsidiaries of these bank holding companies and foreign banks. The FRB
is not, however, the Prudential Regulator for nonbank subsidiaries of
bank holding companies, some of which are required to be registered
with the Commission as SDs or MSPs. In general, therefore, the
Commission is required to establish margin requirements for all
registered SDs and MSPs that are not subject to a Prudential Regulator.
These include, among others, nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding
companies, as well as certain foreign SDs and MSPs.
Specifically, section 4s(e)(1)(B) of the CEA provides that each
registered SD
[[Page 59899]]
and MSP for which there is not a Prudential Regulator shall meet such
minimum capital requirements and minimum initial margin and variation
margin requirements as the Commission shall by rule or regulation
prescribe.
Section 4s(e)(2)(B) provides that the Commission shall adopt rules
for SDs and MSPs, with respect to their activities as an SD or an MSP,
for which there is not a Prudential Regulator imposing (i) capital
requirements and (ii) both initial and variation margin requirements on
all swaps that are not cleared by a registered derivatives clearing
organization (``DCO'').
Section 4s(e)(3)(A) provides that to offset the greater risk to the
SD or MSP and the financial system arising from the use of swaps that
are not cleared, the requirements imposed under section 4s(e)(2) shall
(i) help ensure the safety and soundness of the SD or MSP and (ii) be
appropriate for the risk associated with the non-cleared swaps.
Section 4s(e)(3)(C) provides, in pertinent part, that in
prescribing margin requirements the Prudential Regulator and the
Commission shall permit the use of noncash collateral the Prudential
Regulator or the Commission determines to be consistent with (i)
preserving the financial integrity of markets trading swaps and (ii)
preserving the stability of the United States financial system.
Section 4s(e)(3)(D)(i) provides that the Prudential Regulators, the
Commission, and the Securities and Exchange Commission (``SEC'') shall
periodically (but not less frequently than annually) consult on minimum
capital requirements and minimum initial and variation margin
requirements.
Section 4s(e)(3)(D)(ii) provides that the Prudential Regulators,
Commission and SEC shall, to the maximum extent practicable, establish
and maintain comparable minimum capital and minimum initial and
variation margin requirements, including the use of noncash collateral,
for SDs and MSPs.
B. Previous Proposal
Following extensive consultation and coordination with the
Prudential Regulators, the Commission published proposed rules for
public comment in 2011.\4\ The Prudential Regulators published
substantially similar rules two weeks later.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants, 76 FR 23732 (April 28, 2011).
\5\ Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities,
76 FR 27564 (May 11, 2011).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission received 102 comment letters. The Prudential
Regulators received a comparable number. The commenters included
financial services industry associations, agricultural industry
associations, energy industry associations, insurance industry
associations, banks, brokerage firms, investment managers, insurance
companies, pension funds, commercial end users, law firms, public
interest organizations, and other members of the public. The commenters
addressed numerous topics including applicability of the rules to
certain products, applicability to certain market participants, margin
calculation methodologies, two-way vs. one-way margin, margin
thresholds, permissible collateral, use of independent custodians,
rehypothecation of collateral, and harmonization with other regulators.
The Commission has taken the comments it received into
consideration in developing the further proposal contained herein. This
proposal differs in a number of material ways from the previous
proposal \6\ and the Commission has determined that it is appropriate
to issue a new request for comment. The Prudential Regulators have also
decided to issue a new request for comment. The public is invited to
comment on any aspect of the current proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ These include, among others, the definition of financial end
user, the definition of material swaps exposure, the requirement for
two-way margin between SDs and financial end users, and the list of
eligible collateral for initial margin.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. International Standards
While the comments on the 2011 proposal were being reviewed,
regulatory authorities around the world determined that global
harmonization of margin standards was an important goal. The CFTC and
the Prudential Regulators decided to hold their rulemakings in abeyance
pending completion of the international efforts.
In October 2011, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
(``BCBS'') and the International Organization of Securities Commissions
(``IOSCO''), in consultation with the Committee on Payment and
Settlement Systems (``CPSS'') and the Committee on Global Financial
Systems (``CGFS''), formed a working group to develop international
standards for margin requirements for uncleared swaps. Representatives
of more than 20 regulatory authorities participated. From the United
States, the CFTC, the FDIC, the FRB, the OCC, the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York, and the SEC were represented.
In July 2012, the working group published a proposal for public
comment.\7\ In addition, the group conducted a Quantitative Impact
Study (``QIS'') to assess the potential liquidity and other
quantitative impacts associated with margin requirements.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ BCBS/IOSCO, Consultative Document, Margin requirements for
non-centrally cleared derivatives (July 2012).
\8\ BCBS/IOSCO, Quantitative Impact Study, Margin requirements
for non-centrally cleared derivatives (November 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
After consideration of the comments on the proposal and the results
of the QIS, the group published a near-final proposal in February 2013
and requested comment on several specific issues.\9\ The group
considered the additional comments in finalizing the recommendations
set out in the report.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ BCBS/IOSCO, Consultative Document, Margin requirements for
non-centrally cleared derivatives (February 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The final report was issued in September 2013.\10\ This report (the
``2013 international framework'') articulates eight key principles for
non-cleared derivatives margin rules, which are described below. These
principles represent the minimum standards approved by BCBS and IOSCO
and recommended to the regulatory authorities in member jurisdictions
of these organizations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ BCBS/IOSCO, Margin requirements for non-centrally cleared
derivatives (September 2013) (``BCBS/IOSCO Report'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Appropriate Margining Practices Should be in Place With Respect to
all Non-Cleared Derivative Transactions
The 2013 international framework recommends that appropriate
margining practices be in place with respect to all derivative
transactions that are not cleared by central counterparties (``CCPs'').
The 2013 international framework does not include a margin requirement
for physically settled foreign exchange (``FX'') forwards and swaps.
The framework also would not apply initial margin requirements to the
fixed physically-settled FX component of cross-currency swaps.
2. Financial Firms and Systemically Important Nonfinancial Entities
(Covered Entities) Must Exchange Initial and Variation Margin
The 2013 international framework recommends bilateral exchange of
initial and variation margin for non-cleared derivatives between
covered entities. The precise definition of ``covered entities'' is to
be determined by each national regulator, but in general should include
financial firms and systemically important non-financial entities.
Sovereigns, central banks, certain multilateral development banks, the
Bank for International
[[Page 59900]]
Settlements (BIS), and non-systemic, non-financial firms are not
included as covered entities.
Under the 2013 international framework, all covered entities that
engage in non-cleared derivatives should exchange, on a bilateral
basis, the full amount of variation margin with a zero threshold on a
regular basis (e.g., daily). All covered entities are also expected to
exchange, on a bilateral basis, initial margin with a threshold not to
exceed [euro]50 million. The threshold applies on a consolidated group,
rather than legal entity, basis. In addition, and in light of the
permitted initial margin threshold, the 2013 international framework
recommends that entities with a level of non-cleared derivative
activity of [euro]8 billion notional or more would be subject to
initial margin requirements.
3. The Methodologies for Calculating Initial and Variation Margin
Should (i) Be Consistent Across Covered Entities, and (ii) Ensure That
All Counterparty Risk Exposures Are Covered With a High Degree of
Confidence
The 2013 international framework states that the potential future
exposure of a non-cleared derivative should reflect an estimate of an
increase in the value of the instrument that is consistent with a one-
tailed 99% confidence level over a 10-day horizon (or longer, if
variation margin is not collected on a daily basis), based on
historical data that incorporates a period of significant financial
stress.
The 2013 international framework permits the amount of initial
margin to be calculated by reference to internal models approved by the
relevant national regulator or a standardized margin schedule, but
covered entities should not ``cherry pick'' between the two calculation
methods. Models may allow for conceptually sound and empirically
demonstrable portfolio risk offsets where there is an enforceable
netting agreement in effect. However, portfolio risk offsets may only
be recognized within, and not across, certain well-defined asset
classes: credit, equity, interest rates and foreign exchange, and
commodities. A covered entity using the standardized margin schedule
may adjust the gross initial margin amount (notional exposure
multiplied by the relevant percentage in the table) by a ``net-to-gross
ratio,'' which is also used in the bank counterparty credit risk
capital rules to reflect a degree of netting of derivative positions
that are subject to an enforceable netting agreement.
4. To Ensure That Assets Collected as Collateral Can Be Liquidated in a
Reasonable Amount of Time To Generate Proceeds That Could Sufficiently
Protect Covered Entities From Losses in the Event of a Counterparty
Default, These Assets Should Be Highly Liquid and Should, After
Accounting for an Appropriate Haircut, be Able To Hold Their Value in a
Time of Financial Stress
The 2013 international framework recommends that national
supervisors develop a definitive list of eligible collateral assets.
The 2013 international framework includes examples of permissible
collateral types, provides a schedule of standardized haircuts, and
indicates that model-based haircuts may be appropriate. In the event
that a dispute arises over the value of eligible collateral, the 2013
international framework provides that both parties should make all
necessary and appropriate efforts, including timely initiation of
dispute resolution protocols, to resolve the dispute and exchange any
required margin in a timely fashion.
5. Initial Margin Should be Exchanged on a Gross Basis and Held in Such
a Way as to Ensure That (i) the Margin Collected Is Immediately
Available to the Collecting Party in the Event of the Counterparty's
Default, and (ii) the Collected Margin Is Subject to Arrangements That
Fully Protect the Posting Party
The 2013 international framework provides that collateral collected
as initial margin from a ``customer'' (defined as a ``buy-side
financial firm'') should be segregated from the initial margin
collector's proprietary assets. The initial margin collector also
should give the customer the option to individually segregate its
initial margin from other customers' margin. In very specific
circumstances, the initial margin collector may use margin provided by
the customer to hedge the risks associated with the customer's
positions with a third party. To the extent that the customer consents
to rehypothecation, it should be permitted only where applicable
insolvency law gives the customer protection from risk of loss of
initial margin in instances where either or both of the initial margin
collector and the third party become insolvent. Where a customer has
consented to rehypothecation and adequate legal safeguards are in
place, the margin collector and the third party to which customer
collateral is rehypothecated should comply with additional restrictions
detailed in the 2013 international framework, including a prohibition
on any further rehypothecation of the customer's collateral by the
third party.
6. Requirements for Transactions Between Affiliates Are Left to the
National Supervisors
The 2013 international framework recommends that national
supervisors establish margin requirements for transactions between
affiliates as appropriate in a manner consistent with each
jurisdiction's legal and regulatory framework.
7. Requirements for Margining Non-Cleared Derivatives Should Be
Consistent and Non-Duplicative Across Jurisdictions
Under the 2013 international framework, home-country supervisors
may allow a covered entity to comply with a host-country's margin
regime if the host-country margin regime is consistent with the 2013
international framework. A branch may be subject to the margin
requirements of either the headquarters' jurisdiction or the host
country.
8. Margin Requirements Should Be Phased in Over an Appropriate Period
of Time
The 2013 international framework phases in margin requirements
between December 2015 and December 2019. Covered entities should begin
exchanging variation margin by December 1, 2015. The date on which a
covered entity should begin to exchange initial margin with a
counterparty depends on the notional amount of non-cleared derivatives
(including physically settled FX forwards and swaps) entered into both
by its consolidated corporate group and by the counterparty's
consolidated corporate group.
Currency denomination. The 2013 international framework recommends
specific quantitative levels for several requirements such as the level
of notional derivative exposure that results in an entity being subject
to the margin requirements ([euro]8 billion), permitted initial margin
thresholds ([euro]50 million), and minimum transfer amounts
([euro]500,000). In the 2013 international framework, all such amounts
are denominated in Euros. In this proposal all such amounts are
denominated in U.S. dollars. The Commission is aware that, over time,
amounts that are denominated in different currencies in different
jurisdictions may fluctuate relative to one another due to changes in
exchange rates.
[[Page 59901]]
The Commission seeks comment on whether and how fluctuations
resulting from exchange rate movements should be addressed. In
particular, should these amounts be expressed in terms of a single
currency in all jurisdictions to prevent such fluctuations? Should the
amounts be adjusted over time if and when exchange rate movements
necessitate realignment? Are there other approaches to deal with
fluctuations resulting from significant exchange rate movements? Are
there other issues that should be considered in connection to the
effects of fluctuating exchange rates?
II. Proposed Margin Regulations
A. Introduction
During the financial crisis of 2008-2009, DCOs met all their
obligations without any financial support from the government. By
contrast, significant sums were expended by governmental entities as
the result of losses incurred in connection with uncleared swaps. For
example, a unit of American International Group (``AIG'') entered into
many credit default swaps and did not post initial margin or regularly
pay variation margin on these positions.\11\ AIG was unable to meet its
obligations and the Federal Reserve and the Department of the Treasury
expended large sums of money to meet these obligations.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ See The Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, The Financial
Crisis Inquiry Report: Final Report of the National Commission on
the Causes of the Financial and Economic Crisis in the United States
(Official Government Edition) at 265-268 (2011), available at http://fcic-static.law.stanford.edu/cdn_media/fcic-reports/fcic_final_report_full.pdf.
\12\ Id. at 344-352, 350. See also United States Department of
the Treasury, Office of Financial Stability, Troubled Asset Relief
Program, Four Year Retrospective: An Update on the Wind Down of
TARP, pp. 3, 18-19. Treasury and the Federal Reserve committed $182
billion to stabilize AIG. Ultimately all of this was recovered plus
a return of $22.7 billion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A key reason for this difference in the performance of cleared and
uncleared swaps is that DCOs use variation margin and initial margin as
the centerpiece of their risk management programs while these tools
often were not universally used in connection with uncleared swaps.
Consequently, in designing the proposed margin rules for uncleared
swaps, the Commission has built upon the sound practices for risk
management employed by central counterparties for decades.
Variation margin serves as a mechanism for periodically recognizing
changes in the value of open positions and reducing unrealized losses
to zero. Open positions are marked to their current market value each
day and funds are transferred between the parties to reflect any change
in value since the previous time the positions were marked. This
process prevents losses from accumulating over time and thereby reduces
both the chance of default and the size of any default should one
occur.
Initial margin serves as a performance bond against potential
future losses. If a party fails to meet its obligation to pay variation
margin, resulting in a default, the other party may use initial margin
to cover some or all of any loss. Because the payment of variation
margin prevents losses from compounding over an extended period of
time, initial margin only needs to cover any additional losses that
might accrue between the previous time that variation margin was paid
and the time that the position is liquidated.
Well-designed margin systems protect both parties to a trade as
well as the overall financial system. They serve both as a check on
risk-taking that might exceed a party's financial capacity and as a
resource that can limit losses when there is a failure by a party to
meet its obligations.
The statutory provisions cited above reflect Congressional
recognition that (i) margin is an essential risk-management tool and
(ii) uncleared swaps pose greater risks than cleared swaps. As
discussed further below, many commenters expressed concern that the
imposition of margin requirements on uncleared swaps will be very
costly for SDs and MSPs.\13\ However, margin has been, and will
continue to be, required for all cleared products. Given the
Congressional reference to the ``greater risk'' of uncleared swaps and
the requirement that margin for such swaps ``be appropriate for the
risk,'' the Commission believes that establishing margin requirements
for uncleared swaps that are at least as stringent as those for cleared
swaps is necessary to fulfill the statutory mandate. Within these
statutory bounds the Commission has endeavored to limit costs
appropriately, as detailed further below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ For purposes of this proposal, the term ``SD'' means any
swap dealer registered with the Commission. Similarly, the term
``MSP'' means any major swap participant registered with the
Commission.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The discussion below addresses: (i) The products covered by the
proposed rules; (ii) the market participants covered by the proposed
rules; (iii); the nature and timing of the margin obligations; (iv) the
methods of calculating initial margin; (v) the methods of calculating
variation margin; (vi) permissible forms of margin; (vii) custodial
arrangements; (viii) documentation requirements; (ix) the
implementation schedule; and (x) advance notice of proposed rulemaking
on the cross-border application of the rules.
In developing the proposed rules, the Commission staff worked
closely with the staff of the Prudential Regulators.\14\ In most
respects, the proposed rules would establish a similar framework for
margin requirements as the Prudential Regulators' proposal. Key
differences are noted in the discussion below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ As required by section 4s of the CEA, the Commission staff
also has consulted with the SEC staff.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rules are consistent with the 2013 international
framework. In some instances, as contemplated in the framework, the
proposed rules provide more detail than the framework. In a few other
instances, the proposed rules are stricter than the framework. Any such
variations from the framework are noted in the discussion below.
B. Products
As noted above, section 4s(e)(2)(B)(ii) of the CEA directs the
Commission to establish both initial and variation margin requirements
for SDs and MSPs ``on all swaps that are not cleared.'' The scope
provision of the proposed rules \15\ states that the proposal would
cover swaps that are uncleared swaps \16\ and that are executed after
the applicable compliance date.\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.150.
\16\ The term uncleared swap is defined in proposed Regulation
Sec. 23.151.
\17\ A schedule of compliance dates is set forth in proposed
Regulation Sec. 23.160.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The term ``cleared swap'' is defined in section 1a(7) of the CEA to
include any swap that is cleared by a DCO registered with the
Commission. The Commission notes, however, that SDs and MSPs also clear
swaps through foreign clearing organizations that are not registered
with the Commission. The Commission believes that a clearing
organization that is not a registered DCO must meet certain basic
standards in order to avoid creating a mechanism for evasion of the
uncleared margin requirements. Accordingly, the Commission is proposing
to include in the definition of cleared swaps certain swaps that have
been accepted for clearing by an entity that has received a no-action
letter from the Commission staff or exemptive relief from the
Commission permitting it to clear such swaps for U.S. persons without
being registered as a DCO.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ See CFTC Ltr. No. 14-107 (August 18, 2014) (granting no-
action relief to Clearing Corporation of India Ltd.); CFTC Ltr. No.
14-87 (June 26, 2014) (granting no-action relief to Korea Exchange,
Inc.); CFTC Ltr. No. 14-68 (May 7, 2014) (granting no-action relief
to OTC Clearing Hong Kong Limited and certain of its clearing
members); CFTC Ltr. No. 14-27 (Mar. 20, 2014) (extending previous
grant of no-action relief to Eurex Clearing AG and certain of its
clearing members); CFTC Ltr. No. 14-07 (Feb. 6, 2014) (granting no-
action relief to ASX Clear (Futures) Pty Limited); and CFTC Ltr. No.
13-73 (Dec. 19, 2013) (extending previous grant of no-action relief
to Japan Securities Clearing Corporation and certain of its clearing
members).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59902]]
The Commission requests comment on whether it is appropriate to
exclude swaps that are cleared by an entity that is not a registered
DCO. If so, the Commission further requests comment on whether the
proposed rule captures the proper clearing organizations. For example,
should the Commission require that the clearing organizations be
qualifying central counterparties (``QCCPs'') \19\ or be subject to
regulation and supervision that is consistent with the CPSS-IOSCO
Principles for Financial Market Infrastructures (``PFMIs'')?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ A QCCP is a clearing organization that meets the standards
to be designated as such set forth by the Basel Committee for
Banking Supervision in the report ``Capital requirements for bank
exposures to central counterparties'' (April 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because the pricing of swaps reflects the credit arrangements under
which they were executed, it could be unfair to the parties and
disruptive to the markets to require that the rules apply to positions
executed before the applicable compliance dates. The rules, however,
would permit SDs and MSPs voluntarily to include swaps executed before
the applicable compliance date in portfolios margined pursuant to the
proposed rules.\20\ Many market participants might do so to take
advantage of netting effects across transactions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ See proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(2) for initial
margin and proposed Regulation Sec. 23.153(c) for variation margin.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As a result of the determination by the Secretary of the Treasury
to exempt foreign exchange swaps and foreign exchange forwards from the
definition of swap,\21\ the following transactions would not be subject
to the requirements: (i) Foreign exchange swaps; (ii) foreign exchange
forwards; and (iii) the fixed, physically settled foreign exchange
transactions associated with the exchange of principal in cross-
currency swaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ Determination of Foreign Exchange Swaps and Foreign
Exchange Forwards Under the Commodity Exchange Act, 77 FR 69694
(Nov. 20, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In a cross-currency swap, the parties exchange principal and
interest rate payments in one currency for principal and interest rate
payments in another currency. The exchange of principal occurs upon the
inception of the swap, with a reversal of the exchange of principal at
a later date that is agreed upon at the inception of the swap. The
foreign exchange transactions associated with the fixed exchange of
principal in a cross-currency swap are closely related to the exchange
of principal that occurs in the context of a foreign exchange forward
or swap. Accordingly, the Commission is proposing to treat that portion
of a cross-currency swap that is a fixed exchange of principal in a
manner that is consistent with the treatment of foreign exchange
forwards and swaps. This treatment of cross-currency swaps is limited
to cross-currency swaps and does not extend to any other swaps such as
non-deliverable currency forwards.
The Commission requests comment on the proposed treatment of
products. In particular, commenters are invited to discuss the costs
and benefits of the proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify
the costs and benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest
alternatives to the proposed approach where the commenters believe that
the alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
C. Market Participants
1. SDs and MSPs
As noted above, section 4s(e)(2)(B) of the CEA directs the
Commission to impose margin requirements on SDs and MSPs for which
there is no Prudential Regulator (``covered swap entities'' or
``CSEs'').\22\ This provision further states that the requirement shall
apply to ``all swaps that are not cleared.'' Section 4s(e)(3)(A)(2)
states that the requirements must be ``appropriate to the risks
associated with'' the swaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ This term is defined in proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Because different types of counterparties can pose different levels
of risk, the Commission's proposed requirements would differ depending
on the category of counterparty. The proposed rules would establish
three categories of counterparty: (i) SDs and MSPs, (ii) financial end
users,\23\ and (iii) non-financial end users.\24\ As discussed below,
the nature of an SD/MSP's obligations under the rules would differ
depending on whether the counterparty was a covered counterparty or a
non-financial end user.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ This term is defined in proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151.
\24\ This term is defined in proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151 to
include entities that are not SDs, MSPs, or financial entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Financial End Users
a. Definition
Financial end users would include any entity that (i) is specified
in the definition, and (ii) is not an SD or MSP. The definition lists
numerous entities whose business is financial in nature. The proposed
rule also would permit the Commission to designate additional entities
as financial end users if it identified additional entities whose
activities and risk profile would warrant inclusion. As contemplated by
the 2013 international framework, the CFTC proposal, which is the same
as the Prudential Regulator's proposal, contains greater detail in
defining financial end users than the international standards.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ ``The precise definition of financial firms, non-financial
firms, and systemically important non-financial firms will be
determined by appropriate national regulation.'' See BCBS/IOSCO
Report at 9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In developing the definition, the Commission and the Prudential
Regulators sought to provide clarity about whether particular
counterparties would be subject to the margin requirements of the
proposed rule. The definition is an attempt to strike a balance between
the need to capture all financial counterparties that pose significant
risk to the financial system and the danger of being overly inclusive.
The Commission believes that financial firms generally present a
higher level of risk than other types of counterparties because the
profitability and viability of financial firms is more tightly linked
to the health of the financial system than other types of
counterparties. Because financial counterparties are more likely to
default during a period of financial stress, they pose greater systemic
risk and risk to the safety and soundness of the CSE.
The list of financial entities is based to a significant extent on
Federal statutes that impose registration or chartering requirements on
entities that engage in specified financial activities. Such activities
include deposit taking and lending, securities and swaps dealing,
investment advisory activities, and asset management.
Because Federal law largely looks to the States for the regulation
of the business of insurance, the proposed definition broadly includes
entities organized as insurance companies or supervised as such by a
State insurance regulator. This element of the proposed definition
would extend to reinsurance and monoline insurance firms, as well as
insurance firms supervised by a foreign insurance regulator.
The proposal also would cover a broad variety and number of nonbank
lending and retail payment firms that operate in the market. To this
end, the proposal would include State-licensed or registered credit or
lending entities
[[Page 59903]]
and money services businesses, under proposed regulatory language
incorporating an inclusive list of the types of firms subject to State
law.\26\ However, the Commission recognizes that the licensing of
nonbank lenders in some states extends to commercial firms that provide
credit to the firm's customers in the ordinary course of business.
Accordingly, the Commission is proposing to exclude an entity
registered or licensed solely because it finances the entity's direct
sales of goods or services to customers. The Commission requests
comment on whether this aspect of the proposed rule adequately
maintains a distinction between financial end users and commercial end
users.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ The Commission expects that financial cooperatives that
provide financial services to their members, such as lending to
their members and entering into swaps in connection with those
loans, would be treated as financial end users, pursuant to this
aspect of the proposed rule's coverage of credit or lending
entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, real estate investment companies would be financial
end users, as they are entities that would be investment companies
under section 3 of the Investment Company Act but for section
3(c)(5)(C). Furthermore, other securitization vehicles would be
financial end users in cases where those vehicles are entities that are
deemed not to be investment companies under section 3 of the Investment
Company Act pursuant to Rule 3a-7. The Commission also notes that the
category of investment companies registered with the SEC under the
Investment Company Act would include registered investment companies as
well as business development companies.
Under the proposed rule, those cooperatives that are financial
institutions, such as credit unions, Farm Credit System banks and
associations, and the National Rural Utilities Cooperative Finance
Corporation would be financial end users because their sole business is
lending and providing other financial services to their members,
including engaging in swaps in connection with such loans.\27\
Cooperatives that are financial end users may qualify for an exemption
from clearing,\28\ and therefore, they may enter into non-cleared swaps
with covered swap entities that are subject to the proposed rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ Under the proposed rule, the financing subsidiaries or
affiliates of producer or consumer cooperatives would be non-
financial end users.
\28\ Section 2(h)(7)(c)(ii) of the CEA and section 3C(g)(4) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 authorize the CFTC and the SEC,
respectively, to exempt small depository institutions, small Farm
Credit System institutions, and small credit unions with total
assets of $10 billion or less from the mandatory clearing
requirements for swaps and security-based swaps. Additionally, the
CFTC, pursuant to its authority under section 2(h)(1)(A) of the CEA,
enacted 17 CFR 50.51, which allows cooperative financial entities,
including those with total assets in excess of $10 billion, to elect
an exemption from mandatory clearing of swaps that: (1) They enter
into in connection with originating loans for their members; or (2)
hedge or mitigate commercial risk related to loans or swaps with
their members.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission remains concerned, however, that one or more types
of financial entities might escape classification under the specific
Federal or State regulatory regimes included in the proposed definition
of a financial end user. Accordingly, the definition includes two
additional prongs. First, the definition would cover an entity that is,
or holds itself out as being, an entity or arrangement that raises
money from investors primarily for the purpose of investing in loans,
securities, swaps, funds or other assets for resale or other
disposition or otherwise trading in loans, securities, swaps, funds or
other assets. The Commission requests comment on the extent to which
there are (or may be in the future) pooled investment vehicles that are
not captured by the other prongs of the definition (such as the
provisions covering private funds under the Investment Advisers Act or
commodity pools under the CEA). The Commission also requests comment on
whether this aspect of the definition of financial end user provides
sufficiently clear guidance to covered swap entities and market
participants as to its intended scope, and whether it adequately
maintains a distinction between financial end users and commercial end
users.
Second, the proposal would allow the Commission to require a swap
dealer and major swap participant (``covered swap entity'') to treat an
entity as a financial end user for margin purposes, even if the person
is not specifically listed within the definition of ``financial end
user'' or if the entity is excluded from the definition of financial
end user as described below. This provision was included out of an
abundance of caution to act as a safety mechanism in the event that an
entity didn't fall squarely within one of the listed categories but was
effectively acting as a financial end user.
To address the classification of foreign entities as financial end
users, the proposal would require the covered swap entity to determine
whether a foreign counterparty would fall within another prong of the
financial end user definition if the foreign entity was organized under
the laws of the United States or any State. The Commission recognizes
that this approach would impose upon covered swap entities the
difficulties associated with analyzing a foreign counterparty's
business activities in light of a broad array of U.S. regulatory
requirements. The alternative, however, would require covered swap
entities to gather a foreign counterparty's financial reporting data
and determine the relative amount of enumerated financial activities in
which the counterparty is engaged over a rolling period.\29\ The
Commission requests comment on whether some other method or approach
would adequately assure that the rule's objectives with respect to
dealer safety and soundness and reductions of systemic risk can be
achieved, in a fashion that can be more readily operationalized by
covered swap entities. For example, would it be appropriate to have
foreign counterparties certify to CSEs whether they are financial end
users or not? This could be operationally simpler for the CSEs and
would avoid the circumstance where one CSE, in good faith, deemed a
foreign counterparty to be a financial end user and another CSE, in
good faith, did not.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ See e.g., Definitions of ``Predominantly Engaged In
Financial Activities'' and ``Significant Nonbank Financial Company
and Bank Holding Company'', 68 FR 20756 (April 5, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The definition of financial entities \30\ would exclude the
government of any country, central banks, multilateral development
banks, the Bank for International Settlements, captive finance
companies,\31\ and agent affiliates.\32\ The exclusion for sovereign
entities, multilateral development banks and the Bank for International
Settlements is consistent with the 2013 international framework and the
proposal of the Prudential Regulators.
[[Page 59904]]
Captive finance companies and agent affiliates were excluded by the
Dodd-Frank Act from the definition of financial entity subject to
mandatory clearing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151.
\31\ A captive finance company is an entity that is excluded
from the definition of financial entity under section
2(h)(7)(c)(iii) of the CEA for purposes of the requirement to submit
certain swaps for clearing. That section describes it as ``an entity
whose primary business is providing financing, and uses derivatives
for the purpose of hedging underlying commercial risks related to
interest rate and foreign currency exposures, 90 percent or more of
which arise from financing that facilitates the purchase or lease of
products, 90 percent or more of which are manufactured by the parent
company or another subsidiary of the parent company.''
\32\ An agent affiliate is an entity that is an affiliate of a
person that qualifies for an exception from the requirement to
submit certain trades for clearing. Under section 2(h)(7)(D) of the
CEA, ``an affiliate of a person that qualifies for an exception
under subparagraph (A) (including affiliate entities predominantly
engaged in providing financing for the purchase of the merchandise
or manufactured goods of the person) may qualify for the exception
only if the affiliate, acting on behalf of the person and as an
agent, uses the swap to hedge or mitigate the commercial risk of the
person or other affiliate of the person that is not a financial
entity.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission notes that States would not be excluded from the
definition of financial end user, as the term ``sovereign entity''
includes only central governments. The categorization of a State or
particular part of a State as a financial end user depends on whether
that part of the State is otherwise captured by the definition of
financial end user. For example, a State entity that is a
``governmental plan'' under ERISA would meet the definition of
financial end user.
For a foreign entity that was not a central government, a foreign
regulator could request a determination whether the entity was a
financial end user. Such a determination could extend to other
similarly situated entities in that jurisdiction.
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the financial end
user definition, including whether the definition has succeeded in
capturing all entities that should be included. The Commission requests
comment on whether there are additional entities that should be
included as financial end users and, if so, how those entities should
be defined. Further, the Commission also requests comment on whether
there are additional entities that should be excluded from the
definition of financial end user and why those particular entities
should be excluded. The Commission also requests comment on whether
another approach to defining financial end user (e.g., basing the
financial end user definition on the financial entity definition as in
the 2011 proposal) would provide more appropriate coverage and clarity,
and whether covered swap entities could operationalize such an approach
as part of their regular procedures for taking on new counterparties.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed definition of financial end user. Commenters are urged to
quantify the costs and benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed approach where the commenters
believe that the alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
b. Small Banks
As noted above, banks would be financial end users under the
proposal. They would be subject to initial margin requirements if they
entered into uncleared swaps with CSEs and, as discussed below, had
material swaps exposure. Staff of the Prudential Regulators have
indicated that they expect that the proposed rule likely will have
minimal impact on small banks.
Staff of the Prudential Regulators believe that the vast majority
of small banks do not engage in swaps at or near that level of activity
that would meet the material swaps exposure threshold. If, however, a
small bank did exceed the threshold level, the Prudential Regulators
believe it would be appropriate for the protection of both the CSE and
the small bank for two-way initial margin to be posted. The Commission
notes that, as discussed in more detail below, initial margin would
only need to be posted to the extent it exceeded $65 million.
The proposed rule would require a CSE to exchange daily variation
margin with a small bank, regardless of whether the institution had
material swap exposure. However, the covered swap entity would only be
required to collect variation margin from a small bank when the amount
of both initial margin and variation margin required to be collected
exceeded $650,000. The Prudential Regulators have indicated that they
expect that the vast majority of small banks will have a daily margin
requirement that is below this amount.
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposed
treatment of small banks. In particular, the Commission requests
comment on the interaction of this proposal with clearing exemptions
that have been granted.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ See Commission Regulations Sec. Sec. 50.50(d)(small
banks), 50.51 (cooperatives), 50.52 (inter-affiliate trades), and
CFTC Ltr. No. 13-22 (June 4, 2013) (treasury affiliates).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c. Affiliates of CSEs
The proposal generally would cover swaps between CSEs and their
affiliates that are financial end users. The Commission notes that
other applicable laws require transactions between banks and their
affiliates to be on an arm's length basis. For example, section 23B of
the Federal Reserve Act provides that many transactions between a bank
and its affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, including
credit standards, that are substantially the same or at least as
favorable to the bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable
transactions with or involving nonaffiliated companies.\34\ Consistent
with that treatment, the Prudential Regulators and the Commission are
proposing to apply the margin requirements to swaps between CSEs and
their affiliates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ 12 U.S.C. 371c-1(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposed
treatment of transactions with affiliates. In particular, the
Commission requests comment on the interaction of this proposal with
clearing exemptions that have been granted.
d. Multilateral Development Banks
The proposed definition of the term ``multilateral development
bank,'' includes a provision encompassing ``[a]ny other entity that
provides financing for national or regional development in which the
U.S. government is a shareholder or contributing member or which the
Commission determines poses comparable credit risk.'' The Commission
seeks comment regarding this definition. In particular, is the
criterion of comparability of credit risk appropriate for this
definition? Should the Commission look to other characteristics of the
entity in determining whether it should be within the definition of
``multilateral development bank''?
e. Material Swaps Exposure
A CSE would not be required to exchange initial margin with a
financial end user if the financial end user did not have ``material
swaps exposure.'' \35\ Material swaps exposure would be computed using
the average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps,
security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange
swaps\36\ with all counterparties for June, July, and August of the
previous calendar year. Essentially, a financial end user would have
material swaps exposure if it held an aggregate gross notional amount
of these products of more than $3 billion.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.152 applies to ``covered
counterparties.'' Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151 defines that term
to include financial entities with material swaps exposure.
\36\ The 2013 international framework states that all uncleared
derivatives, ``including physically settled FX forwards and swaps''
should be included in determining whether a covered entity should be
subject to margin requirements. BCBS/IOSCO Report Paragraph 8.8.
Although these products would not themselves be subject to margin
requirements, they are uncleared derivatives that pose risks. It was
the judgment of BCBS/IOSCO that they should be included in
identifying significant market participants in the uncleared space.
Consistent with international standards and with the Prudential
Regulators' proposal, the Commission is proposing to include them
for purposes of this calculation.
\37\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This provision recognizes that a financial end user that has
relatively smaller positions does not pose the same risks as a
financial end user with
[[Page 59905]]
larger positions. By reducing the number of market participants subject
to certain margin requirements, it also addresses the concerns that
have been expressed about the availability of sufficient collateral to
meet these requirements.
While adoption of a material swaps exposure threshold is consistent
with the 2013 international framework,\38\ the Commission and the
Prudential Regulators, are proposing to set the materiality standard
lower than the international standard. However, the lower standard was
chosen in order to be consistent with the intent of the international
standards, which was to require collection of margin only when the
amount exceeds $65 million, as explained below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The 2013 international framework defines smaller financial end
users as those counterparties that have a gross aggregate amount of
covered swaps below [euro]8 billion, which, at current exchange rates,
is approximately equal to $11 billion. The preliminary view of the
Commission and the Prudential Regulators is that defining material
swaps exposure as a gross notional exposure of $3 billion, rather than
$11 billion, is appropriate because it reduces systemic risk without
imposing undue burdens on covered swap entities, and therefore, is
consistent with the objectives of the Dodd-Frank Act. This view is
based on data and analyses that have been conducted since the
publication of the 2013 international framework.
Specifically, the Commission and the Prudential Regulators have
reviewed actual initial margin requirements for a sample of cleared
swaps. These analyses indicate that there are a significant number of
cases in which a financial end user would have a material swaps
exposure level below $11 billion but would have a swap portfolio with
an initial margin collection amount that significantly exceeds the
proposed permitted initial margin threshold amount of $65 million. The
intent of both the Commission and the 2013 international framework is
that the initial margin threshold provide smaller counterparties with
relief from the operational burden of measuring and tracking initial
margin collection amounts that are expected to be below $65 million.
Setting the material swaps exposure threshold at $11 billion appears to
be inconsistent with this intent, based on the recent analyses.
The table below summarizes actual initial margin requirements for
4,686 counterparties engaged in cleared interest rate swaps. Each
counterparty represents a particular portfolio of cleared interest rate
swaps. Each counterparty had a swap portfolio with a total gross
notional amount less than $11 billion and each is a customer of a CCP's
clearing member. Column (1) displays the initial margin amount as a
percentage of the gross notional amount. Column (2) reports the initial
margin, in millions of dollars that would be required on a portfolio
with a gross notional amount of $11 billion.
Initial Margin Amounts on 4,686 Cleared Interest Rate Swap Portfolios
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column (1) initial Column (2) initial
margin amount as margin amount on an $11
percentage of gross billion gross notional
notional amount (%) portfolio ($MM)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average....................................................... 2.1 231
25th Percentile............................................... 0.6 66
50th Percentile............................................... 1.4 154
75th Percentile............................................... 2.7 297
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As shown in the table above, the average initial margin rate across
all 4,686 counterparties, reported in Column (1), is 2.1 percent, which
would equate to an initial margin collection amount, reported in Column
(2), of $231 million on an interest rate swap portfolio with a gross
notional amount of $11 billion. This average initial margin collection
amount significantly exceeds the proposed permitted threshold amount of
$65 million. Seventy-five percent of the 4,686 cleared interest rate
swap portfolios exhibit an initial margin rate in excess of 0.6
percent, which equates to an initial margin amount on a cleared
interest rate swap portfolio of $66 million (approximately equal to the
proposed permitted threshold amount).
The data above represent actual margin requirements on a sample of
interest rate swap portfolios that are cleared by a single CCP. Some
CCPs also provide information on the initial margin requirements on
specific and representative swaps that they clear. The Chicago
Mercantile Exchange (``CME''), for example, provides information on the
initial margin requirements for cleared interest rate swaps and credit
default swaps that it clears. This information does not represent
actual margin requirements on actual swap portfolios that are cleared
by the CME but does represent the initial margin that would be required
on specific swaps if they were cleared at the CME. The table below
presents the initial margin requirements for two swaps that are cleared
by the CME.
Initial Margin Amounts on CME Cleared Interest Rate and Credit Default Swaps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Column (1) initial Column (2) initial
margin amount as margin amount on an $11
percentage of gross billion gross notional
notional amount (%) portfolio ($MM)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 year, receive fixed and pay floating rate interest rate swap 2.0 216
5 year, sold CDS protection on the CDX IG Series 20 Version 22 1.9 213
Index........................................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59906]]
According to the CME, the initial margin requirement on the
interest rate swap and the credit default swap are both roughly two
percent of the gross notional amount. This initial margin rate
translates to an initial margin amount of roughly $216 million on a
swap portfolio with a gross notional amount of $11 billion.
Accordingly, this data also indicates that the initial margin
collection amount on a swap portfolio with a gross notional size of $11
billion could be significantly larger than the proposed permitted
initial margin threshold of $65 million.
In addition to the information provided in the tables above, the
Commission's preliminary view is that additional considerations suggest
that the initial margin collection amounts associated with uncleared
swaps could be even greater than those reported in the tables above.
The tables above represent initial margin requirements on cleared
interest rate and credit default index swaps. Uncleared swaps in other
asset classes, such as single name equity or single name credit default
swaps, are likely to be riskier and hence would require even more
initial margin. In addition, uncleared swaps often contain complex
features, such as nonlinearities, that make them even riskier and would
hence require more initial margin. Finally, uncleared swaps are
generally expected to be less liquid than cleared swaps and must be
margined, under the proposed rule, according to a ten-day close-out
period rather than the five-day period required for cleared swaps. The
data presented above pertains to cleared swaps that are margined
according to a five-day and not a ten-day close-out period. The
requirement to use a ten-day close-out period would further increase
the initial margin requirements of uncleared versus cleared swaps.
In light of the data and considerations noted above, the
Commission's preliminary view is that it is appropriate and consistent
with the intent of the 2013 international framework to identify a
material swaps exposure with a gross notional amount of $3 billion
rather than $11 billion ([euro]8 billion) as is suggested by the 2013
international framework. Identifying a material swaps exposure with a
gross notional amount of $3 billion is more likely to result in an
outcome in which entities with a gross notional exposure below the
material swaps exposure amount would be likely to have an initial
margin collection amount below the proposed permitted initial margin
threshold of $65 million. The Commission does recognize, however, that
even at the lower amount of $3 billion, there are likely to be some
cases in which the initial margin collection amount of a portfolio that
is below the material swaps exposure amount will exceed the proposed
permitted initial margin threshold amount of $65 million. The
Commission's preliminary view is that such instances should be
relatively rare and that the operational benefits of using a simple and
transparent gross notional measure to define the material swaps
exposure amount are substantial.
The Commission notes that under the implementation schedule set out
below, this requirement would not take effect until January 1,
2019.\39\ Parties with gross notional exposures around this amount
would have several years notice before the requirements took effect.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.160.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the material
swaps exposure provision. In particular, the Commission requests
comment on the proposal to establish a level that is lower than the
level set forth in the 2013 international framework. Are there
alternative measurement methodologies that do not rely on gross
notional amounts that should be used? Does the proposed rule's use and
definition of the material swaps exposure raise any competitive equity
issues that should be considered? Are there any other aspects of the
material swaps exposure that should be considered by the Commission?
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed definition of material swaps exposure. Commenters are urged to
quantify the costs and benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may
suggest alternatives to the proposed approach where the commenters
believe that the alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
3. Non-Financial End Users
Non-financial end users would include any entity that was not an
SD, an MSP, or a financial end user. The proposal would not require
CSEs to exchange margin with non-financial end users. The Commission
believes that such entities, which generally are using swaps to hedge
commercial risk, pose less risk to CSEs than financial entities.
Therefore, under section 4s(e)(3)(A)(ii) of the CEA, applying a
different standard to trades by CSEs with non-financial entities than
to trades by CSEs with covered counterparties would be ``appropriate to
the risk.''
This approach is consistent with Congressional intent. Senior
Congressional leaders have stated that they do not believe that non-
financial end users should be required to post margin for uncleared
swaps.\40\ In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally exempted non-
financial end users from the requirement that they submit trades to
clearing.\41\ If the Commission required them to post margin for
uncleared trades, the clearing exemption could be weakened because the
costs of clearing are likely to be less than the costs of margining an
uncleared position. This approach is also consistent with international
standards.\42\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\40\ Letter from Chairman Debbie Stabenow, Committee on
Agriculture, Nutrition and Forestry, U.S. Senate, Chairman Frank D.
Lucas, Committee on Agriculture, United States House of
Representatives, Chairman Tim Johnson, Committee on Banking,
Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, and Chairman Spencer
Bachus, Committee on Financial Services, United States House of
Representatives to Secretary Timothy Geithner, Department of
Treasury, Chairman Gary Gensler, U.S. Commodity Futures Trading
Commission, Chairman Ben Bernanke, Federal Reserve Board, and
Chairman Mary Shapiro, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(April 6, 2011); Letter from Chairman Christopher Dodd, Committee on
Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, U.S. Senate, and Chairman
Blanche Lincoln, Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry,
U.S. Senate, to Chairman Barney Frank, Financial Services Committee,
United States House of Representatives, and Chairman Collin
Peterson, Committee on Agriculture, United States House of
Representatives (June 30, 2010); see also 156 Cong. Rec. S5904
(daily ed. July 15, 2010) (statement of Sen. Lincoln).
\41\ See section 2(h)(7) of the CEA.
\42\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at pp. 7-8.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission's proposal is generally consistent with the proposal
of the Prudential Regulators but differs in some particulars. The
Prudential Regulators' proposal contains the following provision:
A covered swap entity is not required to collect initial margin
with respect to any non-cleared swap or non-cleared security-based
swap with a counterparty that is neither a financial end user with
material swaps exposure nor a swap entity but shall collect initial
margin at such times and in such forms (if any) that the covered
swap entity determines appropriately address the credit risk posed
by the counterparty and the risks of such non-cleared swaps and non-
cleared security-based swaps.
The Commission's proposal does not contain this provision.
The Commission's proposal contains other provisions designed to
address the mandate under section 4s(e)(3)(A)(i) that Commission rules
``help ensure the safety and soundness'' of SDs and MSPs. First, as
discussed further below, the rules would require CSEs to enter into
certain documentation with all counterparties, including non-financial
entities, to provide clarity about the parties' respective rights and
obligations.\43\ CSEs and non-financial
[[Page 59907]]
entities would be free to set initial margin and variation margin
requirements, if any, in their discretion and any thresholds agreed
upon by the parties would be permitted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.158.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Second, the proposal would require each CSE to calculate
hypothetical initial and variation margin amounts each day for
positions held by non-financial entities that have material swaps
exposure to the covered counterparty.\44\ That is, the CSE must
calculate what the margin amounts would be if the counterparty were
another SD or MSP and compare them to any actual margin requirements
for the positions.\45\ These calculations would serve as risk
management tools to assist the CSE in measuring its exposure and to
assist the Commission in conducting oversight of the CSE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ Proposed Regulations Sec. Sec. 23.154(a)(6) and
23.155(a)(3).
\45\ This is consistent with the requirement set forth in
section 4s(h)(3)(B)(iii)(II) of the CEA that SDs and MSPs must
disclose to counterparties who are not SDs or MSPs a daily mark for
uncleared swaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
D. Nature and Timing of Margin Requirements
1. Initial Margin
Subject to thresholds discussed below, the proposal would require
each CSE to collect initial margin from, and to post initial margin
with, each covered counterparty on or before the business day after
execution \46\ for every swap with that counterparty.\47\ The proposal
would require the CSEs to continue to post and to collect initial
margin until the swap is terminated or expires.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ Commission Regulation Sec. 23.200(e) defines execution to
mean, ``an agreement by the counterparties (whether orally, in
writing, electronically, or otherwise) to the terms of the swap
transaction that legally binds the counterparties to such terms
under applicable law.'' 17 CFR 23.200(e).
\47\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.152(a).
\48\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.152(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recognizing that SDs and MSPs pose greater risk to the markets and
the financial system than other swap market participants, Congress
established a comprehensive regulatory scheme for them including
registration, recordkeeping, reporting, margin, capital, and business
conduct requirements. Accordingly, under the mandate of section
4s(e)(3)(C) to preserve the financial integrity of markets trading
swaps and to preserve the stability of the United States financial
system, the Commission is proposing to require SDs and MSPs to collect
initial margin from, and to post initial margin with, one another.
Similarly, as discussed above, the Commission believes that
financial end users with material swaps exposure potentially pose
greater risk to CSEs and to the financial system than non-financial end
users or financial end users with smaller aggregate exposures.
Accordingly, under the mandate of section 4s(e)(3)(A) to help ensure
the safety and soundness of SDs and MSPs, the Commission is proposing
to require SDs and MSPs to collect initial margin from, and to post
initial margin with, financial end users.
Notably, the proposal would require both collecting and posting of
initial margin by CSEs (``two-way margin''). Two-way margin helps to
ensure the safety and soundness of CSEs. Daily collection of initial
margin increases the safety and soundness of the CSE by providing
collateral to cover potential future exposure from each counterparty.
That is, if a counterparty fails to meet an obligation, the CSE can
liquidate the initial margin that it holds to cover some or all of the
loss. But daily posting of initial margin also helps to ensure the
safety and soundness of a CSE by making it more difficult for the CSE
to build up exposures that it cannot fulfill. That is, the requirement
that a CSE post initial margin acts as a discipline on its risk taking.
The requirement also would make it more difficult for a rogue trader to
hide his positions.
In the wake of clearing mandates, uncleared swaps are likely to be
more customized and consequently trade in a less liquid market than
cleared swaps. As a result, uncleared swaps potentially might take a
longer time and require a greater price premium to be liquidated than
cleared swaps, particularly in distressed market conditions. Initial
margin is designed to address these risks.
The proposal contains a provision stating that a CSE would not be
deemed to have violated its obligation to collect initial margin if it
took certain steps.\49\ Specifically, if a counterparty failed to pay
the required initial margin to the CSE, the CSE would be required to
make the necessary efforts to attempt to collect the initial margin,
including the timely initiation and continued pursuit of formal dispute
resolution mechanisms,\50\ or otherwise demonstrate upon request to the
satisfaction of the Commission that it has made appropriate efforts to
collect the required initial margin or commenced termination of the
swap.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.152(c).
\50\ See Commission Regulation Sec. 23.504(b)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposal
relating to the nature and timing of initial margin. In particular, the
Commission requests comment on two-way initial margin.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
2. Variation Margin
Subject to a minimum transfer amount discussed below, the proposal
would require each CSE to collect variation margin from, and to pay
variation margin to, each counterparty that is a swap entity or a
financial end user, on or before the end of the business day after
execution for each swap with that counterparty.\51\ The proposed rule
would require the CSEs to continue to pay or collect variation margin
each business day until the swap is terminated or expires.\52\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\51\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.153(a).
\52\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.153(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Two-way variation margin would protect the safety and soundness of
CSEs for the same reasons discussed above in connection with initial
margin. Two-way variation margin has been a keystone of the ability of
DCOs to manage risk. Each day, starting on the day after execution,
current exposure is removed from the market through the payment and
collection of variation margin.
If two-way variation margin were not required for uncleared swaps
between CSEs and counterparties that are swap entities or financial end
users, current exposures might accumulate beyond the financial capacity
of a counterparty. In contrast to initial margin, which is designed to
cover potential future exposures, variation margin addresses actual
current exposures, that is, losses that have already occurred.
Unchecked accumulation of such exposures was one of the characteristics
of the financial crisis which, in turn, led to the enactment of the
Dodd-Frank Act.\53\ As with initial margin, the Commission believes
that requiring covered swap entities both to collect and pay margin
with these counterparties effectively reduces systemic risk by
protecting both the covered swap entity and its
[[Page 59908]]
counterparty from the effects of a default.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\53\ See The Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, The Financial
Crisis Inquiry Report: Final Report of the National Commission on
the Causes of the Financial and Economic Crisis in the United States
(Official Government Edition) at 265-268 (2011), available at http://fcic-static.law.stanford.edu/cdn_media/fcic-reports/fcic_final_report_full.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In contrast to the initial margin requirement, which would only
apply to financial end users with material swaps exposure, the proposed
variation margin requirement would apply to all financial end users
regardless of whether the entity had material swaps exposure. This is
consistent with international standards.\54\ It reflects the
Commission's view that variation margin is an important risk mitigant
that (i) reduces the build-up of risk that may ultimately pose systemic
risk and (ii) imposes a lesser liquidity burden than does initial
margin. Moreover, this approach is consistent with current market
practice.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\54\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposal would permit netting of variation margin across
swaps.\55\ Any netting would have to be done pursuant to an eligible
master netting agreement.\56\ The agreement would create a single legal
obligation for all individual transactions covered by the agreement
upon an event of default. It would specify the rights and obligations
of the parties under various circumstances.\57\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.153(c).
\56\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151, definition of ``eligible
master netting agreement.''
\57\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As is the case for initial margin, the proposal contains a
provision stating that a CSE would not be deemed to have violated its
obligation to collect variation margin if it took certain steps.\58\
Specifically, if a counterparty failed to pay the required variation
margin to the CSE, the CSE would be required to make the necessary
efforts to attempt to collect the variation margin, including the
timely initiation and continued pursuit of formal dispute resolution
mechanisms, including pursuant to Commission Regulation 23.504(b)(4),
if applicable, or otherwise demonstrate upon request to the
satisfaction of the Commission that it has made appropriate efforts to
collect the required variation margin or commenced termination of the
swap.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.153(d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposal
relating to the nature and timing of variation margin.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
E. Calculation of Initial Margin
1. Overview
Under the proposed rules, a CSE could calculate initial margin
using either a model-based method or a standardized table-based
method.\59\ The required amount of initial margin would be the amount
computed pursuant to the model or the table minus a threshold amount of
$65 million.\60\ This amount could not be less than zero.\61\ The
initial margin specified under the rule would be a minimum requirement,
and the parties would be free to require more initial margin.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\59\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154.
\60\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151, definition of ``initial
margin threshold amount.''
\61\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(a)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
When a CSE entered into a swap with a counterparty that was either
another CSE or an SD/MSP subject to a Prudential Regulator, each party
would bear the responsibility for calculating the amount that it would
collect.\62\ Thus, for such trades, the amount a party posted could
differ from the amount it collected either because of differences in
their respective methodologies or because the product has asymmetric
risk. As a practical matter, the Commission understands that the
industry is working to develop common standards that would minimize
this for methodologies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\62\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.152(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
When, however, a CSE entered into a swap with a financial entity,
the CSE would have responsibility for calculating both the amount it
collected and the amount it posted.\63\ This is because the statute
does not directly impose margin requirements on financial entities.
They only come within the scope of section 4s when they trade with SDs
or MSPs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\63\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As noted, the rules would permit CSEs and their covered
counterparties to establish margin thresholds of up to $65 million.
This means that the parties could agree not to post and/or to collect
any margin amount falling below this threshold level. For covered
entities that were part of a consolidated group, a single threshold
would be applied across the consolidated group, not individually to
each entity.\64\ This threshold is consistent with the 50 million Euro
threshold set forth in the international standards as is the
consolidated group requirement.\65\ The Prudential Regulators proposed
the same treatment in this regard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\64\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151, definition of ``initial
margin threshold amount.''
\65\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Concern has been expressed by some in the industry about the
potential expense of two-way margin. The $65 million threshold is
designed to mitigate that expense while continuing to protect the
financial integrity of CSEs and the financial system. Smaller exposures
would be permitted to go uncollateralized, but a significant percentage
of all large exposures would be supported by collateral.
For example, if the initial margin calculated for a particular
trade were $55 million, the CSE would not be required to post or to
collect initial margin because the amount would be below the $65
million threshold. If the margin amount were $75 million, the CSE would
only be required to post and to collect $10 million, the amount the
margin calculation exceeded the $65 million threshold.
In order to reduce transaction costs, the proposal would establish
a ``minimum transfer amount'' of $650,000.\66\ Initial and variation
margin payments would not be required to be made if the payment were
below that amount. This amount is consistent with international
standards.\67\ It represents an amount sufficiently small that the
level of risk reduction might not be worth the transaction costs of
transferring the money. It would affect only the timing of collection;
it would not change the amount of margin that must be collected once
the $650,000 level was exceeded.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\66\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(a)(3).
\67\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For example, if a party posted $80 million as initial margin on
Monday and the requirement increased to $80,400,000 on Tuesday, the
party would not be required to post additional funds on Tuesday because
the $400,000 increase would be less than the minimum transfer amount.
If, however, on Wednesday, the requirement increased by another
$400,000 to $80,800,000, the party would be required to post the entire
$800,000 additional amount.
The Commission requests comment on the $65 million threshold and
the $650,000 minimum transfer amount. The Commission requests comment
on the costs and benefits of the proposed approach. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits, if practicable. Commenters
also may suggest alternatives to the proposed approach where the
commenters believe that the alternatives would be appropriate under the
CEA.
[[Page 59909]]
2. Models
a. Commission Approval
Consistent with international standards, the proposal would require
CSEs to obtain the written approval of the Commission before using a
model to calculate initial margin.\68\ Further, the CSE would have to
demonstrate that the model satisfied all of the requirements of this
section on an ongoing basis.\69\ In addition, a CSE would have to
notify the Commission in writing before extending the use of a model
that has been approved to an additional product type, making any change
to any initial margin model that has been approved that would result in
a material change in the CSE's assessment of initial margin
requirements; or making any material change to assumptions used in the
model.\70\ The Commission could rescind its approval of a model if the
Commission determined that the model no longer complied with this
section.\71\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\68\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(1). See BCBS/IOSCO
Report at 12: ``any quantitative model that is used for initial
margin purposes must be approved by the relevant supervisory
authority.''
\69\ Id.
\70\ Id.
\71\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Given the central place of modeling in most margin systems and the
complexity of the process, the Commission believes that these oversight
provisions are necessary. The resources that would be needed, however,
to initially review and to periodically assess margin models present a
significant challenge to the Commission. To address this issue, the
Commission would seek to coordinate with both domestic and foreign
authorities in the review of models.
In many instances, CSEs whose margin models would be subject to
Commission review would be affiliates of entities whose margin models
would be subject to review by one of the Prudential Regulators. In such
situations, the Commission would coordinate with the Prudential
Regulators in order to avoid duplicative efforts and to provide
expedited approval of models that a Prudential Regulator had already
approved. For example, if a Prudential Regulator had approved the model
of a depository institution registered as an SD, Commission review of a
comparable model used by a non-bank affiliate of that SD would be
greatly facilitated. Similarly, the Commission would coordinate with
the SEC for CSEs that are dually registered and would coordinate with
foreign regulators that had approved margin models for foreign CSEs.
For CSEs that that wished to use models that were not reviewed by a
Prudential Regulator, the SEC, or a foreign regulator, the Commission
would coordinate, if possible, with the National Futures Association
(``NFA'') as each CSE would be required to be a member of the NFA.
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposed
margin approval process. Specifically, the Commission requests comment
on the appropriateness and feasibility of coordinating with the
Prudential Regulators, the SEC, foreign regulators, and the NFA in this
regard.
The Commission is also considering whether it would be appropriate
to provide for provisional approval upon the filing of an application
pending review. The Commission requests comment on the appropriateness
of such an approach.
In order to expedite the review of models further, the Commission
is proposing to delegate authority to staff to perform the functions
described above. As is the case with existing delegations to staff, the
Commission would continue to reserve the right to perform these
functions itself at any time.
The Commission requests comment on whether additional procedural
detail is appropriate. For example, should time frames be specified for
completion of any of the functions?
b. Applicability to Multiple Swaps
To the extent that more than one uncleared swap is executed
pursuant to an eligible master netting agreement (``EMNA'') \72\
between a CSE and a covered counterparty, the CSE would be permitted to
calculate initial margin on an aggregate basis with respect to all
uncleared swaps governed by such agreement.\73\ As explained below,
however, only exposures in certain asset classes could be offset. If
the agreement covered uncleared swaps entered into before the
applicable compliance date, those swaps would have to be included in
the calculation.\74\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\72\ This term is defined in Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.151.
\73\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(2).
\74\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposal defines EMNA as any written, legally enforceable
netting agreement that creates a single legal obligation for all
individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of
default (including receivership, insolvency, liquidation, or similar
proceeding) provided that certain conditions are met. These conditions
include requirements with respect to the covered swap entity's right to
terminate the contract and to liquidate collateral and certain
standards with respect to legal review of the agreement to ensure that
it meets the criteria in the definition.
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposed
definition of EMNA. In particular, the Commission requests comment on
whether the proposal provides sufficient clarity regarding the laws of
foreign jurisdictions that provide for limited stays to facilitate the
orderly resolution of financial institutions. The Commission also seeks
comment regarding whether the provision for a contractual agreement
subject by its terms to limited stays under resolution regimes
adequately encompasses potential contractual agreements of this nature
or whether this provision needs to be broadened, limited, clarified, or
modified in some manner.
c. Elements of a Model
The proposal specifies a number of conditions that a model would
have to meet to receive Commission approval.\75\ They include, among
others, the following.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\75\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(i) Ten-Day Close-Out Period
The model must calculate potential future exposure using a one-
tailed 99 percent confidence interval for an increase in the value of
the uncleared swap or netting set of uncleared swaps due to an
instantaneous price shock that is equivalent to a movement in all
material underlying risk factors, including prices, rates, and spreads,
over a holding period equal to the shorter of ten business days or the
maturity of the swap.
The required 10-day close-out period assumption is consistent with
counterparty credit risk capital requirements for banks. The
calculation must be performed directly over a 10-day period. In the
context of bank regulatory capital rules, a long horizon calculation
(such as 10 days), under certain circumstances, may be indirectly
computed by making a calculation over a shorter horizon (such as 1 day)
and then scaling the result of the shorter horizon calculation to be
consistent with the longer horizon. The proposed rule does not provide
this option to covered swap entities using an approved initial margin
model. The Commission's understanding is that the rationale for
allowing such indirect calculations that rely on scaling shorter
horizon calculations has largely been based on computational and cost
considerations that were material in the
[[Page 59910]]
past but are much less so in light of advances in computational speeds
and reduced computing costs. The Commission seeks comment on whether
the option to make use of such indirect calculations has a material
effect on the burden of complying with the proposed rule, and whether
such indirect methods are appropriate in light of current computing
methods and costs.
(ii) Portfolio Offsets
The model may reflect offsetting exposures, diversification, and
other hedging benefits for uncleared swaps that are governed by the
same EMNA by incorporating empirical correlations within the broad risk
categories, provided the covered swap entity validates and demonstrates
the reasonableness of its process for modeling and measuring hedging
benefits. The categories are agriculture, credit, energy, equity,
foreign exchange/interest rate, metals, and other. Empirical
correlations under an eligible master netting agreement may be
recognized by the model within each broad risk category, but not across
broad risk categories. The sum of the initial margins calculated for
each broad risk category must be used to determine the aggregate
initial margin due from the counterparty.
For example, if a CSE entered into two credit swaps and two energy
swaps with a single counterparty, the CSE could use an approved initial
margin model to perform two separate calculations: the initial margin
calculation for the credit swaps and the initial margin calculation for
the energy commodity swaps. Each calculation could recognize offsetting
and diversification within the credit swaps and within the energy
commodity swaps. The result of the two separate calculations would then
be summed together to arrive at the total initial margin amount for the
four swaps (two credit swaps and two energy commodity swaps).
The Commission believes that the correlations of exposures across
unrelated asset categories, such as credit and energy commodities, are
not stable enough over time, and, in particular, during periods of
financial stress, to be recognized in a regulatory margin model
requirement. The Commission further believes that a single commodity
asset class is too broad and that the relationship between disparate
commodity types, such as aluminum and corn, are not stable enough to
warrant hedging benefits within the initial margin model. The
Commission seeks comment on this specific treatment of asset classes
for initial margin purposes and whether fewer or more distinctions
should be made.
The Commission is aware that some swaps may be difficult to
classify into one and only one asset class because some swaps may have
characteristics that relate to more than one asset class. Under the
proposal, the Commission expects that the CSE would make a
determination as to which asset class best represents the swap based on
a holistic view of the underlying swap. As a specific example, many
swaps may have some sensitivity to interest rates even though most of
the swap's sensitivity relates to another asset class such as equity or
credit. The Commission seeks comment on whether or not this approach is
reasonable and whether or not instances in which the classification of
a swap into one of the broad asset classes described above is
problematic and material. If such instances are material, the
Commission seeks comment on alternative approaches to dealing with such
swaps.
(iii) Stress Calibration
The proposed rule requires the initial margin model to be
calibrated to a period of financial stress. In particular, the initial
margin model must employ a stress period calibration for each broad
asset class (agricultural commodity, energy commodity, metal commodity,
other commodity, credit, equity, and interest rate and foreign
exchange). The stress period calibration employed for each broad asset
class must be appropriate to the specific asset class in question.
While a common stress period calibration may be appropriate for some
asset classes, a common stress period calibration for all asset classes
would only be considered appropriate if it is appropriate for each
specific underlying asset class. Also, the time period used to inform
the stress period calibration must include at least one year, but no
more than five years, of equally-weighted historical data.
This proposed requirement is intended to balance the tradeoff
between shorter and longer data spans. Shorter data spans are sensitive
to evolving market conditions but may also overreact to short-term and
idiosyncratic spikes in volatility. Longer data spans are less
sensitive to short-term market developments but may also place too
little emphasis on periods of financial stress, resulting in
requirements that are too low. The requirement that the data be equally
weighted is intended to establish a degree of consistency in model
calibration while also ensuring that particular weighting schemes do
not result in excessive margin requirements during short-term bouts of
heightened volatility.
The model must use risk factors sufficient to measure all material
price risks inherent in the transactions for which initial margin is
being calculated. The risk categories must include, but should not be
limited to, foreign exchange or interest rate risk, credit risk, equity
risk, agricultural commodity risk, energy commodity risk, metal
commodity risk, and other commodity risk, as appropriate. For material
exposures in significant currencies and markets, modeling techniques
must capture spread and basis risk and incorporate a sufficient number
of segments of the yield curve to capture differences in volatility and
imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.
The initial margin model must include all material risks arising
from the nonlinear price characteristics of option positions or
positions with embedded optionality and the sensitivity of the market
value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying
rates, prices, or other material risk factors.
(iv) Frequency of Margin Calculation
The proposed rule requires daily calculation of initial margin. The
use of an approved initial margin model may result in changes to the
initial margin amount on a daily basis for a number of reasons.
First, the characteristics of the swaps that have a material effect
on their risk may change over time. As an example, the credit quality
of a corporate reference entity upon which a credit default swap
contract is written may undergo a measurable decline.
Second, any change to the composition of the swap portfolio that
results in the addition or deletion of swaps from the portfolio would
result in a change in the initial margin amount.
Third, the underlying parameters and data that are used in the
model may change over time as underlying conditions change. For
example, a new period of financial stress may be encountered in one or
more asset classes. While the stress period calibration is intended to
reduce the extent to which small or moderate changes in the risk
environment influence the initial margin model's risk assessment, a
significant change in the risk environment that affects the required
stress period calibration could influence the margin model's overall
assessment of the risk of a swap.
Fourth, quantitative initial margin models are expected to be
maintained and refined on a continuous basis to
[[Page 59911]]
reflect the most accurate risk assessment possible with available best
practices and methods. As best practice risk management models and
methods change, so too may the risk assessments of initial margin
models.
(v) Benchmarking
The proposed rule requires that a model used for calculating
initial margin requirements be benchmarked periodically against
observable margin standards to ensure that the initial margin required
is not less than what a CCP would require for similar transactions.\76\
This benchmarking requirement is intended to ensure that any initial
margin amount produced by a model is subject to a readily observable
minimum. It will also have the effect of limiting the extent to which
the use of models might disadvantage the movement of certain types of
swaps to DCOs by setting lower initial margin amounts for uncleared
transactions than for similar cleared transactions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\76\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
d. Control Mechanisms
The proposal would require CSEs to implement certain control
mechanisms.\77\ They include, among others, the following.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\77\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The CSE must maintain a risk management unit in accordance with
existing Commission Regulation 23.600(c)(4)(i) that reports directly to
senior management and is independent from the business trading
units.\78\ The unit must validate its model before implementation and
on an ongoing basis. The validation process must include an evaluation
of the conceptual soundness of the model, an ongoing monitoring process
to ensure that the initial margin is not less than what a DCO would
require for similar cleared products, and back testing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ Commission Regulation Sec. 23.600 requires each registered
SD/MSP to establish a risk management program that identifies the
risks implicated by the SD/MSP's activities along with the risk
tolerance limits set by the SD/MSP. The SD/MSP should take into
account a variety of risks, including market, credit, liquidity,
foreign currency, legal, operational, settlement, and other
applicable risks. The risks would also include risks posed by
affiliates. See 17 CFR 23.600.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the validation process revealed any material problems with the
model, the CSE would be required to notify the Commission of the
problems, describe to the Commission any remedial actions being taken,
and adjust the model to insure an appropriate amount of initial margin
is being calculated.
The CSE must have an internal audit function independent of the
business trading unit that at least annually assesses the effectiveness
of the controls supporting the model. The internal audit function must
report its findings to the CSE's governing body, senior management, and
chief compliance officer at least annually.
Given the complexity of margin models and the incentives to
calculate lower margin amounts, the Commission believes that rigorous
internal oversight is necessary to ensure proper functioning.
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
standards for models and the proposed levels of regulatory review.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
3. Table-Based Method
a. Method of Calculation
Some CSEs might not have the internal technical resources to
develop initial margin models or have simple portfolios for which they
want to avoid the complexity of modeling. The table-based method would
allow a CSE to calculate its initial margin requirements using a
standardized table.\79\ The table specifies the minimum initial margin
amount that must be collected as a percentage of a swap's notional
amount. This percentage varies depending on the asset class of the
swap. Except as described below, a CSE would be required to calculate a
minimum initial margin amount for each swap and sum up all the minimum
initial margin amounts calculated under this section to arrive at the
total amount of initial margin. The table is consistent with
international standards.\80\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\79\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(c).
\80\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at Appendix A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. Net-to-Gross Ratio Adjustment
The Commission recognizes that using a notional amount measure of
initial margin without any adjustment for offsetting exposures,
diversification, and other hedging benefits might not accurately
reflect the size or risks of a CSE's swap-based positions in many
situations. Moreover, not adequately recognizing the benefits of
offsets, diversification, and hedging might lead to large disparities
between model-based and table-based initial margin requirements. These
disparities might give rise to inequities between CSEs that elect to
use an approved model and CSEs that rely on the table for computing
their respective initial margin requirements.
To address these potential inequities, the Commission is proposing
an adjustment to the table-based initial margin requirement.
Specifically, the Commission would allow a CSE to calculate a net-to-
gross ratio adjustment.\81\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\81\ This calculation is set forth in proposed Regulation Sec.
23.154(c)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The net-to-gross ratio compares the net current replacement cost of
the uncleared portfolio (in the numerator) with the gross current
replacement cost of the uncleared portfolio (in the denominator). The
net current replacement cost is the cost of replacing the entire
portfolio of swaps that is covered under an eligible master netting
agreement. The gross current replacement cost is the cost of replacing
those swaps that have a strictly positive replacement cost.
For example, consider a portfolio that consists of two uncleared
swaps in which the mark-to-market value of the first swap is $10 (i.e.,
the CSE is owed $10 from its counterparty) and the mark-to-market value
of the second swap is -$5 (i.e., the CSE owes $5 to its counterparty).
The net current replacement cost is $5 ($10-$5), the gross current
replacement cost is $10, and the net-to-gross ratio would be 5/10 or
0.5.\82\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\82\ Note that in this example, whether or not the
counterparties have agreed to exchange variation margin has no
effect on the net-to-gross ratio calculation, i.e., the calculation
is performed without considering any variation margin payments. This
is intended to ensure that the net-to-gross ratio calculation
reflects the extent to which the uncleared swaps generally offset
each other and not whether the counterparties have agreed to
exchange variation margin. As an example, if a swap dealer engaged
in a single sold credit derivative with a counterparty, then the
net-to-gross calculation would be 1.0 whether or not the dealer
received variation margin from its counterparty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The net-to-gross ratio and gross standardized initial margin
amounts provided in the table are used in conjunction with the notional
amount of the transactions in the underlying swap portfolio to arrive
at the total initial margin requirement as follows:
Standardized Initial Margin = 0.4 x Gross Initial Margin + 0.6 x
NGR x Gross Initial Margin
where:
Gross Initial Margin = the sum of the notional value multiplied by
the applicable initial margin requirement percentage from the table A
for each uncleared swap in the portfolio
and
[[Page 59912]]
NGR = Net-to-Gross Ratio
The Commission notes that the calculation of the net-to-gross ratio
for margin purposes must be applied only to swaps subject to the same
EMNA and that the calculation is performed across transactions in
disparate asset classes within a single netting agreement. (Thus, all
non-cleared swaps subject to the same EMNA can be netted against each
other in the calculation of the net-to-gross ratio. By contrast, under
a model, netting is only permitted within each asset class). This
approach is consistent with the standardized counterparty credit risk
capital requirements.
The Commission also notes that if a counterparty maintains multiple
swap portfolios under multiple EMNAs, the standardized initial margin
amounts would be calculated separately for each portfolio with each
calculation using the gross initial margin and net-to-gross ratio that
is relevant to each portfolio. The total standardized initial margin
would be the sum of the standardized initial margin amounts for each
portfolio.
The proposed net-to-gross ratio adjustment is consistent with
international standards.\83\ The proposed table and adjustment are the
same as the Prudential Regulators' proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\83\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 13.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed table-
based approach. The Commission notes that the BCBS has recently adopted
a new method for the purpose of capitalizing counterparty credit
risk.\84\ The Commission seeks comment on whether the BCBS's recently
adopted standardized approach would represent a material improvement
relative to the proposed method that employs the net-to-gross ratio.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\84\ See the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, ``The
standardized approach for measuring counterparty credit risk
exposures,'' (March 31, 2014), available at http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs279.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
F. Calculation of Variation Margin
1. Means of Calculation
Under the proposal, each CSE would be required to calculate
variation margin for itself and for each covered counterparty using a
methodology and inputs that to the maximum extent practicable and in
accordance with existing Regulation 23.504(b)(4) rely on recently-
executed transactions, valuations provided by independent third
parties, or other objective criteria.\85\ In addition, each CSE would
have to have in place alternative methods for determining the value of
an uncleared swap in the event of the unavailability or other failure
of any input required to value a swap.\86\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\85\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.155(a)(1) and Commission
Regulation Sec. 23.504(b)(4).
\86\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.155(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Control Mechanisms
The proposal would also set forth several control mechanisms.\87\
Each CSE would be required to create and maintain documentation setting
forth the variation margin methodology with sufficient specificity to
allow the counterparty, the Commission, and any applicable Prudential
Regulator to calculate a reasonable approximation of the margin
requirement independently. Each CSE would be required to evaluate the
reliability of its data sources at least annually, and make
adjustments, as appropriate. The proposal would permit the Commission
to require a CSE to provide further data or analysis concerning the
methodology or a data source.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\87\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.155(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
These provisions are consistent with international standards \88\
and the Prudential Regulators' proposed rules. The Commission's
proposal, however, sets forth more detailed requirements. These
requirements are consistent with an approach currently under
consideration by an IOSCO working group.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 14-15.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission believes that the accurate valuation of positions
and the daily payment of variation margin to remove accrued risk is a
critical element in assuring the safety and soundness of CSEs and in
preserving the financial integrity of the markets. The Commission
believes that its experience with cleared markets \89\ coupled with the
problems in the uncleared markets noted in section II.A. demonstrates
this.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\89\ For example, in May 2000, a clearing member defaulted to
the New York Clearing Corporation. A significant contributing factor
was the lack of a rigorous settlement price procedure which allowed
prices in an illiquid market to be mismarked and unrealized losses
to accumulate. See Report on Lessons Learned from the Failure of
Klein & Co, Division of Trading and Markets, Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (July 2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission believes that the proposed provisions avoid
potential miscalculations and would allow the variation margin
calculations to be monitored and, thereby, forestall potential problems
that could exacerbate a crisis. These measures are designed to be
prudent safeguards to be used to address weaknesses that may only
become apparent over time.
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
requirements for calculating variation margin.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
G. Forms of Margin
1. Initial Margin
In general, the Commission believes that margin assets should share
the following fundamental characteristics. The assets should be liquid
and, with haircuts, hold their value in times of financial stress. The
value of the assets should not exhibit a significant correlation with
the creditworthiness of the counterparty or the value of the swap
portfolio.\90\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\90\ See BCBS/IOSCO Report at 16.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guided by these principles, the Commission is proposing that CSEs
may only post or accept certain assets to meet initial margin
requirements to or from covered counterparties.\91\ These include: U.S.
dollars; cash in a currency in which payment obligations under the swap
are required to be settled; U.S. Treasury securities; certain
securities guaranteed by the U.S.; certain securities issued or
guaranteed by the European Central bank, a sovereign entity, or the
BIS; certain corporate debt securities; certain equity securities
contained in major indices; major currencies,\92\ and gold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\91\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.156(a)(1).
\92\ Major currencies are defined in Proposed Regulation Sec.
23.151.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
These are assets for which there are deep and liquid markets and,
therefore, assets that can be readily valued and easily liquidated.
This list includes a number of assets that were not included in the
2011 proposal. This is responsive to a number of commenters who
expressed concern about the narrowness of that list and the potential
that there would be insufficient available collateral.
The Commission notes that any debt security issued by a U.S.
Government-sponsored enterprise that is not operating with capital
support or another form of direct financial assistance from the U.S.
government
[[Page 59913]]
would be eligible collateral only if the security met the requirements
for corporate debt securities.
The Commission also notes that eligible collateral would include
other publicly-traded debt that has been deemed acceptable as initial
margin by a Prudential Regulator.\93\ The Prudential Regulators have
indicated that this would include securities that meet the terms of 12
CFR 1.2(d). That provision states that the issuer of a security must
have adequate capacity to meet financial commitments under the security
for the projected life of the asset or exposure. It further states an
issuer has adequate capacity to meet financial commitments if the risk
of default by the obligor is low and the full and timely payment of
principal and interest is expected. For example, municipal bonds that
meet this standard, as determined by a Prudential Regulator, would be
eligible collateral.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\93\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.156(a)(1)(ix).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the proposal, certain assets would be prohibited from use as
initial margin.\94\ These include any asset that is an obligation of
the party providing such asset or an affiliate of that party. These
also include instruments issued by bank holding companies, depository
institutions and market intermediaries. The use of such assets as
initial margin could compound risk. These restrictions reflect the
Commission's view that the price and liquidity of securities issued by
the foregoing entities are very likely to come under significant
pressure during a period of financial stress when a CSE may be
resolving a counterparty's defaulted swap position and present an
additional source of risk.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\94\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.156(a)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on the securities subject to this
restriction, and, in particular, on whether securities issued by other
entities, such as non-bank systemically important financial
institutions designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council,
also should be excluded from the list of eligible collateral.
Counterparties that wished to rely on assets that do not qualify as
eligible collateral under the proposed rule still would be able to
pledge those assets with a lender in a separate arrangement, such as
collateral transformation arrangements, using the cash or other
eligible collateral received from that separate arrangement to meet the
minimum margin requirements.
Moreover, the Commission notes that the proposal would not restrict
the types of collateral that could be collected or posted to satisfy
margin terms that are bilaterally negotiated above required amounts.
For example, if, notwithstanding the $65 million threshold, a CSE
decided to collect initial margin to protect itself against the credit
risk of a particular counterparty, the CSE could accept any form of
collateral.
Except for U.S. dollars and the currency in which the payment
obligations of the swap is required, assets posted as required initial
margin would be subject to haircuts in order to address the possibility
that the value of the collateral could decline during the period that
it took to liquidate a swap position in default. The proposed
collateral haircuts have been calibrated to be broadly consistent with
valuation changes observed during periods of financial stress.
Because the value of noncash collateral and foreign currency may
change over time, the proposal would require a CSE to monitor the value
of such collateral previously collected to satisfy initial margin
requirements and, to the extent the value of such collateral has
decreased, to collect additional collateral with a sufficient value to
ensure that all applicable initial margin requirements remain
satisfied.\95\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\95\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.156(a)(4).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
requirements for eligible collateral for initial margin. In particular,
the Commission requests comments on whether the list should be expanded
or contracted in any way. If so, subject to what terms and conditions?
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
2. Variation Margin
The proposal would require that variation margin be paid in U.S.
dollars, or a currency in which payment obligations under the swap are
required to be settled.\96\ When determining the currency in which
payment obligations under the swap are required to be settled, a
covered swap entity must consider the entirety of the contractual
obligation. As an example, in cases where a number of swaps, each
potentially denominated in a different currency, are subject to a
single master agreement that requires all swap cash flows to be settled
in a single currency, such as the Euro, then that currency (Euro) may
be considered the currency in which payment obligations are required to
be settled.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\96\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.156(b).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposal is narrower than the 2011 proposal which also
permitted U.S. Treasury securities.\97\ This change is designed to
reinforce the concept that variation margin is paid and to reduce the
potential for disputes to arise over the value of assets being used to
meet this margin requirement. This proposed change is consistent with
regulatory and industry initiatives to improve standardization and
efficiency in the OTC derivatives market. For example, in June of 2013,
ISDA published the 2013 Standard Credit Support Annex (``SCSA''). The
SCSA provides for the sole use of cash as eligible collateral for
variation margin. The Commission supports this and other ongoing
regulatory and industry efforts at standardization that improve
operational efficiency and reduce the differences between the bilateral
and cleared OTC derivatives markets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\97\ 76 FR 23732 at 23747.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In this regard, the Commission notes that central counterparties
generally require that variation margin be paid in cash. U.S. law
applicable to cleared swaps is consistent with this practice. Section
5b(c)(2)(E) of the CEA requires derivatives clearing organizations to
``complete money settlements on a timely basis (but not less frequently
than once each business day).'' CFTC Regulation 39.14(a)(1) defines
``settlement'' as, among other things, ``payment and receipt of
variation margin for futures, options, and swaps.'' CFTC Regulation
39.14(b) requires that ``except as otherwise provided by Commission
order, derivatives clearing organizations shall effect a settlement
with each clearing member at least once each business day.''
The Commission believes that this change from the 2011 proposal is
appropriate because it better reflects that counterparties to swap
transactions generally view variation margin payments as the daily
settlement of their exposure(s) to one another. Additionally, limiting
variation margin to cash should sharply reduce the potential for
disputes over the value of variation margin.
Under this proposed rule, the value of cash paid to satisfy
variation margin requirements is not subject to a haircut. Variation
margin payments reflect gains and losses on a swap transaction, and
payment or receipt of variation margin generally represents a transfer
of ownership. Therefore, haircuts are not a
[[Page 59914]]
necessary component of the regulatory requirements for cash variation
margin.
The proposal is stricter than international standards which do not
require that variation margin be in cash.\98\ It is the same as the
Prudential Regulators' proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\98\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 14-15. The international standards do
not distinguish between initial margin and variation margin in
discussing eligible assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
requirements for forms of variation margin.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
H. Custodial Arrangements
The proposal sets forth requirements for the custodial arrangements
for initial margin posted for transactions between CSEs and covered
counterparties.\99\ Each CSE that posts initial margin with respect to
an uncleared swap would be mandated to require that all funds or other
property that it provided as initial margin be held by one or more
custodians that were not affiliates of the CSE or the counterparty.
Each CSE that collects initial margin with respect to an uncleared swap
would be mandated to require that such initial margin be held at one or
more custodians that were not affiliates of the CSE or the
counterparty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\99\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.157.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Each CSE would be required to enter into custodial agreements
containing specified terms. These would include a prohibition on
rehypothecating the margin assets and standards for the substitution of
assets.
The proposed rules are consistent with international standards
except that international standards would allow rehypothecation under
certain circumstances.\100\ The proposal is the same as the Prudential
Regulators' proposal. The Commission also notes that the European
Supervisory Authorities have proposed to prohibit rehypothecation.\101\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\100\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 19-20.
\101\ See ``Draft Regulatory Technical Standards on Risk-
mitigation Techniques for OTC-derivative Contracts Not Cleared by a
CCP under Article 11(15) of Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012,'' pp. 11,
42-43 (April 14, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed approach is grounded in several provisions of section
4s(e) of the CEA. First, section 4s(e)(3)(A)(i) mandates that margin
rules ``help ensure the safety and soundness of [SDs] and [MSPs].''
Maintaining margin collateral at an independent custodian subject to
specified terms protects both parties to a transaction by preventing
assets from being lost or misused. In particular, a prohibition on
rehypothecation enhances safety by avoiding the possibility that a
margin asset will be lost because of the failure of a third party who
was not a party to the original transaction.
Second, section 4s(e)(3)(C) mandates that margin rules preserve
``the financial integrity of the markets trading swaps'' and ``the
stability of the United States financial system.'' Maintaining margin
collateral at an independent custodian preserves financial integrity
and financial stability by preventing the same asset from supporting
multiple positions. If an SD could take collateral posted by a
counterparty for one swap and reuse it to margin a second swap with
another SD, and that SD could, in turn, do the same, this would
increase leverage in the system and create the possibility of a cascade
of defaults if one of these firms failed.
Third, section 4s(e)(3)(A) refers to the ``greater risk'' to SDs,
MSPs, and the financial system ``arising from the use of swaps that are
not cleared.'' It mandates rules ``appropriate for the risk''
associated with uncleared swaps. Margin posted by customers to futures
commission merchants (``FCMs'') and by FCMs to DCOs for cleared swaps
is subject to segregation requirements.\102\ It would be inappropriate
to address the greater risk of uncleared swaps with a lesser standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\102\ Section 4d(f) of the CEA.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The proposed rules can be harmonized with section 4s(l) of the CEA
which authorizes counterparties of an SD or an MSP to request that
margin be segregated. As discussed above, covered counterparties pose
risk to the financial system. The primary purpose of the proposed
custodial arrangements is preservation of the financial integrity of
the markets and the U.S. financial system although the arrangements
will also have the effect of protecting individual market participants.
Section 4s(l) is not made superfluous by the proposed rules because it
would still be available for financial end users with less than
material swaps exposure, for financial end users that post initial
margin in excess of the required amount, and for non-financial end
users that post initial margin. Such entities would be posting margin,
by agreement, with SDs or MSPs. Section 4s(l) would provide them with
an opportunity to obtain additional protection if they desired.
The Commission previously adopted rules implementing section
4s(l).\103\ The Commission is now proposing to amend those rules to
reflect the approach described above where segregation of initial
margin would be mandatory under certain circumstances. The Commission
is proposing three changes.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\103\ Protection of Collateral of Counterparties to Uncleared
Swaps; Treatment of Securities in a Portfolio Margining Account in a
Commodity Broker Bankruptcy, 78 FR 66621 (Nov. 6, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
First, the proposal would amend Sec. 23.701(a)(1) to read as
follows: Notify each counterparty to such transaction that the
counterparty has the right to require that any Initial Margin the
counterparty provides in connection with such transaction be segregated
in accordance with Sec. Sec. 23.702 and 23.703 except in those
circumstances where segregation is mandatory pursuant to Sec. 23.157.
(New language in italics.)
Second, the proposal would amend Sec. 23.701(d) to read as
follows: Prior to confirming the terms of any such swap, the swap
dealer or major swap participant shall obtain from the counterparty
confirmation of receipt by the person specified in paragraph (c) of
this section of the notification specified in paragraph (a) of this
section, and an election, if applicable, to require such segregation or
not. The swap dealer or major swap participant shall maintain such
confirmation and such election as business records pursuant to Sec.
1.31 of this chapter. (New language in italics.)
Third, the proposal would amend Sec. 23.701(f) to read as follows:
A counterparty's election, if applicable, to require segregation of
Initial Margin or not to require such segregation, may be changed at
the discretion of the counterparty upon written notice delivered to the
swap dealer or major swap participant, which changed election shall be
applicable to all swaps entered into between the parties after such
delivery. (New language in italics.)
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
requirements regarding custodial arrangements.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
I. Documentation
The proposal sets forth documentation requirements for CSEs.\104\
For uncleared swaps between a CSE and a covered counterparty, the
[[Page 59915]]
documentation would be required to provide the CSE with the contractual
right and obligation to exchange initial margin and variation margin in
such amounts, in such form, and under such circumstances as are
required by Sec. 23.150 through Sec. 23.160 of this part. For
uncleared swaps between a CSE and a non-financial entity, the
documentation would be required to specify whether initial and/or
variation margin will be exchanged and, if so, to include the
information set forth in the rule. That information would include the
methodology and data sources to be used to value positions and to
calculate initial margin and variation margin, dispute resolution
procedures, and any margin thresholds.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\104\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.158.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The international standards do not contain a specific requirement
for documentation. The requirements in the Prudential Regulators'
proposal are consistent with the Commission proposal but the Commission
proposal contains additional elements.
The Commission proposal contains a cross-reference to an existing
Commission rule which already imposes documentation requirements on SDs
and MSPs.\105\ Consistent with that rule, the proposal would apply
documentation requirements not only to covered counterparties but also
to non-financial end users. Having comprehensive documentation in
advance concerning these matters would allow each party to a swap to
manage its risks more effectively throughout the life of the swap and
to avoid disputes regarding issues such as valuation during times of
financial turmoil. This would benefit not only the CSE but the non-
financial end user as well.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\105\ Commission Regulation Sec. 23.504.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed
requirements for documentation.
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
J. Implementation Schedule
The proposed rules establish the following implementation schedule:
\106\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\106\ Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.160.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
December 1, 2015 for the requirements in Sec. 23.153 for variation
margin;
December 1, 2015 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where both (i) the CSE combined with all
its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty combined with all its
affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional amount of
uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June, July, and August 2015
that exceeds $4 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for
business days;
December 1, 2016 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where both (i) the CSE combined with all
its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty combined with all its
affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional amount of
uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June, July and August 2016 that
exceeds $3 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for
business days;
December 1, 2017 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where both (i) the CSE combined with all
its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty combined with all its
affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and
foreign exchange swaps in June, July and August 2017 that exceeds $2
trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2018 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for initial
margin for any uncleared swaps where both (i) the CSE combined with all
its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty combined with all its
affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and
foreign exchange swaps in June, July and August 2018 that exceeds $1
trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for business days;
December 1, 2019 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for initial
margin for any other CSE with respect to uncleared swaps entered into
with any other counterparty.
This extended schedule is designed to give market participants
ample time to develop the systems and procedures necessary to exchange
margin and to make arrangements to have sufficient assets available for
margin purposes. The requirements would be phased-in in steps from the
largest covered parties to the smallest.
Variation margin would be implemented on the first date for two
reasons. First, a significant part of the market currently pays
variation margin so full implementation would be less disruptive.
Second, the elimination of current exposures through the daily use of
variation margin would be an effective first step in enhancing the
safety and soundness of market participants and the financial integrity
of the markets.
The proposal is consistent with international standards except for
the 8 billion euro threshold, discussed above, that would apply
starting Dec. 1, 2019 under the international standards.\107\ The
proposal is the same as the proposal of the Prudential Regulators.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\107\ BCBS/IOSCO Report at 23-24.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission requests comment on the costs and benefits of the
proposed approach. Commenters are urged to quantify the costs and
benefits, if practicable. Commenters also may suggest alternatives to
the proposed approach where the commenters believe that the
alternatives would be appropriate under the CEA.
K. Request for Comment
The Commission requests comment on all aspects of the proposed
rules. In particular, as noted above, the Commission invites comments
on the potential costs and benefits of each provision. Commenters are
urged to quantify the costs and benefits, if practicable. Commenters
also may suggest alternatives to the proposed approach where the
commenters believe that the alternatives would be appropriate under the
CEA.
III. Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on the Cross-Border
Application of the Proposed Margin Rules
A. Alternative Options
Section 2(i) of the CEA \108\ provides that the provisions of the
CEA relating to swaps that were enacted by the Wall Street Transparency
and Accountability Act of 2010 (including any rule prescribed or
regulation promulgated under that Act, shall not apply to activities
outside the United States unless those activities (1) have a direct and
significant connection with activities in, or effect on, commerce of
the United States or (2) contravene such rules or regulations as the
Commission may prescribe or promulgate as are necessary or appropriate
to prevent the evasion of any provision of this chapter that was
enacted by the Wall Street Transparency and Accountability Act of 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\108\ 7 U.S.C. 2(i).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 2(i) provides the Commission with express authority over
activities outside the United States relating to swaps when certain
conditions are met.
[[Page 59916]]
As discussed in part I.A. above, the primary purpose of the margin
provision in section 4s(e) is to address risk to SDs, MSPs, and the
financial system arising from uncleared swaps. Given the risk-
mitigation function of the margin rules for uncleared swaps, the
Commission believes that the rules should apply on a cross-border basis
in a manner that effectively addresses risks to the registered SD or
MSP. At the same time, it may be appropriate, consistent with
principles of international comity and statutory objectives underlying
the margin requirements, to allow SDs and MSPs to satisfy the margin
requirements by complying with a comparable regime in the relevant
foreign jurisdiction, or to not apply the margin requirements under
certain circumstances.
In this Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Commission is
considering three approaches to applying the margin requirements to
Commission-registered SDs and MSPs, consistent with section 2(i): (1) A
transaction-level approach that is consistent with the Commission's
cross-border guidance (``Guidance Approach''); \109\ (2) the Prudential
Regulators' approach; and (3) an entity-level approach (``Entity-Level
Approach''). The general framework for each of these approaches is
described below. The Commission is not endorsing at this time any
particular approach and invites comments on all aspects of the three
approaches and welcomes any suggestions on other possible approaches.
The Commission may propose and ultimately adopt one of the three
approaches with modifications.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\109\ Interpretative Guidance and Policy Statement Regarding
Compliance with Certain Swap Regulations, 78 FR 45292 (July 26,
2013) (``Guidance''). The Commission addressed, among other things,
how the swap provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act (including the margin
requirement for uncleared swaps) would apply on a cross-border
basis. In this regard, the Commission stated that as a general
policy matter it would apply the margin requirement as a
transaction-level requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. The Cross-Border Guidance Approach
Under the first option, the Commission would apply the margin
requirements consistent with the Cross-Border Guidance. The Commission
stated in the Guidance that it would generally treat the margin
requirements (for uncleared swaps) as a transaction-level requirement.
Consistent with the rationale stated in the Guidance, under this
approach, the proposed margin requirements would apply to a U.S. SD/MSP
(other than a foreign branch of a U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP) for all
of their uncleared swaps (as applicable), irrespective of whether the
counterparty is a U.S. person \110\ or not, without substituted
compliance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\110\ The scope of the term ``U.S. person'' as used in the
Cross-Border Guidance Approach and the Entity-Level Approach would
be the same as under the Guidance. See Guidance at 45316-45317 for a
summary of the Commission's interpretation of the term ``U.S.
person.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the other hand, under this approach, the proposed margin
requirements would apply to a non-U.S. SD/MSP (whether or not it is a
``guaranteed affiliate'' \111\ or an ``affiliate conduit'' \112\) only
with respect to its uncleared swaps with a U.S. person counterparty
(including a foreign branch of U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP) and a non-
U.S. counterparty that is guaranteed by a U.S. person or is an
affiliate conduit. Where the counterparty is a guaranteed affiliate or
is an affiliate conduit, the Commission would allow substituted
compliance (i.e., the non-U.S. SD/MSP would be permitted to comply with
the margin requirements of its home country's regulator if the
Commission determines that such requirements are comparable to the
Commission's margin requirements).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\111\ Under the Guidance, id. at 45318, the term ``guaranteed
affiliate'' refers to a non-U.S. person that is an affiliate of a
U.S. person and that is guaranteed by a U.S. person. The scope of
the term ``guarantee'' under the Cross-Border Guidance Approach and
the Entity-Level Approach would be the same as under note 267 of the
Guidance and accompanying text.
\112\ Under the Guidance, id. at 45359, the factors that are
relevant to the consideration of whether a person is an ``affiliate
conduit'' include whether: (i) The non-U.S. person is majority-
owned, directly or indirectly, by a U.S. person; (ii) the non-U.S.
person controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with
the U.S. person; (iii) the non-U.S. person, in the regular course of
business, engages in swaps with non-U.S. third party(ies) for the
purpose of hedging or mitigating risks faced by, or to take
positions on behalf of, its U.S. affiliate(s), and enters into
offsetting swaps or other arrangements with such U.S. affiliate(s)
in order to transfer the risks and benefits of such swaps with
third-party(ies) to its U.S. affiliates; and (iv) the financial
results of the non-U.S. person are included in the consolidated
financial statements of the U.S. person. Other facts and
circumstances also may be relevant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For trades between a non-U.S. SD/MSP (whether or not it is a
guaranteed affiliate or an affiliate conduit) and a non-U.S.
counterparty that is not a guaranteed affiliate or affiliate conduit,
the Commission would not apply the margin requirements to such swaps.
In the case of a foreign branch of a U.S. bank that is a SD/MSP,
the proposed margin requirements would apply with respect to all of its
uncleared swaps, regardless of the counterparty. However, where the
counterparty to the trade is another foreign branch of a U.S. bank that
is a SD/MSP or is a non-U.S. person counterparty (whether or not it is
a guaranteed affiliate or an affiliate conduit), the Commission would
allow substituted compliance (i.e., the foreign branch of a U.S. bank
that is a SD/MSP would be permitted to comply with the margin
requirements of the regulator in the foreign jurisdiction where the
foreign branch is located if the Commission determines that such
requirements are comparable to the Commission's margin
requirements).\113\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\113\ Under a limited exception, where a swap between the
foreign branch of a U.S. SD/MSP and a non-U.S. person (that is not a
guaranteed or conduit affiliate) takes place in a foreign
jurisdiction other than Australia, Canada, the European Union, Hong
Kong, Japan, or Switzerland, the counterparties generally may comply
only with the transaction-level requirements in the foreign
jurisdiction where the foreign branch is located if the aggregate
notional value of all the swaps of the U.S. SD's foreign branches in
such countries does not exceed 5% of the aggregate notional value of
all of the swaps of the U.S. SD, and the U.S. person maintains
records with supporting information for the 5% limit and can
identify, define, and address any significant risk that may arise
from the non-application of the Transaction-Level Requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below is a summary of how the margin requirements would apply under
the Cross-Border Guidance Approach.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. person (other
than Foreign Foreign Branch of Non-U.S. person Non-U.S. person
Branch of U.S. U.S. Bank that is guaranteed by, or not guaranteed by,
Bank that is a a Swap Dealer or affiliate conduit and not an
Swap Dealer or MSP of, a U.S. person affiliate conduit
MSP) of, a U.S. person
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. Swap Dealer or MSP Apply............. Apply............. Apply............. Apply
(including an affiliate of a
non-U.S. person).
Foreign Branch of U.S. Bank that Apply............. Substituted Substituted Substituted
is a Swap Dealer or MSP. Compliance. Compliance. Compliance
Non-U.S. Swap Dealer or MSP Apply............. Substituted Substituted Do Not Apply
(including an affiliate of a Compliance. Compliance.
U.S. person).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59917]]
2. Prudential Regulators' Approach
Under the second option, the Commission would adopt the Prudential
Regulators' approach to cross-border application of the margin
requirements.\114\ Under the Prudential Regulators' proposal, the
Prudential Regulators would not assert authority over trades between a
non-U.S. SD/MSP \115\ that is not guaranteed by a U.S. person and
either a (i) non-U.S. SD/MSP that is not guaranteed by a U.S. person or
(ii) a non-U.S. person that is not guaranteed by a U.S. person. The
Prudential Regulators' approach is generally consistent with the
Entity-Level Approach described below, with the exception of the
application of the margin requirements to certain non-U.S. SD/MSPs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\114\ See Section 9 of Margin and Capital Requirements for
Covered Swap Entities, 12 CFR Part 237 (Sept. 3, 2014), available at
http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/bcreg20140903c1.pdf.
\115\ Under the Prudential Regulators' approach, if an SD/MSP is
under the control of a U.S. person, it would not be considered a
non-U.S. SD/MSP.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, the Prudential Regulators' proposal in this regard would
be consistent with the Commission's Cross-Border Guidance Approach to
margin requirements with respect to a trade between a non-U.S. SD/MSP
and a non-U.S. person that is not guaranteed by a U.S. person. But
under the definition of ``foreign covered swap entity'' in the
Prudential Regulators' approach, a non-U.S. SD/MSP controlled by a U.S.
person would not be a foreign covered swap entity, and thus, would not
qualify for the exclusion from the margin requirement. In addition, the
Prudential Regulators' proposal incorporates a ``control'' test for
purposes of determining whether a registered SD/MSP (or in the
Prudential Regulators' proposal, a ``covered swap entity'') is not a
``foreign'' entity.
3. Entity-Level Approach
Under the third option, the Commission would treat the margin
requirements as an entity-level requirement. Under this Entity-Level
Approach, the Commission would apply its cross-border rules on margin
on a firm-wide level, irrespective of whether the counterparty is a
U.S. person.\116\ At the same time, in recognition of international
comity, the Commission is considering, where appropriate, to allow SDs/
MSPs to satisfy the margin requirements by complying with a comparable
regime in the relevant foreign jurisdiction, as described in the table
below. This approach would be intended to address the concern that the
source of the risk to a firm--given that the non-U.S. SD/MSP has
sufficient contact with the United States to require registration as an
SD/MSP--is not confined to its uncleared swaps with U.S. counterparties
or to its uncleared swaps executed within the United States. A firm's
losses in uncleared swaps with non-U.S. counterparties, for example,
could have a direct and significant impact on the firm's financial
integrity and on the U.S. financial system.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\116\ However, substituted compliance may be available under
certain circumstances, as described in the Guidance for entity-level
requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable
Counterparty A Counterparty B requirements
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. U.S. SD/MSP.................. U.S. person....... U.S. (All).
2. U.S. SD/MSP.................. Non U.S. person U.S. (All).
guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
3. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by U.S. person not U.S. (All).
a U.S. person. registered as an
SD/MSP.
4. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by Non-U.S. person U.S. (All).
a U.S. person. guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
5. U.S. SD/MSP.................. Non-U.S. person U.S. (Initial
not guaranteed by Margin collected
a U.S. person. by U.S. SD/MSP).
Substituted
Compliance
(Initial Margin
collected by non-
U.S. person not
guaranteed by a
U.S. person).
U.S. (Variation
Margin).
6. Non-U.S. SD/MSP guaranteed by Non-U.S. person U.S. (Initial
a U.S. person. not guaranteed by Margin collected
a U.S. person. by non-U.S. SD/
MSP guaranteed by
a U.S. person).
Substituted
Compliance
(Initial Margin
collected by non-
U.S. person not
guaranteed by a
U.S. person).
U.S. (Variation
Margin).
7. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not U.S. person not Substituted
guaranteed by a U.S. person. registered as an Compliance (All).
SD/MSP.
8 Non-U.S. SD/MSP not guaranteed Non-U.S. person Substituted
by a U.S. person. guaranteed by a Compliance (All).
U.S. person.
9. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not Non-U.S. SD/MSP Substituted
guaranteed by a U.S. person. not guaranteed by Compliance (All).
a U.S. person.
10. Non-U.S. SD/MSP not Non-U.S. person Substituted
guaranteed by a U.S. person. not registered as Compliance (All).
an SD/MSP and not
guaranteed by a
U.S. person.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Questions
In this Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Commission
requests comment on all aspects of these options to the cross-border
application of the margin requirements. In particular, the Commission
is interested in comments relating to the costs and benefits of the
various approaches so that it can take that into consideration when
developing proposed rules relating to the cross-border application of
the margin rules. Commenters are encouraged to address, among other
things, the following questions:
1. Under the Guidance Approach and Prudential Regulators Approach,
certain trades involving a non-U.S. SD/MSP would be excluded from the
Commission's margin rules. The Commission seeks comment on whether this
exclusion is over- or under-inclusive, and if so, please explain why.
2. Each of the options provides for substituted compliance under
certain situations. In light of the equal or greater supervisory
interest of the foreign regulator in certain circumstances, the
Commission is seeking comment on whether the scope of substituted
compliance under each option is appropriate.
[[Page 59918]]
3. The Commission is seeking comments on whether, in defining a
non-U.S. covered swap entity, it should use the concept of ``control,''
in determining whether a covered swap entity is (or should be treated
as) a non-U.S. covered swap entity. If the Commission uses a concept of
control, should it be the same as that used by the Prudential
Regulators, or should it be different?
4. In the Commission's view, it is the substance, rather than the
form, of an agreement, arrangement or structure that should determine
whether it should be considered a ``guarantee.'' The Commission invites
comment on how the term ``guarantee'' should be construed or defined in
the context of these margin rules. For example, should the definition
cover the multitude of different agreements, arrangements and
structures that transfer risk directly back to the United States with
respect to financial obligations arising out of a swap? Should the
definition cover such agreements, arrangements and structures even if
they do not specifically reference the relevant swap or affirmatively
state that it does not apply to such swap? Should the definition cover
agreements, arrangements and structures even if the other party to the
swap terminates, waives, or revokes the benefit of such agreements,
arrangements or structures?
5. The Commission seeks comments on the costs and benefits of
harmonization with the Prudential Regulators' proposal.
6. The Commission invites commenters to comment in particular on
the benefits of each of the approaches with respect to the statutory
goal of protecting the financial system against the risks associated
with uncleared swaps.
7. Given that some foreign jurisdictions may not adopt comparable
margin requirements, the Commission seeks comment on the costs and
benefits of not requiring substituted compliance in emerging markets
with respect to certain transactions and what might be an appropriate
threshold percentage of a swap portfolio of participants or other
standard for a de minimis level. In particular, the Commission is
seeking comment on potential competitive impacts. Commenters are
encouraged to quantify, if practical.
8. The Commission seeks comment, including quantitative estimates
in terms of notional volumes of swap activity, about how the different
cross-border alternatives may impact the competitive landscape between
U.S. entities and non-U.S. entities participating in swap markets.
Specifically, the Commission seeks quantitative estimates of costs of
transacting uncleared swaps with each category of counterparties, and/
or access specific geographical markets, under each of the different
alternatives. Commission seeks quantitative estimates of such impact on
the ability of the affected market participants (who might be unable to
access specific markets or counterparties) to hedge their risks using
uncleared swaps. As the proposed margins on uncleared swaps are
designed to strengthen market integrity, the Commission seeks comments
on potential impact of each of these alternatives on market
participants' business models and trading strategies that could
potentially compromise this policy goal. Commenters are encouraged to
quantify and provide institutional details.
9. The Commission is seeking comments on how the different
alternatives impact price discovery? Commenters are encouraged to
quantify, if practical. For instance, will different cross-border
alternatives impact the ability of different categories of market
participants, as contemplated in these alternatives, to transact
uncleared swaps with each other? The Commission seeks quantitative
estimates of such impact on transacted volumes and the pricing of
uncleared swaps.
10. The Commission is seeking comments on the relative costs and
difficulty of compliance associated with each of the three approaches.
Is one of the approaches preferable to the others in this regard?
11. The Commission is seeking comments on the impact of each of the
three approaches on a SD/MSP's risk management practices.
IV. Related Matters
A. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (``RFA'') requires that agencies
consider whether the regulations they propose will have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.\117\ The
Commission previously has established certain definitions of ``small
entities'' to be used in evaluating the impact of its regulations on
small entities in accordance with the RFA.\118\ The proposed
regulations would affect SDs and MSPs and their counterparties to
uncleared swaps. As the only counterparties of SDs and MSPs to
uncleared swaps can be other SDs, MSPs or ECPs, the following RFA will
only discuss these entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\117\ 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.
\118\ 47 FR 18618 (Apr. 30, 1982).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission previously has determined that SDs and MSPs are not
small entities for purposes of the RFA.\119\ The Commission also
previously has determined that ECPs are not small entities for RFA
purposes.\120\ Because ECPs are not small entities, and persons not
meeting the definition of ECP may not conduct transactions in uncleared
swaps, the Commission need not conduct a regulatory flexibility
analysis respecting the effect of these proposed rules on ECPs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\119\ See 77 FR 30596, 30701 (May 23, 2012).
\120\ See 66 FR 20740, 20743 (April 25, 2001).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accordingly, this proposed rule will not have a significant
economic effect on any small entity. Therefore, the Chairman, on behalf
of the Commission, hereby certifies pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that
the proposed regulations will not have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (``PRA'') \121\ imposes certain
requirements on Federal agencies, including the Commission, in
connection with their conducting or sponsoring any collection of
information, as defined by the PRA. This proposed rulemaking would
result in the collection of information requirements within the meaning
of the PRA, as discussed below. The proposed rulemaking contains
collections of information for which the Commission has previously
received control numbers from OMB. The titles for these collections of
information are ``Regulations and Forms Pertaining to Financial
Integrity of the Market Place, OMB control number 3038-0024'' and
``Swap Trading Relationship Documentation Requirements for Swap Dealers
and Major Swap Participants, OMB control number 3038-0088.''
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\121\ 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The collections of information that are proposed by this rulemaking
are necessary to implement section 4s(e) of the CEA, which expressly
requires the Commission to adopt rules governing margin requirements
for SDs and MSPs. If adopted, responses to this collection of
information would be mandatory. An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information
unless it displays a currently valid control number.
1. Clarification of Collection 3038-0088
This proposed rulemaking clarifies the existing collection of
information found in OMB Control Number 3038-
[[Page 59919]]
0088.\122\ Regulation 23.151 defines terms used in the proposed rule,
including the definition of ``eligible master netting agreement,''
which provides that a CSE that relies on the agreement for purpose of
calculating the required margin must (1) conduct sufficient legal
review of the agreement to conclude with a well-founded basis that the
agreement meets specified criteria and (2) establish and maintain
written procedures for monitoring relevant changes in the law and to
ensure that the agreement continues to satisfy the requirements of this
section. The term ``eligible master netting agreement'' is used
elsewhere in the proposed rule to specify instances in which a CSE may
(1) calculate variation margin on an aggregate basis across multiple
non-cleared swaps and (2) calculate initial margin requirements under
an initial margin model for one or more swaps.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\122\ See OMB Control No. 3038-0088, available at http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAOMBHistory?ombControlNumber=3038-0088.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Regulations Sec. Sec. 23.152(c) and 23.153(d) specify
that a CSE shall not be deemed to have violated its obligation to
collect or post initial and variation margin, respectively, from or to
a counterparty if the CSE has made the necessary efforts to collect or
post the required margin, including the timely initiation and continued
pursuit of formal dispute resolution mechanisms, or has otherwise
demonstrated upon request to the satisfaction of the Commission that it
has made appropriate efforts to collect or post the required margin.
Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154 establishes standards for initial
margin models. These standards include (1) a requirement that a CSE
review its initial margin model annually (Sec. 23.154(b)(4)); (2) a
requirement that the covered swap entity validate its initial margin
model initially and on an ongoing basis, describe to the Commission any
remedial actions being taken, and report internal audit findings
regarding the effectiveness of the initial margin model to the CSE's
board of directors or a committee thereof (Sec. Sec. 23.154(b)(5)(ii)
through 23.154(b)(5)(iv)); (3) a requirement that the CSE adequately
documents all material aspects of its initial margin model (Sec.
23.154(b)(6)); and (4) a requirement that the CSE adequately documents
internal authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that
require review and approval of any change to the initial margin
calculation under the initial margin model, demonstrable analysis that
any basis for any such change is consistent with the requirements of
this section, and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and
approval (Sec. 23.154(b)(7)).
Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.155(b) requires a covered swap entity
to create and maintain documentation setting forth the variation margin
methodology, evaluate the reliability of its data sources at least
annually, and make adjustments, as appropriate, and provides that the
Commission at any time may require a covered swap entity to provide
further data or analysis concerning the methodology or a data source.
Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.158 requires a covered swap entity to
execute trading documentation with each counterparty that is either a
swap entity or financial end user regarding credit support arrangements
that (1) provides the contractual right to collect and post initial
margin and variation margin in such amounts, in such form, and under
such circumstances as are required; and (2) specifies the methods,
procedures, rules, and inputs for determining the value of each non-
cleared swap or non-cleared security-based swap for purposes of
calculating variation margin requirements, and the procedures for
resolving any disputes concerning valuation. The reporting and
recordkeeping requirements of proposed Regulation Sec. 23.158,
proposed Regulations Sec. 23.154(b)(4) through (7), and proposed
Regulation Sec. 23.155(b) are contained in the provisions of
Commission Regulations 23.500 through 23.506, which were adopted on
September 11, 2012, and part of OMB Control No. 3038-0088.\123\ Thus,
the requirements in this proposal that are subject to collection 3038-
0088 were previously addressed by the Commission in adopting the swap
documentation trading requirements and simply further clarified in this
proposal.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\123\ 77 FR 55904 (Sept. 12, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To be sure, Commission Regulation Sec. 23.504(b) requires an SD or
MSP to maintain written swap trading relationship documentation that
must include all terms governing the trading relationship between the
SD or MSP and its counterparty, and Commission Regulation Sec.
23.504(d) requires that each SD and MSP maintain all documents required
to be created pursuant to Commission Regulation 23.504. Also,
Commission Regulation Sec. 23.502(c) requires each SD and MSP to
notify the Commission and any applicable Prudential Regulator of any
swap valuation dispute in excess of $20 million if not resolved in
specified timeframes. Accordingly, this proposed rulemaking,
specifically the requirements found in proposed Regulation Sec.
23.154(b)(4) through (7), proposed Regulations Sec. Sec. 23.155(b) and
23.158, would not impact the burden estimates currently provided for in
OMB Control No. 3038-0088.
2. Revisions to Collection 3038-0024
Collection 3038-0024 is currently in force with its control number
having been provided by OMB. The proposal would revise collection 3038-
0024 as discussed below.
Proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(1) requires CSEs that wish to
use initial margin models to obtain the Commission's approval, and to
demonstrate to the Commission that the models satisfy standards
established in Sec. 23.154.\124\ These standards include (1) a
requirement that a CSE receive approval from the Commission based on a
demonstration that the initial margin model meets specific requirements
(Sec. 23.154(b)(1)); (2) a requirement that a CSE notify the
Commission in writing 60 days before extending the use of the model to
additional product types, making certain changes to the initial margin
model, or making material changes to modeling assumptions (Sec.
23.154(b)(1)); and (3) a variety of quantitative requirements,
including requirements that the CSE validate and demonstrate the
reasonableness of its process for modeling and measuring hedging
benefits, demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission that the
omission of any risk factor from the calculation of its initial margin
is appropriate, demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Commission that
incorporation of any proxy or approximation used to capture the risks
of the covered swap entity's non-cleared swaps or non-cleared security-
based swaps is appropriate, periodically review and, as necessary,
revise the data used to calibrate the initial margin model to ensure
that the data incorporate an appropriate period of significant
financial stress (Sec. 23.154(b)(3)).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\124\ The Commission previously proposed to adopt regulations
governing standards and other requirements for initial margin models
that would be used by SDs and MSPs to margin uncleared swap
transactions. See Capital Requirements of Swap Dealers and Major
Swap Participants, 76 FR 27,802 (May 12, 2011). As part of the
proposal, the Commission submitted proposed revisions to collection
3038-0024 for the estimated burdens associated with the margin model
to OMB. The Commission is resubmitting new estimated burden as part
of this re-proposal of the regulations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The requirement of proposed Regulation Sec. 23.154(b)(1) that a
CSE
[[Page 59920]]
must obtain the Commission's approval to use an initial margin model by
submitting documentation demonstrating that the initial margin model
meets the standards set forth in Sec. 23.154, and the requirement that
a CSE must provide the Commission with written notice 60 days prior to
extending the use of the initial margin model to additional product
types or making material changes to the model would result in revisions
to the collection.
Currently, there are approximately 100 SDs and MSPs provisionally
registered with the Commission. The Commission further estimates that
approximately 60 of the SDs and MSPs will be subject to the
Commission's margin rules as they are not subject to a Prudential
Regulator. The Commission further estimates that all SDs and MSPs will
seek to obtain Commission approval to use models for computing initial
margin requirements. The Commission estimates that the initial margin
model requirements will impose an average of 240 burden hours per
registrant.
Based upon the above, the estimated additional hour burden for
collection 3038-0024 was calculated as follows:
Number of registrants: 60.
Frequency of collection: Initial submission and periodic updates.
Estimated annual responses per registrant: 1.
Estimated aggregate number of annual responses: 60.
Estimated annual hour burden per registrant: 240 hours.
Estimated aggregate annual hour burden: 14,400 hours [60
registrants x 240 hours per registrant].
3. Information Collection Comments
The Commission invites the public and other Federal agencies to
comment on any aspect of the reporting burdens discussed above.
Pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(B), the Commission solicits comments
in order to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of
information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of
the Commission, including the information will have practical utility;
(2) evaluate the accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of
the proposed collection of information; (3) determine whether there are
ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to
be collected; and (4) minimize the burden of the collection of
information on those who are to respond, including through the use of
automated collection techniques or other forms of information
technology.
Comments may be submitted directly to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, by fax at (202) 395-6566 or by email at
OIRAsubmissions@omb.eop.gov. Please provide the Commission with a copy
of submitted comments so that all comments can be summarized and
addressed in the final rule preamble. Refer to the ADDRESSES section of
this notice of proposed rulemaking for comment submission instructions
to the Commission. A copy of the supporting statements for the
collections of information discussed above may be obtained by visiting
RegInfo.gov. OMB is required to make a decision concerning the
collection of information between 30 and 60 days after publication of
this document in the Federal Register. Therefore, a comment is best
assured of having its full effect if OMB receives it within 30 days of
publication.
C. Cost-Benefit Considerations
1. Introduction
Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the
costs and benefits of its actions before promulgating a regulation
under the CEA or issuing certain orders.\125\ Section 15(a) further
specifies that the costs and benefits shall be evaluated in light of
five broad areas of market and public concern: (1) Protection of market
participants and the public; (2) efficiency, competitiveness, and
financial integrity of futures markets; (3) price discovery; (4) sound
risk management practices; and (5) other public interest
considerations. The Commission considers the costs and benefits
resulting from its discretionary determinations with respect to the
section 15(a) factors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\125\ 7 U.S.C. 19(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission recognizes that there is an inherent trade-off
involved in setting minimum collateral standards. Such standards could
increase margin requirements, which in turn would require market
participants to post additional collateral. Posting additional
collateral may result in opportunity costs in terms of lost returns
from investing the funds in collateral, or in interest expenses
incurred to raise additional funds. Such costs may reduce the
investment returns for market participants posting collateral. On the
other hand, minimum collateral standards help to mitigate counterparty
credit risk. This is achieved by requiring market participants to post
collateral that is sufficient to cover potential losses from default
most of the time. The potential reduction in investment returns for
market participants posting collateral might also be offset to some
degree by improvements in pricing as a result of the reduction in risk
of the swap. The reduction in counterparty credit risk from the posting
of collateral may result in tighter spreads quoted by liquidity
providers.\126\ From a regulatory perspective, minimum collateral
standards introduce a trade-off between potentially lowering
anticipated returns for market participants and lowering systemic risk
from counterparty defaults. A substantial loss from a default might
induce a cascade of defaults in a financial network, and perhaps,
induce a liquidity crisis and the seizing up of parts of the financial
system. In developing this proposal, the Commission has sought to
reduce the potential lowering of investment returns of market
participants by allowing them to use approved models to set margin
collateral for certain swap transactions while still guarding against
the dangers of systemic risk from counterparty defaults, along with
other parts of the rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\126\ Posting collateral for swap transactions may result in
other changes in the relationship between the CSE and counterparty
instead of just pricing terms of swap contracts. For instance, bank
CSEs might lower the required minimum balance on checking accounts
that counterparty maintain with the bank, instead.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Rule Summary
This proposed rulemaking is a re-proposal of prior CFTC proposed
rulemaking.\127\ It is the result of a working group consultation paper
issued by BCBS-IOSCO on margin for OTC-derivative contracts not cleared
by a CCP (uncleared derivatives).\128\ This proposed rulemaking would
implement the new statutory framework of section 4s(e) of the CEA,
added by section 731 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires the
Commission to adopt capital and initial and variation margin
requirements for certain SDs and MSPs. Generally, the proposed rule
would require the exchange (collection, posting, and payment) of margin
by SDs and MSPs for trades with other SDs, MSPs and financial end-
users. Initial margin is required to be held at third-party custodians
with no rehypothecation. These CSEs would not be required to collect
margin from or post margin to commercial end-users.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\127\ See 76 FR 23732 (April 28, 2011).
\128\ Margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives
at http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs261.pdf, September 2013. The proposed
rule establishes minimum standards for margin requirements for non-
centrally cleared derivatives as agreed by BIS and IOSCO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generally, the CFTC's margin rules will apply to a SD or MSP
whenever
[[Page 59921]]
there is no Prudential Regulator for that covered swap entity.\129\ The
CFTC's margin rules will apply to swaps that are not cleared and that
are executed subsequent to applicable compliance dates set out below,
based on an entity's level of uncleared swaps activity during a
particular period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\129\ For this rulemaking, a swap entity is either a swap dealer
or a major swap participant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Generally, a CSE must collect IM from a counterparty that is (i) a
swap entity, or (ii) a financial end-user with material swaps exposure
($3 billion notional during June, July and August of the previous year)
in an amount that is no less than the greater of: (i) Zero (0) or (ii)
the IM collection amount for such swap less the IM threshold amount
($65 million--not including any portion of the IM threshold amount
already applied by the covered swap entity or its affiliates to other
swaps with the counterparty or its affiliates).
Generally, a CSE must post IM for any swap with a counterparty that
is a financial end-user with material swaps exposure (see above). A CSE
is not required to collect IM from or post IM to commercial end-users.
There are two general methods for calculating initial margin, the
standardized approach and the model-based approach. Under the
standardized approach, the CSE must calculate IM collection amounts
using a table/grid that is set out in the proposed rule.
The model-based approach calculates an amount of IM that is equal
to the potential future exposure (``PFE'') of a swap or a netting set
of swaps. PFE is an estimate of the one-tailed 99% confidence interval
for an increase in the value of the swap over a 10 day period (i.e.,
VaR model for a 10 day period). The model-based approach must meet the
following requirements: (1) The model must have prior written approval
by the Commission; (2) a CSE must demonstrate that the initial margin
model continuously satisfies the rule's requirements; (3) a covered
swap entity must notify the Commission in writing prior to making
material changes to the model, such as: (a) Extending the use of the
model to an additional product type; (b) making any change that results
in material changes to the amount of IM; or (c) making any material
changes to the assumptions of the model. The Commission may rescind its
approval in whole or in part of an entity's margin model at any time.
The rules for variation margin are as follows: (1) On or before the
business day after execution of an uncleared swap between a covered
swap entity and a counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end
user, the covered swap entity must collect variation margin from or pay
variation margin to the counterparty; (2) a CSE is not required to
collect or pay variation from commercial end-users; and (3) a CSE is
not required to collect, post, or pay margin unless and until the total
amount of margin transfer to be collected or posted for an individual
counterparty exceeds the minimum transfer amount.
The eligible collateral for variation margin is cash funds
denominated in (a) USD, or (b) a currency in which payment under the
swap contracts is required. The eligible collateral for initial margin
includes (subject to haircuts on value) financial instruments in
various categories, including cash, Treasury securities, and various
publicly traded debt and equity instruments. A CSE may not collect or
post as initial margin any asset that is a security issued by (i) the
party providing such asset or an affiliate of that party; (ii) various
banking entities as listed in the proposed rule; or (iii) certain
government-sponsored enterprises unless an exception applies.
As defined in the rule, a financial end-user is any counterparty
that is not a covered swap entity and includes, among others: (i) A
commodity pool, commodity trading advisor and commodity pool operator
(all defined in the CEA); (ii) a private fund (defined in Investment
Advisers Act); (iii) an employee benefit plan, as defined in ERISA
section 3; (iv) a person predominantly engaged in activities that are
in the business of banking, or in activities that are financial in
nature (defined in section 4(k) of the BHCA); (v) a person defined in
(a)-(d), if that person organized under the laws of the U.S.; and (vi)
any other entity that in the Commission's discretion is a financial
end-user. A non-financial end-user is any entity that is not a
financial end-user or an SD/MSP.
Generally, a CSE entering into a swap with a swap entity or a
financial end-user with material swap exposure who posts initial margin
to the counterparty must comply with the following conditions: (1) All
funds posted as initial margin must be held by a third-party custodian
(unaffiliated with either party in the swap); (2) the third-party
custodian is prohibited from re-hypothecating (or otherwise
transferring) the initial margin; (3) the third-party custodian is
prohibited from reinvesting the initial margin in any asset that would
not qualify as eligible collateral; and (4) the custodial agreement is
legal, valid, binding and enforceable in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency, or similar proceedings.
Generally, a CSE entering into a swap with a swap entity or a
financial end-user with a material swap exposure that collects initial
margin from the counterparty must require the same conditions listed
above for initial margin posted.
Generally, CSEs must comply with the minimum margin requirements
for uncleared swaps on or before the following dates. For variation
margin, covered swap entities must comply by December 1, 2015. Initial
margin is subject to a phased-in period. The compliance date is
December 1, 2015 when both (i) the CSE and its affiliates and (ii) its
counterparty and its affiliates, have an average daily aggregate
notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps,
foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange swaps for each business
day in June, July and August 2015 that exceeds $4 trillion. The
compliance date is December 1, 2016 when both (i) the CSE and its
affiliates and (ii) its counterparty and its affiliates, have an
average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared
security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards and foreign exchange
swaps for each business day in June, July and August 2016 that exceeds
$3 trillion. The compliance date is December 1, 2017 when both (i) the
CSE and its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty and its affiliates,
have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps,
uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards and foreign
exchange swaps for each business day in June, July and August 2017 that
exceeds $2 trillion. The compliance date is December 1, 2018 when both
(i) the CSE and its affiliates and (ii) its counterparty and its
affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional amount of
uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards and foreign exchange swaps for each business day in June, July
and August 2018 that exceeds $1 trillion. The compliance date is
December 1, 2019 for any other covered swap entity with respect to
uncleared swaps and uncleared security-based swaps entered into with
any other counterparty.
3. Status Quo Baseline
The baseline against which this proposed rule will be compared is
the status quo. This requires the Commission to assess what is the
current practice within the swaps industry. At present, swap market
participants are not legally required to post either initial or
variation margin
[[Page 59922]]
when engaging in uncleared swaps. Nevertheless, for risk management
purposes, many market participants currently undertake this practice.
In determining the current market practices, the Commission
utilized several sources of swaps market data. These sources include
(i) the ISDA Margin Survey 2014 (``ISDA Survey''), (ii) BIS's
Quantitative impact study on margin requirements for non-centrally-
cleared OTC derivatives (``BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study''), and
(iii) Swap Data Repository data (``SDR Data''). Although the data the
Commission is considering might not be complete, the Commission
requests comments regarding whether there is additional data that it
should consider when developing its baseline.
a. ISDA Margin Survey
A resource containing current market practice for uncleared swaps
is the ISDA Survey.\130\ The use of collateral agreements (those with
exposure and/or collateral balances) is substantial. The ISDA Survey
estimates that roughly 90% of all global uncleared OTC derivatives
trades have collateral agreements. 97% and 86% of global bilateral
transactions involving credit and fixed income, respectively, are
subject to collateral agreements or credit support annexes. The survey
reports that the use of cash and government securities accounts for
roughly 90% of uncleared global OTC derivative collateral, as has been
the case in prior years. The total global collateral related to
uncleared derivatives has decreased 14% from $3.7 trillion at the end
of 2012 to $3.2 trillion at the end of 2013. The survey asserts that
this decrease can be largely attributed to mandatory clearing
requirements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\130\ See http://www2.isda.org/functional-areas/research/surveys/margin-surveys.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. BCBS/IOSCO's Quantitative Impact Study
Another source containing current market practices for uncleared
swaps is the BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study.\131\ According to
the Study, BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study respondents have
roughly [euro]319 trillion (approximately $415 trillion) in total
outstanding notional derivative positions, are collecting a total of
roughly [euro]95 billion (approximately $124 billion) in initial margin
and are posting roughly [euro]6 billion (approximately $7.8 billion) in
initial margin. Hence, average margin represents about 0.03% of the
gross notional exposure.'' \132\ The large difference between collected
and posted margin reflects the fact that the BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative
Impact Study respondents tend to be large derivative dealers with large
swap portfolios with transactions that on aggregate mostly offset, have
substantial capital, and who have high credit ratings, this generally
leads to lower margins.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\131\ Bank for International Settlements, February 2013, page
31, see http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs242.pdf.
\132\ Bank for International Settlements, February 2013, page
31. See http://www.bis.org/publ/bcbs242.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In light of the definition of potential future exposure in this
proposal, it is useful to examine current practice. The table below,
reproduced from the BCBS/IOSCO Quantitative Impact Study provides some
statistics on potential future exposure, and related industry
practices.
Table 4b--Current Margin Practices for Uncleared Swaps
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of
Average Median respondents
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Margin period of risk (or risk horizon) in days................. 8.1 10.0 15
Confidence level (%) used....................................... 96.2% 96.3% 14
Length of the look-back period (in years) used in calibration of 2.9 2.0 13
model..........................................................
Level of initial margin as a percentage of potential future 97.5% 100.0% 10
exposure.......................................................
Margin frequency (in days) Variation margin..................... 2.3 1.0 31
Initial margin.................................................. 1.0 1.0 21
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Respondents have provided information on initial margin frequency. Eight (8) of these respondents collect
initial margin at deal inception. One (1) of them collects initial margin on an event-driven basis. The
remaining 12 respondents collect initial margin daily.
The Commission seeks comment on the representativeness of the BCBS/
IOSCO's Quantitative Impact Study. How do the calculations in the BCBS/
IOSCO's Quantitative Impact Study compare to the experience of
financial institutions? Commenters are encouraged to quantify when
possible.
c. Estimates Using SDR Data
Finally, the Commission reports aggregated data derived from data
submitted to swap data repositories in a weekly swaps market
report.\133\ Open swap positions in credit and interest rates as of
June 27, 2014 for CFTC regulated CSEs (59 entities) are presented
below. The table also includes total notional amount of swaps
transacted by these entities in credit and interest rates during the
period January to June 2014:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\133\ See http://www.cftc.gov/MarketReports/SwapsReports/index.htm.
Open Swaps as of June 27, 2014
[Notional amount in US$ billions (double count)]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Uncleared Cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rates.......................... 253,434 223,744
Credit.................................. 10,039 879
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 59923]]
Aggregate Notional Swaps Transaction (January to June 2014)
[Notional amount in US$ billions (double count)]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Uncleared Cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rates.......................... 12,630 39,816
Credit.................................. 1,362 5,717
------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission notes that OCC's Economic Impact Analysis for Swaps
Margin Proposed Rule \134\ has estimated that in year one, OCC-
supervised institutions will have to post total initial margin of
approximately $331 billion with approximately $283 billion in interest
rate and credit swaps. Using annualized notional swaps activity for
just interest rate and credit, and adopting a similar methodology to
the OCC's Economic Impact Analysis, the Commission estimates that the
59 CFTC regulated CSEs will have to post initial margin in year one of
approximately $340 billion or possibly less as noted below. The OCC's
estimate and the Commission's estimate are not based on the same data.
The OCC's estimates are based on transactions activity implied by the
open swaps positions from Call Report schedule RC-L. The Commission's
estimates are based on transaction data reported to SDRs. To the extent
SDR data includes financial end users without material swaps exposure,
nonfinancial end users, sovereigns, and multilateral development banks
who do not have to post collateral, the amount of required initial
margin would be less than the Commission's estimate of approximately
$340 billion. Further, the amount of required initial margin will be
lower as a result of the $65 million threshold, too. While the OCC has
made certain assumptions regarding coverage of the swaps activity by
its regulated entities during the different compliance dates, the
Commission does not have access to relevant data to make similar
estimates. The Commission's initial margin estimates assume that
uncleared swaps activities by CFTC regulated CSEs in these two asset
classes will remain the same. These differences in approaches and the
data sources means that the Commission's estimates will likely have
overstated the actual margins that will be posted in year one after
enactment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\134\ See http://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=OCC-
2011-0008-0131.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission points out that prudentially regulated CSEs, CFTC
regulated CSEs, and SEC regulated CSEs will trade with each other.
Thus, one cannot simply add the margin estimates by various regulators
as this will double count the amount of initial margin collateral for
swap transactions between differently regulated CSEs. The Commission
seeks comment on how it should consider or allocate the common costs
and benefits of the margin collateral that is required by more than one
CSE regulator. Further, the Commission seeks comments on all aspects of
its initial margin estimates and methods. Commenters are encouraged to
quantify, if practical.
4. Section 15(a) Factors
a. Protection of Market Participants and the Public
Margin helps to protect market participants from counterparty
credit risk. It also helps to protect the public by lowering the
probability of a financial crisis, because margin helps to impede or
contain the risk of a cascade of defaults occurring. A cascade occurs
when one participant defaulting causes subsequent defaults by its
counterparties, and so on, resulting in a domino effect and a potential
financial crisis.
The derivatives positions of swap market participants are limited
by their ability to post margin. If the ability to post margin is
binding, then required margin may reduce swap market exposures for some
participants. In many cases, reduced swap market exposure for a
participant may lower their probability of default, all else equal.
Further, when a swap participant defaults, the margin can be used to
absorb the losses to the counterparty. This facilitates the non-
defaulting party reestablishing a similar position with a new
counterparty.
In requiring daily variation margin payments, the proposed rule
would require counterparties to mark-to-market all open swap positions.
The process of marking swap contracts to market or model, forces
participants to recognize losses promptly and to adjust collateral
accordingly. This helps to prevent the accumulation of large
unrecognized losses and exposures. Consequently, this frequent settling
up may reduce the probability of default of the party who has been
experiencing losses on the contract. The proposed rule however,
requires a minimum payment amount of $650,000, which provides
counterparties with operational relief. This minimum payment does not
lower the amount owed, but permits deferral of margin exchanges until
it is operationally efficient. In providing this relief the Commission
believes that it will lower the overall burden on the financial system,
but as a result of this amount being relatively small the Commission
believes this deferral would not noticeably increase the overall risk
to the financial system and the general public.
The proposed rule also provides that initial margin must be held at
a third-party custodian. The margin amount held there cannot be
rehypothecated with both parties having access to the collateral. This
access is designed to prevent a liquidity event, inducing a cascading
event. With rehypothecation, the collateral of some parties may be
linked or used as collateral posted for other positions--the same
collateral is posted for many positions for many different entities,
resulting in a rehypothecation chain. When a default or liquidity event
occurs at one link along the rehypothecation chain, it might induce
further defaults or liquidity events for other links in the
rehypothecation chain, because access to the collateral for other
positions may be obstructed by a default along the chain, which may
result in a liquidity event along the entire chain.
The cost of providing initial margin collateral reflects the cost
of obtaining the assets used as collateral, which is either the cost of
raising external funds, or the foregone income that could been earned
had the firm invested in a different asset (opportunity cost). The
effective cost is the difference between the relevant cost of obtaining
eligible assets and the return on the assets that can be pledged as
collateral. The effective cost will likely differ between entities and
even desks in the same entity as well as over time as conditions
change. At one extreme, it may be that some entities providing initial
margin, such as pension funds and asset managers, will provide assets
as initial margin that they already own and would have owned even if no
requirements were in place. In such cases the economic cost of
providing initial margin collateral is anticipated to be low. In other
cases, entities engaging
[[Page 59924]]
in uncleared swaps will have to raise additional funds to secure assets
that can be pledged as initial margin. The greater the costs of their
funding, relative to the rates of return on the initial margin
collateral, the greater the cost of providing collateral assets. It is
difficult, however, to estimate these costs due to differences in
funding costs across different types of entities as well as differences
in funding costs over time, and differences in the rate of return on
different collateral assets that may be used to satisfy the initial
margin requirements. In addition, as a result of the fact that posting
margin reduces the risk of default, the posting party could receive a
benefit in the form of improved pricing of the swap or other beneficial
changes to the relationship between the CSE and the counterparty. To
the extent any such benefit is realized, it would offset a portion of
the cost incurred in posting collateral.
The Commission seeks comment on the appropriate cost or a proxy for
the costs to posting collateral for CFTC regulated entities,
recognizing that CFTC entities may have different costs for pledging
collateral. The Commission also seeks comments on the quantitative
impact of these proposed rules on the pricing of swaps or other changes
in the relationships between CSEs and counterparties.
The proposal also requires that variation margin be exchanged
between covered swap entities and other swap entities and financial
end-users. The Commission preliminarily believes that the impact of
such requirements are low in the aggregate because: (i) regular
exchange of variation margin is already a well-established market
practice among a large number of market participants, and (ii) exchange
of variation margin simply redistributes resources from one entity to
another in a manner that imposes no aggregate liquidity costs. An
entity that suffers a reduction in liquidity from posting variation
margin is offset by an increase in the liquidity enjoyed by the entity
receiving the variation margin because variation margin is posted with
cash. The Commission notes that if the margin payments are not
instantaneous, however, there may be a slight loss in liquidity while
payments are being posted.
Posting margin may discourage some parties from hedging certain
risks because it is no longer cost effective for them to do so.
Consequently, this may reduce liquidity for some swap contracts. This
concern is mitigated somewhat by exempting non-financial end users from
having to post margin. Furthermore, not requiring parties to exchange
variation margin when the change in valuation is small enough,
$650,000, achieves additional cost savings. The proposed rule will
create additional demand for eligible collateral to post as margin.
Some advocates have expressed concern regarding the future availability
of eligible assets for market participants to post as margin; \135\
however, in developing this proposal, the Commission has added
additional types of financial instruments to the list of eligible
collateral in an attempt to mitigate this concern. That being said, it
is too early to tell the extent to which eligible collateral will
become more expensive to obtain. Even if higher demand for collateral
does increase the price of certain existing assets, the Commission
surmises that markets for various forms of collateral will clear.
Higher prices may create incentives for creators of high quality assets
to supply more in the future. For instance, sovereigns and credit
worthy corporations may find it advantageous to issue more debt; as
demand increases for their debt, prices will rise with corresponding
borrowing rates decreasing. In addition, mutual funds and hedge funds
may be willing for a fee to lend out assets that they hold in their
portfolios to be pledged as initial margin. Some financial
intermediaries may set up services to transform other financial
instruments into eligible collateral, too.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\135\ See, for instances, Singh (2010), ``Under-
collateralisation and rehypothecation in the OTC derivatives
markets,'' Banque de France Financial Stability Review (14);
Sidanius and Zikes (2012), ``OTC derivatives reform and collateral
demand impact,'' Financial Stability Paper (18); and Duffie,
Scheicher, and Vuillemey (2014), ``Central Clearing and Collateral
Demand,'' working paper, Stanford University.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
According to the Committee on the Global Financial System, there
seems to be sufficient eligible collateral at present and in the near
term, as they noted that ``Current estimates suggest that the combined
impact of liquidity regulation and OTC derivatives reforms could
generate additional collateral demand to the tune of $4 trillion. At
the same time, the supply of collateral assets is known to have risen
significantly since end-2007. Outstanding amounts of AAA- and AA-rated
government securities alone--based on the market capitalization of
widely used benchmark indices--increased by $10.8 trillion between 2007
and 2012. Other measures suggest even greater increases in supply.''
\136\ As discussed above, there may be a reduction in the number of
swap contracts due to the cost of posting margin. Indeed, this may be
the case even if the cost of posting eligible collateral does not
increase in price. Finally, the proposed margin rules will be phased in
gradually. This gives regulators the ability to make adjustments, if
necessary.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\136\ Committee on the Global Financial System, ``Asset
encumbrance and the demand for collateral assets'', CGFS Papers, no.
49, May 2013, http://www.bis.org/publ/cgfs49.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
b. The Efficiency, Competitiveness, and Integrity of Markets
The proposed margin requirements make cleared swaps relatively more
attractive. The Commission is requiring ten day initial margins for
uncleared swaps and only five day margin for cleared swaps. In
addition, the Commission is only allowing limited netting for uncleared
swaps. All else equal, due to multilateral netting, less collateral may
be required in a cleared environment relative to an uncleared
environment.\137\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\137\ Anderson and Joeveer (2014), ``The Economics of
Collateral,'' working paper, London School of Economics.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Commission is allowing only limited netting for uncleared
swaps. Limited netting may encourage participants to use a small number
of counterparties for multiple swap transactions, because participants
can only net swaps from those made with the same counterparty. This may
encourage the concentration of risk among a few counterparties.
However, these concerns may be mitigated somewhat by performing
frequent portfolio compression exercises that facilitate multilateral
netting.
Another cost of the rules may be a reduction in the efficacy of
hedging. Rules that make standardized swaps relatively less expensive
may induce some entities to forego some customized swaps that may
better match their exposures. However, before an entity decides to use
a standardized swap over a customized uncleared swap, it must weigh the
potentially lower margin costs from using standardized swaps against
potentially losses from imperfect hedges. Consequently, market
participants will still use customized swaps when they believe such
swaps are superior for their hedging needs.
All the market protection benefits discussed above may help to
improve the integrity of markets, because they make it more likely that
swap market participants will be able to perform on their contractual
obligations. This comes with potential losses to participants who have
to place their capital into margin and, hence potentially receive lower
anticipated returns on their capital.
[[Page 59925]]
The Commission has endeavored to harmonize this rulemaking with the
domestic prudential regulators, as well as with foreign regulators. Two
of the goals of harmonization are to satisfy the statute as well as to
create a more level playing field thereby promoting fairer competition
between entities regulated in different jurisdictions or by different
regulators. Otherwise, regulatory arbitrage opportunities might be
substantial. Price arbitrage occurs when an identical asset
simultaneously has two different prices, so that an arbitrager may buy
that asset where it is cheaper and sell it where it is more expensive
to garner a risk free profit. Similarly, a regulatory arbitrager takes
advantage of regulatory discrepancies by adapting activities so as to
locate them in jurisdictions to increase the arbitrager's regulatory
profits (i.e., regulatory benefits minus regulatory burdens).
The Commission is in discussion with domestic and foreign
regulators on the material swap exposure threshold for financial end
users to be required to post margin collateral. The Commission notes
that some foreign regimes have proposed a higher threshold than $3
billion. In addition, the Commission realizes that setting a threshold
lower than another jurisdiction may result in some market participants
conducting some swaps in the jurisdiction with a lower threshold. The
Commission is required, to the maximum extent practicable, to harmonize
with prudential regulators, and domestic regulators are endeavoring to
harmonize with foreign regulators, as well. Therefore, the Commission
expects to consider the relative benefits that might come from having
consistent standards against those that might come from having
different thresholds. The Commission is seeking comment on the costs
and benefits of setting the threshold for material swap exposure for
financial end users to be required to post margin collateral at various
levels. In particular, commenters are encouraged to discuss competitive
impacts and to quantify, if practical. In addition, the Commission is
seeking comments on the costs and benefits of not fully harmonizing its
rules with those of the prudential regulators. Commenters are
encouraged to discuss the operational difficulties and to quantify, if
practical.
Inasmuch as larger banks tend to have a lower cost of capital than
smaller banks, the posting of margin for uncleared swaps may result in
a competitive advantage for larger banks when engaging in swaps, all
else equal. Even though they are exempted from clearing as financial
end users, small banks that have a material swaps exposure generally
will have to post margin collateral when engaging in uncleared swaps
with CFTC regulated CSEs. Thus, small banks may have to fund additional
collateral to post as margin for uncleared swaps or engage in more
cleared swaps that require relatively less collateral to post. The
Commission is seeking comment on the costs and benefits of requiring
small banks with material swaps exposures to post collateral with CFTC
regulated CSEs. Commenters may choose to recognize that under the
prudential regulators' proposal, small banks that have a material swaps
exposure and that engage in swaps with prudentially regulated CSEs
would have to post margin collateral for uncleared swaps, too. Further,
commenters may also choose to recognize that the Commission is required
to harmonize this rulemaking, to the maximum extent practicable, with
the prudential regulators. Comments are encouraged to quantify, if
practical.
c. Price Discovery
The Commission is requiring ten day initial margins for uncleared
swaps and only five day margin for cleared swaps. In addition, the
Commission is only allowing limited netting for uncleared swaps.
Consequently, these rules promote the use of more standardized cleared
swaps at the expense of more customized and opaque swaps.
To the extent traders increase the use of standardized cleared
swaps in response to these rules, it may lead to greater transparency,
overall, in the swaps markets. Compared to uncleared swaps,
standardized swaps' prices tend to be more transparent and the price
discovery process for such swaps may improve with higher volumes.
Conversely, lower volumes for uncleared swaps may negatively impact the
price discovery process for such swaps. However, the Commission
believes that the potential reduction in the efficacy of the price
discovery process for uncleared swaps is less of a concern, because the
price-setting process for uncleared swaps is not conducted on a
regulated platform or pursuant to rules requiring transparency and is
therefore relatively opaque in the current environment, anyway.
The Commission recognizes that another way the rules may affect
price discovery is by promoting confidence in the market. As such, the
margin collateral rules may protect, prophylactically, the price
discovery process of some swap contracts in some circumstances. The
rules might protect price discovery by reducing the frequency of
trading interruptions in segments of the swap market due to credit risk
concerns. This rulemaking might improve price discovery in these
instances, because the presence of collateral mitigates credit risk
concerns, and thereby allows these swap contract markets to remain
functioning. In turn, this permits market participants to continue to
observe the prices of these swaps.
The Commission requests comment on potential effects of the rule on
price discovery as well as on the relative use of cleared and uncleared
swaps, and on whether particular types of market participants,
including intermediaries such as regulated trading platforms, will be
impacted differently by the rule. Commenters are urged to quantify the
costs and benefits, if practicable.
d. Sound Risk Management Practices
Margin helps to mitigate the credit risk exposure resulting from
swap contracts. Further, it is a sound practice to regularly mark to
market or model to prevent the accumulation of unrecognized losses and
exposures (through the exchange of variation margin). At the same time,
requiring margin may help deter traders from taking advantage of the
inherent leverage in certain swap transactions.
The Commission is requiring ten day initial margins for uncleared
swaps and only five day initial margin for cleared swaps. Thus, the
rule may result in the use of more standardized cleared swaps at the
expense of more customized swaps which may be harder to evaluate and
risk manage; however, this may result in market participants using non-
optimal hedging techniques, as noted above, which may increase overall
risk at a firm.
Prohibiting rehypothecation at third-party custodians when both
parties have access to the collateral will be helpful in the time of
default. Otherwise, a liquidity event might occur that induces a
cascading event, in which the positions will be linked to other
positions and counterparties. The policy of not allowing
rehypothecation, however, requires that more collateral be available to
post as margin. As discussed above, this does not seem to be a serious
problem at present, but it might become one in the future. In addition,
to protect parties against the circumstance when pledged collateral
might be appropriated by the counterparty, margins must be held at
third parties. Facilitating the use of more customized models might
induce market participants to more thoroughly analyze the risks of
their swap transactions, and may lead to better risk
[[Page 59926]]
management practices overall. The Commission is allowing various
methods to model the amount of collateral required as initial margin
for uncleared swap transactions, including Commission-approved standard
models or more customized ones.
In this proposal, the Commission has added flexibility to what
constitutes eligible collateral, allowing participants in uncleared
swap transactions to `optimize' their collateral inasmuch as they may
reduce their opportunity cost losses from pledging assets with lower
anticipated returns. This may result in market participants focusing on
improving their margin and risk management practices.
e. Other Public Interest Considerations
The Commission has not identified any other public interest
considerations.
List of Subjects
17 CFR Part 23
Swaps, Swap dealers, Major swap participants, Capital and margin
requirements.
17 CFR Part 140
Authority delegations (Government agencies), Organization and
functions (Government agencies).
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission proposes to amend 17 CFR chapter I as set forth
below:
PART 23--SWAP DEALERS AND MAJOR SWAP PARTICIPANTS
0
1. The authority citation for part 23 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6b, 6b-1, 6c, 6p, 6r, 6s, 6t,
9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a, 18, 19, 21.
0
2. Add subpart E to part 23 to read as follows:
Subpart E--Capital and Margin Requirements for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants
Sec.
23.100-23.149 [Reserved]
23.150 Scope.
23.151 Definitions applicable to margin requirements.
23.152 Collection and posting of initial margin.
23.153 Collection and payment of variation margin.
23.154 Calculation of initial margin.
23.155 Calculation of variation margin.
23.156 Forms of margin.
23.157 Custodial arrangements.
23.158 Margin documentation.
23.159 Compliance dates.
23.160-23.199 [Reserved]
Sec. Sec. 23.100-23.149 [Reserved]
Sec. 23.150 Scope.
The margin requirements set forth in Sec. 23.150 through Sec.
23.159 shall apply to uncleared swaps, as defined in Sec. 23.151, that
are executed after the applicable compliance dates set forth in Sec.
23.159.
Sec. 23.151 Definitions applicable to margin requirements.
For the purposes of Sec. Sec. 23.150 through 23.159:
Affiliate means any company that controls, is controlled by, or is
under common control with another company.
Bank holding company has the meaning specified in section 2 of the
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).
Broker dealer means an entity registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 (15 U.S.C. 78o).
Control of another company means:
(1) Ownership, control, or power to vote 25 percent or more of a
class of voting securities of the company, directly or indirectly or
acting through one or more other persons;
(2) Ownership or control of 25 percent or more of the total equity
of the company, directly or indirectly or acting through one or more
other persons; or
(3) Control in any manner of the election of a majority of the
directors or trustees of the company.
Counterparty means the other party to a swap to which a covered
swap entity is a party.
Covered counterparty means a financial end user with material swaps
exposure, a swap dealer, or a major swap participant that enters into a
swap with a covered swap entity.
Covered swap entity means a swap dealer or major swap participant
for which there is no prudential regulator.
Cross-currency swap means a swap in which one party exchanges with
another party principal and interest rate payments in one currency for
principal and interest rate payments in another currency, and the
exchange of principal occurs upon the inception of the swap, with
reversal of the exchange of principal at a later date that is agreed
upon at the inception of the swap.
Data source means an entity and/or method from which or by which a
covered swap entity obtains prices for swaps or values for other inputs
used in a margin calculation.
Depository institution has the meaning specified in section 3(c) of
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)).
Eligible collateral means collateral described in Sec. 23.157.
Eligible master netting agreement means a written, legally
enforceable agreement provided that:
(1) The agreement creates a single legal obligation for all
individual transactions covered by the agreement upon an event of
default, including upon an event of receivership, insolvency,
liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty;
(2) The agreement provides the covered swap entity the right to
accelerate, terminate, and close out on a net basis all transactions
under the agreement and to liquidate or set off collateral promptly
upon an event of default, including upon an event of receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, or similar proceeding, of the counterparty,
provided that, in any such case, any exercise of rights under the
agreement will not be stayed or avoided under applicable law in the
relevant jurisdictions, other than in receivership, conservatorship,
resolution under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et
seq.), Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 4617) or under any
similar insolvency law applicable to U.S. Government-sponsored
enterprises (12 U.S.C. 2183 and 2279cc);
(3) The agreement does not contain a walkaway clause (that is, a
provision that permits a non-defaulting counterparty to make a lower
payment than it otherwise would make under the agreement, or no payment
at all, to a defaulter or the estate of a defaulter, even if the
defaulter or the estate of the defaulter is a net creditor under the
agreement); and
(4) A covered swap entity that relies on the agreement for purposes
of calculating the margin required by this part:
(i) Conducts sufficient legal review (and maintains sufficient
written documentation of that legal review) to conclude with a well-
founded basis that:
(A) The agreement meets the requirements of paragraphs (1) through
(3) of this definition; and
(B) In the event of a legal challenge (including one resulting from
default or from receivership, insolvency, liquidation, or similar
proceeding) the relevant court and administrative authorities would
find the agreement to be legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under
the law of the relevant jurisdictions; and
(ii) Establishes and maintains written procedures to monitor
possible changes in relevant law and to ensure that the agreement
continues to satisfy the requirements of this definition.
Financial end user means
[[Page 59927]]
(1) A counterparty that is not a swap entity and that is:
(i) A bank holding company or an affiliate thereof; a savings and
loan holding company; or a nonbank financial institution supervised by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under Title I of
the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5323);
(ii) A depository institution; a foreign bank; a Federal credit
union or State credit union as defined in section 2 of the Federal
Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752(1) and (6)); an institution that
functions solely in a trust or fiduciary capacity as described in
section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C.
1841(c)(2)(D)); an industrial loan company, an industrial bank, or
other similar institution described in section 2(c)(2)(H) of the Bank
Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(H));
(iii) An entity that is state-licensed or registered as:
(A) A credit or lending entity, including a finance company; money
lender; installment lender; consumer lender or lending company;
mortgage lender, broker, or bank; motor vehicle title pledge lender;
payday or deferred deposit lender; premium finance company; commercial
finance or lending company; or commercial mortgage company; except
entities registered or licensed solely on account of financing the
entity's direct sales of goods or services to customers;
(B) A money services business, including a check casher; money
transmitter; currency dealer or exchange; or money order or traveler's
check issuer;
(iv) A regulated entity as defined in section 1303(20) of the
Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992
(12 U.S.C. 4502(20)) and any entity for which the Federal Housing
Finance Agency or its successor is the primary federal regulator;
(v) Any institution chartered and regulated by the Farm Credit
Administration in accordance with the Farm Credit Act of 1971, as
amended, 12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.;
(vi) A securities holding company; a broker or dealer; an
investment adviser as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-2(a)); an investment company
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 et seq.).
(vii) A private fund as defined in section 202(a) of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80-b-2(a)); an entity that would be an
investment company under section 3 of the Investment Company Act of
1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-3) but for section 3(c)(5)(C); or an entity that is
deemed not to be an investment company under section 3 of the
Investment Company Act of 1940 pursuant to Investment Company Act Rule
3a-7 of the Securities and Exchange Commission (17 CFR 270.3a-7);
(viii) A commodity pool, a commodity pool operator, a commodity
trading advisor, or a futures commission merchant;
(ix) An employee benefit plan as defined in paragraphs (3) and (32)
of section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income and Security Act of 1974
(29 U.S.C. 1002);
(x) An entity that is organized as an insurance company, primarily
engaged in writing insurance or reinsuring risks underwritten by
insurance companies, or is subject to supervision as such by a State
insurance regulator or foreign insurance regulator;
(xi) An entity that is, or holds itself out as being, an entity or
arrangement that raises money from investors primarily for the purpose
of investing in loans, securities, swaps, funds or other assets for
resale or other disposition or otherwise trading in loans, securities,
swaps, funds or other assets;
(xii) A person that would be a financial entity described in
paragraphs (1)(i)-(xi) of this definition if it were organized under
the laws of the United States or any State thereof; or
(xiii) Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of this definition, any other
entity that the Commission determines should be treated as a financial
end user.
(2) The term ``financial end user'' does not include any
counterparty that is:
(i) A sovereign entity;
(ii) A multilateral development bank;
(iii) The Bank for International Settlements;
(iv) An entity that is exempt from the definition of financial
entity pursuant to section 2(h)(7)(C)(iii) of the Act and implementing
regulations; or
(v) An affiliate that qualifies for the exemption from clearing
pursuant to section 2(h)(7)(D) of the Act.
Foreign bank has the meaning specified in section 1 of the
International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101).
Foreign exchange forward and foreign exchange swap mean any foreign
exchange forward, as that term is defined in section 1a(24) of the Act,
and foreign exchange swap, as that term is defined in section 1a(25) of
the Act.
Initial margin means collateral collected or posted to secure
potential future exposure under one or more uncleared swaps.
Initial margin threshold amount means an aggregate credit exposure
of $65 million resulting from all uncleared swaps and uncleared
security-based swaps between a covered swap entity and its affiliates,
and a covered counterparty and its affiliates.
Major currencies means
(1) United States Dollar (USD);
(2) Canadian Dollar (CAD);
(3) Euro (EUR);
(4) United Kingdom Pound (GBP);
(5) Japanese Yen (JPY);
(6) Swiss Franc (CHF);
(7) New Zealand Dollar (NZD);
(8) Australian Dollar (AUD);
(9) Swedish Kronor (SEK);
(10) Danish Kroner (DKK);
(11) Norwegian Krone (NOK); and
(12) Any other currency designated by the Commission.
Market intermediary means
(1) A securities holding company;
(2) A broker or dealer;
(3) A futures commission merchant;
(4) A swap dealer; or
(5) A security-based swap dealer.
Material swaps exposure for an entity means that the entity and its
affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount of uncleared
swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and
foreign exchange swaps with all counterparties for June, July and
August of the previous calendar year that exceeds $3 billion, where
such amount is calculated only for business days.
Minimum transfer amount means an initial margin or variation margin
amount under which no actual transfer of funds is required. The minimum
transfer amount shall be $650,000 or such other amount as the
Commission may establish by order.
Multilateral development bank means
(1) The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
(2) The Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency;
(3) The International Finance Corporation;
(4) The Inter-American Development Bank;
(5) The Asian Development Bank;
(6) The African Development Bank;
(7) The European Bank for Reconstruction and Development;
(8) The European Investment Bank;
(9) The European Investment Fund;
(10) The Nordic Investment Bank;
(11) The Caribbean Development Bank;
(12) The Islamic Development Bank;
(13) The Council of Europe Development Bank; and
(14) Any other entity that provides financing for national or
regional
[[Page 59928]]
development in which the U.S. government is a shareholder or
contributing member or which the Commission determines poses comparable
credit risk.
Non-financial end user means a counterparty that is not a swap
dealer, a major swap participant, or a financial end user.
Prudential regulator has the meaning specified in section 1a(39) of
the Act.
Savings and loan holding company has the meaning specified in
section 10(n) of the Home Owners' Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1467a(n)).
Securities holding company has the meaning specified in section 618
of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 1850a).
Security-based swap has the meaning specified in section 3(a)(68)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(68)).
Sovereign entity means a central government (including the U.S.
government) or an agency, department, ministry, or central bank of a
central government.
State means any State, commonwealth, territory, or possession of
the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa,
Guam, or the United States Virgin Islands.
Subsidiary means a company that is controlled by another company.
Swap entity means a swap dealer or major swap participant.
Uncleared security-based swap means a security-based swap that is
not cleared by a clearing agency registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
Uncleared swap means a swap that is not cleared by a registered
derivatives clearing organization, or by a clearing organization that
has received a no-action letter or other exemptive relief from the
Commission permitting it to clear certain swaps for U.S. persons
without being registered as a derivatives clearing organization.
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise means an entity established or
chartered by the U.S. government to serve public purposes specified by
federal statute but whose debt obligations are not explicitly
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Variation margin means a payment by a party to its counterparty to
meet an obligation under one or more swaps between the parties as a
result of a change in value of such obligations since the trade was
executed or the previous time such payment was made.
Sec. 23.152 Collection and posting of initial margin.
(a) Collection--(1) Initial obligation. On or before the business
day after execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity
and a covered counterparty, the covered swap entity shall collect
initial margin from the covered counterparty in an amount equal to or
greater than an amount calculated pursuant to Sec. 23.154, in a form
that complies with Sec. 23.156, and pursuant to custodial arrangements
that comply with Sec. 23.157.
(2) Continuing obligation. The covered swap entity shall continue
to hold initial margin from the covered counterparty in an amount equal
to or greater than an amount calculated each business day pursuant to
Sec. 23.154, in a form that complies with Sec. 23.156, and pursuant
to custodial arrangements that comply with Sec. 23.157, until such
uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
(b) Posting--(1) Initial obligation. On or before the business day
after execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity and
a covered counterparty that is a financial end user, the covered swap
entity shall post initial margin with the covered counterparty in an
amount equal to or greater than an amount calculated pursuant to Sec.
23.154, in a form that complies with Sec. 23.156, and pursuant to
custodial arrangements that comply with Sec. 23.157.
(2) Continuing obligation. The covered swap entity shall continue
to post initial margin with the covered counterparty in an amount equal
to or greater than an amount calculated each business day pursuant to
Sec. 23.154, in a form that complies with Sec. 23.156, and pursuant
to custodial arrangements that comply with Sec. 23.157, until such
uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
(c) Satisfaction of collection and posting requirements. A covered
swap entity shall not be deemed to have violated its obligation to
collect or to post initial margin from a covered counterparty if:
(1) The covered counterparty has refused or otherwise failed to
provide, or to accept, the required initial margin to, or from, the
covered swap entity; and
(2) The covered swap entity has:
(i) Made the necessary efforts to collect or to post the required
initial margin, including the timely initiation and continued pursuit
of formal dispute resolution mechanisms, including pursuant to Sec.
23.504(b)(4), if applicable, or has otherwise demonstrated upon request
to the satisfaction of the Commission that it has made appropriate
efforts to collect or to post the required initial margin; or
(ii) Commenced termination of the uncleared swap with the covered
counterparty promptly following the applicable cure period and
notification requirements.
Sec. 23.153 Collection and payment of variation margin.
(a) Initial obligation. On or before the business day after
execution of an uncleared swap between a covered swap entity and a
counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user, the covered
swap entity shall collect variation margin from, or pay variation
margin to, the counterparty as calculated pursuant to Sec. 23.155 and
in a form that complies with Sec. 23.156.
(b) Continuing obligation. The covered swap entity shall continue
to collect variation margin from, or to pay variation margin to, the
counterparty as calculated each business day pursuant to Sec. 23.155
and in a form that complies with Sec. 23.156 each business day until
such uncleared swap is terminated or expires.
(c) Netting. To the extent that more than one uncleared swap is
executed pursuant to an eligible master netting agreement between a
covered swap entity and a counterparty, a covered swap entity may
calculate and comply with the variation margin requirements of this
section on an aggregate basis with respect to all uncleared swaps
governed by such agreement. If the agreement covers uncleared swaps
entered into before the applicable compliance date set forth in Sec.
23.159, those swaps must be included in the aggregate for the purposes
of calculation and complying with the variation margin requirements of
this section.
(d) Satisfaction of collection and payment requirements. A covered
swap entity shall not be deemed to have violated its obligation to
collect or to pay variation margin from a counterparty if:
(1) The counterparty has refused or otherwise failed to provide or
to accept the required variation margin to or from the covered swap
entity; and
(2) The covered swap entity has:
(i) Made the necessary efforts to collect or to pay the required
variation margin, including the timely initiation and continued pursuit
of formal dispute resolution mechanisms, or has otherwise demonstrated
upon request to the satisfaction of the Commission that it has made
appropriate efforts to collect or to pay the required variation margin;
or
(ii) Commenced termination of the uncleared swap with the
counterparty promptly following the applicable cure period and
notification requirements.
[[Page 59929]]
Sec. 23.154 Calculation of initial margin.
(a) Means of calculation. (1) Each business day each covered swap
entity shall calculate an initial margin amount to be collected from
each covered counterparty using:
(i) A risk-based model that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)
of this section; or
(ii) The table-based method set forth in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(2) Each business day each covered swap entity shall calculate an
initial margin amount to be posted with each covered counterparty that
is a financial end user using:
(i) A risk-based model that meets the requirements of paragraph (b)
of this section; or
(ii) The table-based method set forth in paragraph (c) of this
section.
(3) Each covered swap entity may reduce the amounts calculated
pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section by the initial
margin threshold amount provided that the reduction does not include
any portion of the initial margin threshold amount already applied by
the covered swap entity or its affiliates in connection with other
uncleared swaps or uncleared security-based swaps with the counterparty
or its affiliates.
(4) The amounts calculated pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this
section shall not be less than zero.
(5) A covered swap entity shall not be required to collect or to
post an amount below the minimum transfer amount.
(6) For risk management purposes, each business day each covered
swap entity shall calculate a hypothetical initial margin requirement
for each swap for which the counterparty is a non-financial end user
that has material swaps exposure to the covered swap entity as if the
counterparty were a covered counterparty and compare that amount to any
initial margin required pursuant to the margin documentation.
(b) Risk-based Models--(1) Commission approval. (i) A covered swap
entity shall obtain the written approval of the Commission to use a
model to calculate the initial margin required in this part.
(ii) A covered swap entity shall demonstrate that the model
satisfies all of the requirements of this section on an ongoing basis.
(iii) A covered swap entity shall notify the Commission in writing
60 days prior to:
(A) Extending the use of an initial margin model that has been
approved to an additional product type;
(B) Making any change to any initial margin model that has been
approved that would result in a material change in the covered swap
entity's assessment of initial margin requirements; or
(C) Making any material change to modeling assumptions used by the
initial margin model.
(iv) The Commission may rescind its approval of the use of any
initial margin model, in whole or in part, or may impose additional
conditions or requirements if the Commission determines, in its sole
discretion, that the model no longer complies with this section.
(2) Applicability to multiple swaps. To the extent that more than
one uncleared swap is executed pursuant to an eligible master netting
agreement between a covered swap entity and a covered counterparty, a
covered swap entity may use its initial margin model to calculate and
comply with the initial margin requirements on an aggregate basis with
respect to all uncleared swaps governed by such agreement. If the
agreement covers uncleared swaps entered into before the applicable
compliance date, those swaps must be included in the aggregate in the
initial margin model for the purposes of calculating and complying with
the initial margin requirements.
(3) Elements of the model. (i) The model shall calculate an amount
of initial margin that is equal to the potential future exposure of the
uncleared swap or netting set of uncleared swaps covered by an eligible
master netting agreement. Potential future exposure is an estimate of
the one-tailed 99 percent confidence interval for an increase in the
value of the uncleared swap or netting set of uncleared swaps due to an
instantaneous price shock that is equivalent to a movement in all
material underlying risk factors, including prices, rates, and spreads,
over a holding period equal to the shorter of ten business days or the
maturity of the swap.
(ii) All data used to calibrate the model shall be based on an
equally weighted historical observation period of at least one year and
not more than five years and must incorporate a period of significant
financial stress for each broad asset class that is appropriate to the
uncleared swaps to which the initial margin model is applied.
(iii) The model shall use risk factors sufficient to measure all
material price risks inherent in the transactions for which initial
margin is being calculated. The risk categories shall include, but
should not be limited to, foreign exchange or interest rate risk,
credit risk, equity risk, agricultural commodity risk, energy commodity
risk, metal commodity risk, and other commodity risk, as appropriate.
For material exposures in significant currencies and markets, modeling
techniques shall capture spread and basis risk and shall incorporate a
sufficient number of segments of the yield curve to capture differences
in volatility and imperfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.
(iv) In the case of an uncleared cross-currency swap, the model
need not recognize any risks or risk factors associated with the fixed,
physically-settled foreign exchange transactions associated with the
exchange of principal embedded in the cross-currency swap. The model
shall recognize all material risks and risk factors associated with all
other payments and cash flows that occur during the life of the
uncleared cross-currency swap.
(v) The model may calculate initial margin for an uncleared swap or
netting set of uncleared swaps covered by an eligible master netting
agreement. It may reflect offsetting exposures, diversification, and
other hedging benefits for uncleared swaps that are governed by the
same eligible master netting agreement by incorporating empirical
correlations within the following broad risk categories, provided the
covered swap entity validates and demonstrates the reasonableness of
its process for modeling and measuring hedging benefits: agriculture,
credit, energy, equity, foreign exchange/interest rate, metals, and
other. Empirical correlations under an eligible master netting
agreement may be recognized by the model within each broad risk
category, but not across broad risk categories.
(vi) If the model does not explicitly reflect offsetting exposures,
diversification, and hedging benefits between subsets of uncleared
swaps within a broad risk category, the covered swap entity shall
calculate an amount of initial margin separately for each subset of
uncleared swaps for which offsetting exposures, diversification, and
other hedging benefits are explicitly recognized by the model. The sum
of the initial margin amounts calculated for each subset of uncleared
swaps within a broad risk category shall be used to determine the
aggregate initial margin due from the counterparty for the portfolio of
uncleared swaps within the broad risk category.
(vii) The sum of the initial margins calculated for each broad risk
category shall be used to determine the aggregate initial margin due
from the counterparty.
[[Page 59930]]
(viii) The model shall not permit the calculation of any initial
margin amount to be offset by, or otherwise take into account, any
initial margin that may be owed or otherwise payable by the covered
swap entity to the counterparty.
(ix) The model shall include all material risks arising from the
nonlinear price characteristics of option positions or positions with
embedded optionality and the sensitivity of the market value of the
positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying rates, prices,
or other material risk factors.
(x) The covered swap entity shall not omit any risk factor from the
calculation of its initial margin that the covered swap entity uses in
its model unless it has first demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
Commission that such omission is appropriate.
(xi) The covered swap entity shall not incorporate any proxy or
approximation used to capture the risks of the covered swap entity's
actual swaps unless it has first demonstrated to the satisfaction of
the Commission that such proxy or approximation is appropriate.
(xii) The covered swap entity shall have a rigorous and well-
defined process for re-estimating, re-evaluating, and updating its
internal models to ensure continued applicability and relevance.
(xiii) The covered swap entity shall review and, as necessary,
revise the data used to calibrate the model at least monthly, and more
frequently as market conditions warrant, ensuring that the data
incorporate a period of significant financial stress appropriate to the
uncleared swaps to which the model is applied.
(xiv) The level of sophistication of the initial margin model shall
be commensurate with the complexity of the swaps to which it is
applied. In calculating an initial margin amount, the model may make
use of any of the generally accepted approaches for modeling the risk
of a single instrument or portfolio of instruments.
(xv) The Commission may in its sole discretion require a covered
swap entity using a model to collect a greater amount of initial margin
than that determined by the covered swap entity's model if the
Commission determines that the additional collateral is appropriate due
to the nature, structure, or characteristics of the covered swap
entity's transactions or is commensurate with the risks associated with
the transaction.
(4) Periodic review. A covered swap entity shall periodically, but
no less frequently than annually, review its model in light of
developments in financial markets and modeling technologies, and
enhance the model as appropriate to ensure that it continues to meet
the requirements for approval in this section.
(5) Control, oversight, and validation mechanisms. (i) The covered
swap entity shall maintain a risk management unit in accordance with
Sec. 23.600(c)(4)(i) that is independent from the business trading
unit (as defined in Sec. 23.600).
(ii) The covered swap entity's risk control unit shall validate its
model prior to implementation and on an ongoing basis. The covered swap
entity's validation process shall be independent of the development,
implementation, and operation of the model, or the validation process
shall be subject to an independent review of its adequacy and
effectiveness. The validation process shall include:
(A) An evaluation of the conceptual soundness of (including
developmental evidence supporting) the model;
(B) An ongoing monitoring process that includes verification of
processes and benchmarking by comparing the covered swap entity's model
outputs (estimation of initial margin) with relevant alternative
internal and external data sources or estimation techniques including
benchmarking against observable margin standards to ensure that the
initial margin is not less than what a derivatives clearing
organization would require for similar cleared transactions; and
(C) An outcomes analysis process that includes back testing the
model.
(iii) If the validation process reveals any material problems with
the model, the covered swap entity shall notify the Commission of the
problems, describe to the Commission any remedial actions being taken,
and adjust the model to insure an appropriately conservative amount of
required initial margin is being calculated.
(iv) In accordance with Sec. 23.600(e)(2), the covered swap entity
shall have an internal audit function independent of the business
trading unit and the risk management unit that at least annually
assesses the effectiveness of the controls supporting the model
measurement systems, including the activities of the business trading
units and risk control unit, compliance with policies and procedures,
and calculation of the covered swap entity's initial margin
requirements under this part. At least annually, the internal audit
function shall report its findings to the covered swap entity's
governing body, senior management, and chief compliance officer.
(6) Documentation. The covered swap entity shall adequately
document all material aspects of its model, including management and
valuation of uncleared swaps to which it applies, the control,
oversight, and validation of the model, any review processes and the
results of such processes.
(7) Escalation procedures. The covered swap entity must adequately
document authorization procedures, including escalation procedures that
require review and approval of any change to the initial margin
calculation under the model, demonstrable analysis that any basis for
any such change is consistent with the requirements of this section,
and independent review of such demonstrable analysis and approval.
(c) Table-based method. If a model meeting the standards set forth
in paragraph (b) of this section is not used, initial margin shall be
calculated in accordance with this paragraph.
(1) Standardized initial margin schedule.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial margin
requirement (%
Asset class of notional
exposure)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Credit: 0-2 year duration............................... 2
Credit: 2-5 year duration............................... 5
Credit: 5+ year duration................................ 10
Commodity............................................... 15
Equity.................................................. 15
Foreign Exchange/Currency............................... 6
Cross Currency Swaps: 0-2 year duration................. 1
Cross Currency Swaps: 2-5 year duration................. 2
Cross currency Swaps: 5+ year duration.................. 4
Interest Rate: 0-2 year duration........................ 1
Interest Rate: 2-5 year duration........................ 2
Interest Rate: 5+ year duration......................... 4
Other................................................... 15
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(2) Net to gross ratio adjustment. (i) For multiple uncleared swaps
subject to an eligible master netting agreement, the initial margin
amount under the standardized table shall be computed according to this
paragraph.
(ii) Initial Margin = 0.4 x Gross Initial Margin + 0.6 x Net-to-
Gross Ratio x Gross Initial Margin, where
(A) Gross Initial Margin = the sum of the product of each uncleared
swap's effective notional amount and the gross initial margin
requirement for all uncleared swaps subject to the eligible master
netting agreement;
(B) Net-to-Gross Ratio = the ratio of the net current replacement
cost to the gross current replacement cost;
(C) Gross Current Replacement cost = the sum of the replacement
cost for each uncleared swap subject to the eligible master netting
agreement for which the cost is positive; and
[[Page 59931]]
(D) Net Current Replacement Cost = the total replacement cost for
all uncleared swaps subject to the eligible master netting agreement.
Sec. 23.155 Calculation of variation margin.
(a) Means of calculation. (1) Each business day each covered swap
entity shall calculate variation margin for itself and for each
counterparty that is a swap entity or a financial end user using a
methodology and inputs that to the maximum extent practicable rely on
recently-executed transactions, valuations provided by independent
third parties, or other objective criteria.
(2) Each covered swap entity shall have in place alternative
methods for determining the value of an uncleared swap in the event of
the unavailability or other failure of any input required to value a
swap.
(3) For risk management purposes, each business day each covered
swap entity shall calculate a hypothetical variation margin requirement
for each swap for which the counterparty is a non-financial end user
that has material swaps exposure to the covered counterparty as if the
counterparty were a covered swap entity and compare that amount to any
variation margin required pursuant to the margin documentation.
(b) Control mechanisms. (1) Each covered swap entity shall create
and maintain documentation setting forth the variation methodology with
sufficient specificity to allow the counterparty, the Commission, and
any applicable prudential regulator to calculate a reasonable
approximation of the margin requirement independently.
(2) Each covered swap entity shall evaluate the reliability of its
data sources at least annually, and make adjustments, as appropriate.
(3) The Commission at any time may require a covered swap entity to
provide further data or analysis concerning the methodology or a data
source, including:
(i) An explanation of the manner in which the methodology meets the
requirements of this section;
(ii) A description of the mechanics of the methodology;
(iii) The theoretical basis of the methodology;
(iv) The empirical support for the methodology; and
(v) The empirical support for the assessment of the data sources.
Sec. 23.156 Forms of margin.
(a) Initial margin--(1) Eligible collateral. A covered swap entity
shall collect and post as initial margin for trades with a covered
counterparty only the following assets:
(i) U.S. dollars;
(ii) A major currency;
(iii) A currency in which payment obligations under the swap are
required to be settled;
(iv) A security that is issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as
to the timely payment of principal and interest by, the U.S. Department
of Treasury;
(v) A security that is issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed as
to the timely payment of principal and interest by, a U.S. government
agency (other than the U.S. Department of Treasury) whose obligations
are fully guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S.
government;
(vi) A publicly traded debt security issued by, or an asset-backed
security fully guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and
interest by, a U.S. government-sponsored enterprise that is operating
with capital support or another form of direct financial assistance
received from the U.S. government that enables the repayments of the
government-sponsored enterprise's eligible securities; or
(vii) A security that is issued by, or fully guaranteed as to the
payment of principal and interest by, the European Central Bank or a
sovereign entity that is assigned no higher than a 20 percent risk
weight under the capital rules applicable to swap dealers subject to
regulation by a prudential regulator;
(viii) A security that is issued by, or fully guaranteed as to the
payment of principal and interest by, the Bank for International
Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, or a multilateral
development bank;
(ix) Other publicly-traded debt that has been deemed acceptable as
initial margin by a prudential regulator; or
(x) A publicly traded common equity security that is included in:
(A) The Standard & Poor's Composite 1500 Index or any other similar
index of liquid and readily marketable equity securities as determined
by the Commission; or
(B) An index that a covered swap entity's supervisor in a foreign
jurisdiction recognizes for purposes of including publicly traded
common equity as initial margin under applicable regulatory policy, if
held in that foreign jurisdiction; or
(xi) Gold.
(2) Prohibition of certain assets. A covered swap entity may not
collect or post as initial margin any asset that is a security issued
by:
(i) The party providing such asset or an affiliate of that party,
(ii) A bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company, a
foreign bank, a depository institution, a market intermediary, a
company that would be any of the foregoing if it were organized under
the laws of the United States or any State, or an affiliate of any of
the foregoing institutions, or
(iii) A U.S. government-sponsored enterprise after the termination
of capital support or another form of direct financial assistance
received from the U.S. government that enables the repayments of the
government-sponsored enterprise's eligible securities unless:
(A) The security meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section;
(B) The security meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(vii) of
this section; or
(C) The security meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(viii)
of this section.
(3) Haircuts. (i) Each covered swap entity shall apply haircuts to
any asset posted or received as initial margin under this section that
reflect the credit and liquidity characteristics of the asset.
(ii) At a minimum, each covered swap entity shall apply haircuts to
any asset posted or received as initial margin under this section in
accordance with the following table:
Standardized Haircut Schedule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash in same currency as swap obligation....................... 0.0
Eligible government and related debt (e.g., central bank, 0.5
multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in
paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section): Residual maturity less
than one-year.................................................
Eligible government and related debt (e.g., central bank, 2.0
multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in
paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section): Residual maturity
between one and five years....................................
Eligible government and related debt (e.g., central bank, 4.0
multilateral development bank, GSE securities identified in
paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section): Residual maturity
greater than five years.......................................
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities 1.0
not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section):
Residual maturity less than one-year..........................
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities 4.0
not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section):
Residual maturity between one and five years..................
Eligible corporate debt (including eligible GSE debt securities 8.0
not identified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section):
Residual maturity greater than five years.....................
Equities included in S&P 500 or related index.................. 15.0
[[Page 59932]]
Equities included in S&P 1500 Composite or related index but 25.0
not S&P 500 or related index..................................
Gold........................................................... 15.0
Additional (additive) haircut on asset in which the currency of 8.0
the swap obligation differs from that of the collateral asset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(iii) The value of initial margin collateral that is calculated
according to the schedule in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section will
be computed as follows: The value of initial margin collateral for any
collateral asset class will be computed as the product of the total
value of collateral in any asset class and one minus the applicable
haircut expressed in percentage terms. The total value of all initial
margin collateral is calculated as the sum of the value of each type of
collateral asset.
(4) Monitoring Obligation. A covered swap entity shall monitor the
market value and eligibility of all collateral collected and held to
satisfy initial margin required by this part. To the extent that the
market value of such collateral has declined, the covered swap entity
shall promptly collect such additional eligible collateral as is
necessary to bring itself into compliance with the margin requirements
of this part. To the extent that the collateral is no longer eligible,
the covered swap entity shall promptly obtain sufficient eligible
replacement collateral to comply with this part.
(5) Excess initial margin. A covered swap entity may collect
initial margin that is not required pursuant to this part in any form
of collateral.
(b) Variation margin--(1) Eligible assets. A covered swap entity
shall pay and collect as variation margin to or from a covered
counterparty only cash in the form of:
(i) U.S. dollars; or
(ii) A currency in which payment obligations under the swap are
required to be settled.
(2) Collection obligation. A covered swap entity shall not be
deemed to have violated its obligation under this paragraph to collect
variation margin if:
(i) The counterparty has refused or otherwise failed to provide the
variation margin to the covered swap entity; and
(ii) The covered swap entity:
(A) Has made the necessary efforts to collect the variation margin,
including the timely initiation and continued pursuit of formal dispute
resolution mechanisms, including Sec. 23.504(b), if applicable, or has
otherwise demonstrated upon request to the satisfaction of the
Commission that it has made appropriate efforts to collect the
variation margin; or
(B) Has commenced termination of the swap or security-based swap
with the counterparty.
Sec. 23.157 Custodial arrangements.
(a) Initial margin posted by covered swap entities. Each covered
swap entity that posts initial margin with respect to an uncleared swap
shall require that all funds or other property that the covered swap
entity provides as initial margin be held by one or more custodians
that are not affiliates of the covered swap entity or the counterparty.
(b) Initial margin collected by covered swap entities. Each covered
swap entity that collects initial margin required by Sec. 23.152 with
respect to an uncleared swap shall require that such initial margin be
held at one or more custodians that are not affiliates of the covered
swap entity or the counterparty.
(c) Custodial agreement. Each covered swap entity shall enter into
an agreement with each custodian that holds funds pursuant to
paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that:
(1) Prohibits the custodian from rehypothecating, repledging,
reusing, or otherwise transferring (through securities lending,
repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement or other means) the
funds or other property held by the custodian;
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(1) of this section, with respect
to collateral posted or collected pursuant to Sec. 23.152, requires
the posting party, when it substitutes or directs the reinvestment of
posted collateral held by the custodian:
(i) To substitute only funds or other property that are in a form
that meets the requirements of Sec. 23.156 and in an amount that meets
the requirements of Sec. 23.152, subject to applicable haircuts; and
(ii) To reinvest funds only in assets that are in a form that meets
the requirements of Sec. 23.156 and in an amount that meets the
requirements of Sec. 23.152, subject to applicable haircuts;
(3) Is legal, valid, binding, and enforceable under the laws of all
relevant jurisdictions including in the event of bankruptcy,
insolvency, or a similar proceeding.
Sec. 23.158 Margin documentation.
(a) General requirement. Each covered swap entity shall execute
documentation with each counterparty that complies with the
requirements of Sec. 23.504 and that complies with this section. For
uncleared swaps between a covered swap entity and a covered
counterparty, the documentation shall provide the covered swap entity
with the contractual right and obligation to exchange initial margin
and variation margin in such amounts, in such form, and under such
circumstances as are required by Sec. Sec. 23.150 through 23.159. For
uncleared swaps between a covered swap entity and a non-financial
entity, the documentation shall specify whether initial and/or
variation margin will be exchanged and, if so, the documentation shall
comply with paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Contents of the documentation. The margin documentation shall
specify the following:
(1) The methodology and data sources to be used to value uncleared
swaps and collateral and to calculate initial margin for uncleared
swaps entered into between the covered swap entity and the
counterparty;
(2) The methodology and data sources to be used to value positions
and to calculate variation margin for uncleared swaps entered into
between the covered swap entity participant and the counterparty;
(3) The procedures by which any disputes concerning the valuation
of uncleared swaps, or the valuation of assets posted as initial margin
or paid as variation margin may be resolved;
(4) Any thresholds below which initial margin need not be posted by
the covered swap entity and/or the counterparty; and
(5) Any thresholds below which variation margin need not be paid by
the covered swap entity and/or the counterparty.
Sec. 23.159 Compliance dates.
(a) Covered swap entities must comply with the minimum margin
requirements for uncleared swaps on or before the following dates for
uncleared swaps entered into on or after the following dates:
(1) December 1, 2015 for the requirements in Sec. 23.153 for
variation margin.
(2) December 1, 2015 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for
initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both the covered swap
entity combined with all its affiliates and its counterparty combined
with all its affiliates, have an average daily aggregate notional
amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign
exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June, July, and August
2015 that exceeds $4 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only
for business days.
(3) December 1, 2016 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for
initial margin for any uncleared swaps where
[[Page 59933]]
both the covered swap entity combined with all its affiliates and its
counterparty combined with all its affiliates, have an average daily
aggregate notional amount of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based
swaps, foreign exchange forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June,
July and August 2016 that exceeds $3 trillion, where such amounts are
calculated only for business days.
(4) December 1, 2017 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for
initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both the covered swap
entity combined with all its affiliates and its counterparty combined
with all its affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June, July and August 2017 that
exceeds $2 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for
business days.
(5) December 1, 2018 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for
initial margin for any uncleared swaps where both the covered swap
entity combined with all its affiliates and its counterparty combined
with all its affiliates have an average daily aggregate notional amount
of uncleared swaps, uncleared security-based swaps, foreign exchange
forwards, and foreign exchange swaps in June, July and August 2018 that
exceeds $1 trillion, where such amounts are calculated only for
business days.
(6) December 1, 2019 for the requirements in Sec. 23.152 for
initial margin for any other covered swap entity with respect to
uncleared swaps entered into with any other counterparty.
(b) Once a covered swap entity and its counterparty must comply
with the margin requirements for uncleared swaps based on the
compliance dates in paragraph (a) of this section, the covered swap
entity and its counterparty shall remain subject to the requirements of
this subpart.
Sec. Sec. 23.160-23.199 [Reserved]
0
3. In Sec. 23.701 revise paragraphs (a)(1), (d), and (f) to read as
follows:
Sec. 23.701 Notification of right to segregation.
(a) * * *
(1) Notify each counterparty to such transaction that the
counterparty has the right to require that any Initial Margin the
counterparty provides in connection with such transaction be segregated
in accordance with Sec. Sec. 23.702 and 23.703 except in those
circumstances where segregation is mandatory pursuant to Sec. 23.157;
* * * * *
(d) Prior to confirming the terms of any such swap, the swap dealer
or major swap participant shall obtain from the counterparty
confirmation of receipt by the person specified in paragraph (c) of
this section of the notification specified in paragraph (a) of this
section, and an election, if applicable, to require such segregation or
not. The swap dealer or major swap participant shall maintain such
confirmation and such election as business records pursuant to Sec.
1.31 of this chapter.
* * * * *
(f) A counterparty's election, if applicable, to require
segregation of Initial Margin or not to require such segregation, may
be changed at the discretion of the counterparty upon written notice
delivered to the swap dealer or major swap participant, which changed
election shall be applicable to all swaps entered into between the
parties after such delivery.
PART 140--ORGANIZATION, FUNCTIONS, AND PROCEDURES OF THE COMMISSION
0
4. The authority citation for part 140 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 2(a)(12), 12a, 13(c), 13(d), 13(e), and
16(b).
0
5. In Sec. 140.93, add paragraph (a)(6) to read as follows:
Sec. 140.93 Delegation of authority to the Director of the Division
of Swap Dealer and Intermediary Oversight.
(a) * * *
(6) All functions reserved to the Commission in Sec. Sec. 23.150
through 23.159 of this chapter.
* * * * *
Issued in Washington, DC, on September 23, 2014, by the
Commission.
Christopher J. Kirkpatrick,
Secretary of the Commission.
Note: The following appendices will not appear in the Code of
Federal Regulations.
Appendices to Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers
and Major Swap Participants--Commission Voting Summary, Chairman's
Statement, and Commissioner's Statement
Appendix 1--Commission Voting Summary
On this matter, Chairman Massad and Commissioners Wetjen, Bowen,
and Giancarlo voted in the affirmative. No Commissioner voted in the
negative.
Appendix 2--Statement of Chairman Timothy G. Massad
I support this proposed rule on margin requirements for uncleared
swaps.
A key mandate of the Dodd-Frank Act was central clearing of swaps.
This is a significant tool to monitor and mitigate risk, and we have
already succeeded in increasing the overall percentage of the market
that is cleared from an estimated 17% in 2007 to 60% last month, when
measured by notional amount.
But cleared swaps are only part of the market. Uncleared, bilateral
swap transactions will continue to be an important part of the
derivatives market. This is so for a variety of reasons. Sometimes,
commercial risks cannot be hedged sufficiently through clearable swap
contracts. Therefore market participants must craft more tailored
contracts that cannot be cleared. In addition, certain products may
lack sufficient liquidity to be centrally risk-managed and cleared.
This may be true even for products that have been in existence for some
time. And there will--and always should be--innovation in the market,
which will lead to new products.
That is why margin for uncleared swaps is important. It is a means
to mitigate the risk of default and therefore the potential risk to the
financial system as a whole. To appreciate the importance of the rule
being proposed, we need only recall how Treasury and the Federal
Reserve had to commit $182 billion to AIG, because its uncleared swap
activities threatened to bring down our financial system.
The proposed rule requires swap dealers and major swap participants
to post and collect margin in their swaps with one another. They must
also do so in their swaps with financial entities, if the level of
activity is above certain thresholds. The proposal does not require
commercial end-users to post or collect margin, nor does it require any
swap dealer or major swap participant to collect margin from or post
margin to commercial end-users. This is an important point.
Today's proposal on margin also reflects the benefit of substantial
collaboration between our staff and our colleagues at the Federal
Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, as well as significant public comment.
The Dodd-Frank Act directs each of the prudential regulators to propose
rules on margin for the entities for which it is the primary regulator,
whereas the CFTC is directed to propose a rule for other
[[Page 59934]]
entities engaging in uncleared swap transactions. The Dodd-Frank Act
also directed us to harmonize our rules as much as possible. Today's
proposed rule is very similar to the proposal of the prudential
regulators that was published recently. I want to again thank our
staff, as well as the staffs of the prudential regulators, for working
together so well to accomplish that task.
We have also sought to harmonize our proposal with rules being
developed in Europe and Asia. Our proposed rule is largely consistent
with the standards proposed by Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
and the International Organization of Securities Commissions, and we
have been in touch with overseas regulators as we developed our
proposal.
The importance of international harmonization cannot be
understated. It is particularly important to reach harmonization in the
area of margin for uncleared swaps, because this is a new requirement
and we do not want to create the potential for regulatory arbitrage in
the market by creating unnecessary differences. Margin for uncleared
swaps goes hand in hand with the global mandates to clear swaps.
Imposing margin on uncleared swaps will level the playing field between
cleared and uncleared swaps and remove any incentive not to clear swaps
that can be cleared.
Proposing this rule is an important step in our effort to finish
the job of implementing the Dodd-Frank Act and will help us achieve the
full benefit of the new regulatory framework, while at the same time
protecting the interests of--and minimizing the burdens on--commercial
end-users who depend on the derivatives markets to hedge normal
business risks.
We recognize that more stringent margin requirements impose costs
on market participants, and therefore the proposal includes a detailed
cost-benefit analysis. I believe the proposed rule balances the
inherent trade-off between mitigating systemic risk and minimizing
costs on individual participants. I look forward to having public
feedback on that analysis, as well as on the proposal as a whole.
Appendix 3--Statement of Commissioner J. Christopher Giancarlo
I support the issuance of the proposed rules for uncleared
margin. I look forward to reviewing well-considered, responsive and
informative comments from the public. Seeking further public comment
on this proposal is necessary given the passage of time and the
further deliberations with our fellow regulators since the
publishing of our 2011 proposal. For the same reasons, I urge the
Commission to re-propose capital requirements for swap dealers and
major swap participants, which are closely linked to the uncleared
margin rules.
Uncleared over-the-counter swaps (OTC) and derivatives are vital
to the U.S. economy. Used properly, they enable American companies
and the banks they borrow from to manage changing commodity and
energy prices, fluctuating currency and interest rates, and credit
default exposure. They allow our state and local governments to
manage their obligations and our pension funds to support healthy
retirements. Uncleared swaps serve a key role in American business
planning and risk management that cannot be filled by cleared
derivatives. They do so by allowing businesses to avoid basis risk
and obtain hedge accounting treatment for more complex, non-
standardized exposures. While much of the swaps and OTC derivatives
markets will eventually be cleared--a transition I have long
supported--uncleared swaps will remain an important tool for
customized risk management by businesses, governments, asset
managers and other institutions whose operations are essential to
American economic growth.
Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking: Cross-Border
I support the Commission's decision to issue an advance notice
of proposed rulemaking to determine how the uncleared margin rule
should apply extraterritorially. I have long advocated that the
Commission take a holistic, global approach to the cross-border
application of its rules. This approach should prioritize the
critical need for international harmony and certainty for American
businesses and other market participants. It is undeniable that the
lack of such certainty in the Commission's cross-border framework is
causing fragmentation of what were once global markets, increasing
systemic risk rather than diminishing it. I therefore applaud the
Commission's decision to seek public comment on the most optimal
cross-border framework with respect to uncleared margin.
In light of the recent decision from the U.S. District Court for
the District of Columbia holding that the Commission's cross-border
guidance is non-binding and that the Commission will have to justify
the cross-border application of its rules each time it brings an
enforcement action,\1\ it is important that the Commission provide
swaps market participants with certainty on how the uncleared margin
rule will apply extraterritorially.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ SIFMA v. CFTC, No. 13-cv-1916 slip op. at 72 (D.D.C. Sept.
16, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I believe that the advance notice of proposed rulemaking for the
cross-border application of the uncleared margin rules demonstrates
a pragmatism and flexibility that belies the oft repeated notion
that CFTC rulemaking widely and woodenly overreaches in its
assertion of extraterritorial jurisdiction. I commend it to our
fellow regulators abroad as a portent of greater accord in global
regulatory reform.
I look forward to reading and addressing well-considered
comments on the cross-border issues. In particular, I join
Commissioner Wetjen in welcoming thoughtful comment and analysis on
the potential competitive impacts associated with each of the
different approaches identified in the advance notice of proposed
rulemaking. I encourage commentators to quantify, if practical, and
be specific about particular provisions or concerns.
Furthermore, I think this rulemaking should be a template for
things to come. I urge the Commission to follow the Securities and
Exchange Commission's (SEC) lead and replace its non-binding
guidance with a comprehensive set of rules, supported by a rigorous
cost-benefit analysis, delineating when activities outside the
United States will have a direct and significant connection with
activities in, or effect on, commerce in the United States. Good
regulation requires nothing less.
Notwithstanding my support for the issuance of these proposed
rules and the advance notice of proposed rulemaking on cross-border
issues in order to solicit comment, I have a number of substantive
concerns which I will now address.
Ten-Day Margin Requirement
Today's proposal requires collateral coverage on uncleared swaps
equal to a ten-day liquidation period. This ten-day calculation
comports with rules adopted recently by the U.S. prudential bank
regulators. Yet, it still must be asked: Is ten days the right
calculation? Why not nine days; why not eleven? Should it be the
same ten days for uncleared credit default swaps as it is for
uncleared interest rate swaps and for all other swaps products?
Surely, all non-cleared swap products do not have the same liquidity
characteristics or risk profiles. I encourage commenters to provide
their input on these questions.
SEC Chair Mary Jo White recently stated: ``Our regulatory
changes must be informed by clear-eyed, unbiased, and fact-based
assessments of the likely impacts--positive and negative--on market
quality for investors and issuers.'' \2\ Chair White's standard of
assessment must surely apply to the proposed margin rule on
uncleared swaps. Where is the clear-eyed assessment of the ten-day
margin requirement? Where is the cost benefit analysis? What are the
intended consequences? What will be the unintended ones? Will
American swaps end users wind up paying for the added margin costs
even though they are meant to be exempt? I would be interested to
hear from commentators on this issue.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Phillip Stafford, Sense of Urgency Underpins Fresh Scrutiny
of Markets, Financial Times, Sept. 16, 2014, available at http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/a373646a-344b-11e4-b81c-00144feabdc0.html?siteedition=intl#axzz3DPM3AEzi.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I am troubled by recent press reports of remarks by unnamed Fed
officials that the coverage period may be intentionally ``punitive''
in order to move the majority of trades into a cleared
environment.\3\ I would
[[Page 59935]]
be interested to review any considered analysis of the likely impact
of the ten-day liquidation period and whether or not it may have a
punitive effect on markets for uncleared swaps products.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ Mike Kentz, Derivatives: Fed backs off corporate margin
requirements, IFRAsia, Sept. 11, 2014, available at http://www.ifrasia.com/derivatives-fed-backs-off-corporate-margin-requirements/21162697.fullarticle.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any punitive or arbitrary squeeze on non-cleared swaps will
surely have consequences--likely unintended--for American businesses
and their ability to manage risk. With tens of millions of Americans
falling back on part-time work, it is not in our national interest
to deter U.S. employers from safely hedging commercial risk to free
capital for new ventures that create full-time jobs. It is time we
move away from punishing U.S. capital markets toward rules designed
to revive American prosperity. I look forward to reviewing well-
considered comments as to the appropriateness of a ten-day
liquidation period, as well as its estimated costs and benefits,
particularly the impact on American economic growth.
End Users
As noted in the preamble, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the CFTC,
the SEC, and the prudential regulators to establish comparable
initial and variation margin requirements for uncleared swaps.\4\ In
2011, however, the Commission and the prudential regulators issued
proposals that varied significantly in several respects. In
particular, the rules proposed by the prudential regulators in 2011
would have required non-financial end users to pay initial and
variation margin to banks, while the Commission's rules exempted
these entities in accordance with Congressional intent.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ CEA section 4s(e)(3)(D)(ii).
\5\ Margin Requirements for Uncleared Swaps for Swap Dealers and
Major Swap Participants, 76 FR 23732, 23736-37 (Apr. 28, 2011).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I am pleased that the prudential regulators have moved in the
CFTC's direction and will not require that non-financial end users
pay margin unless necessary to address the credit risk posed by the
counterparty and the risks of the swap.\6\ It is widely recognized
that non-financial end users, that generally use swaps to hedge
their commercial risk, pose less risk as counterparties than
financial entities. It is my hope that upon finalization of these
rules, swap dealers and major swap participants will treat non-
financial end users consistently when it comes to margin, no matter
which set of rules apply.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The prudential regulator's proposal contains the following
provision: ``A covered swap entity is not required to collect
initial margin with respect to any non-cleared swap or non-cleared
security-based swap with a counterparty that is neither a financial
end user with material swaps exposure nor a swap entity but shall
collect initial margin at such times and in such forms (if any) that
the covered swap entity determines appropriately address the credit
risk posed by the counterparty and the risks of such non-cleared
swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps.'' Margin and Capital
Requirements for Covered Swap Entities, slip copy at 167, available
at http://www.federalreserve.gov/newsevents/press/bcreg/bcreg20140903c1.pdf. This is somewhat different, but not
inconsistent with the Commission's proposal, which will allow the
parties to exchange margin by agreement, or to arrange other types
of collateral agreements consistent with their needs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Threshold for Swaps Exposure
I am also pleased that our collaboration with the BCBS/IOSCO \7\
international working group has resulted in proposed rules that are
largely harmonious with the 2013 international framework. There is a
particular and significant difference that troubles me, however. The
CFTC and the prudential regulators have set the threshold for
material swaps exposure by financial end users at $3 billion, while
the 2013 international framework sets the threshold at [euro]8
billion (approximately $11 billion). This means that a whole middle-
tier of American financial end users could be subject to margin
requirements that will not be borne by similar firms overseas. It
may well limit the number of counterparties willing to enter into
swaps with these important lenders to American business. I am
concerned that this could potentially reduce the utility of risk
reducing strategies for a class of middle-tier, U.S. financial
institutions that have already been hit hard by new capital
constraints, among other rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ Basel Committee on Banking Supervision/International
Organization of Securities Commissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In this time of dismal economic growth, it is hard to justify
placing higher burdens on America's medium-sized financial firms
than those their overseas competitors face. We have not, in my
opinion, sufficiently addressed in our cost benefit analysis the
impact of this threshold difference on American firms and their
customers. Where is the clear-eyed analysis of the impact of this
rule on the American economy? I hope that the Commission will not
perpetuate this divergence in the final rules without carefully
weighing the costs and benefits. I encourage commenters to address
this point and to supply any data and analysis that may be
illuminating. It is time our rules were designed less to punish and
more to promote U.S. capital markets. Punishment as a singular
regulatory policy is getting old and counterproductive. It is time
our rules focused on returning America to work and prosperity.
Increase Reliance on International Collaboration
Similarly, I want to echo Commissioner Wetjen's call for
comments on two areas where the Commission can harness international
collaboration. First, I welcome comments on whether the Commission
should exclude from the scope of this rulemaking any derivative
cleared by a central counterparty (CCP) that is subject to
regulation and supervision consistent with the CPSS-IOSCO Principles
for Financial Market Infrastructures (PFMIs), an alternative on
which the Commission seeks comment in the preamble. It is reported
that at least one U.S. financial firm is a member at 70 different
CCPs around the globe. The present proposal, if finalized, could
result in trades cleared on many of these CCPs being treated as if
they are uncleared.\8\ This would seem to be a needlessly costly and
burdensome imposition on American commerce. Global regulators have
already agreed on international standards in the PFMIs to determine
how CCPs should be regulated and supervised. It makes sense to
leverage these standards where we can. I encourage comment on this
issue.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ Sam Fleming and Phillip Stafford, JPMorgan Tells Clearers to
Build Bigger Buffers, Financial Times, Sept. 11, 2014 available at
http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/0/48aa6b02-38f9-11e4-9526-00144feabdc0.html#axzz3DPM3AEzi.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I would also be interested in commenters' views on how the
Commission should conduct its comparability analysis under this
rulemaking. In the advance notice of proposed rulemaking, the
Commission proposes to permit market participants to comply with
foreign rules, if such rules are comparable to the Commission's
margin requirements. Yet, a better approach may be to compare a
foreign regime to the international standards put forward by the
BCBS/IOSCO international working group that included participation
from over 20 regulatory authorities. Doing so would give the
Commission some comfort that foreign rules meet a necessary
baseline, but could avoid unnecessary and potentially destabilizing
disputes over comparability in the future. I hope the insights of
interested parties will guide not only the Commission, but also the
prudential regulators. I further hope all concerned parties can use
this rulemaking as an opportunity to promote international comity at
a time when it is sorely needed.
Treatment of Small Financial Entities
Another aspect of the proposed rules that concerns me is the
treatment of financial entities that qualify for the small bank
exemption from clearing and financial cooperatives. Section
2(h)(7)(C)(ii) of the CEA directed the Commission to consider
whether to exempt from the definition of ``financial entity'' small
banks, savings associations, farm credit system institutions and
credit unions with total assets of $10 billion or less. In response,
the Commission exempted these small financial institutions from the
definition of financial entity for purposes of clearing. It
recognized that these institutions serve a crucial function in the
markets for hedging the commercial risk of non-financial end users.
Moreover, the Commission acknowledged that the costs associated with
clearing, including margin and other fees and expenses, may be
prohibitive relative to the small number of swaps these firms
execute over a given period of time.\9\ In addition, using its
Section 4(c) exemptive authority, the Commission permits cooperative
financial entities, including those with total assets exceeding $10
billion, to elect an exemption from mandatory clearing for swaps
executed in connection with originating loans for their members, or
that hedge or mitigate commercial risk related to loans or swaps
with their members.\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ End-User Exception to the Clearing Requirement for Swaps, 77
FR 42560, 42578 (Jul. 19, 2012); 17 CFR 50.50(d).
\10\ Clearing Exemption for Certain Swaps Entered into by
Cooperatives, 78 FR 52286 (Aug. 22, 2013); 17 CFR 50.51.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Despite the CFTC's otherwise appropriate treatment of these
small banks and financial cooperatives, the proposed margin rules
treat them as financial institutions required to post
[[Page 59936]]
margin when their swaps exposure exceeds the $3 billion threshold.
This means that small banks and cooperative financial institutions
entitled to a clearing exemption will have to pay margin for their
uncleared activity with swap dealers or major swap participants when
they have material swaps exposure. It makes no sense to provide
these entities with an exemption from clearing on the one hand, only
to turn around and require them to bear the potentially even greater
costs associated with uncleared swaps. They deserve the full benefit
of their clearing exemption, which they may not get if they have to
post margin. I encourage comment on this issue, which I will weigh
carefully in the process of considering a final rule.
Inter-Affiliate Exemption
The proposed rules may also diminish the utility of the
critically important, inter-affiliate clearing exemption the
Commission adopted last year for certain eligible affiliate
counterparties.\11\ The exemption was premised on recognition that
transactions between affiliates do not present the same risks as
market-facing swaps, and generally provide risk-mitigating, hedging,
and netting benefits within a corporate group.\12\ I welcome
comments addressing the impact the proposed rules may have on the
ability of affiliated entities to efficiently manage their risk.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ Clearing Exemption for Swaps Between Certain Affiliated
Entities, 78 FR 21750 (Apr. 11, 2013); 17 CFR 50.52.
\12\ Id. at 21751-54.
\13\ Separately, I also welcome comments on the sufficiency of
the no-action relief issued by the Division of Clearing and Risk for
swaps entered into by treasury affiliates, and whether it may serve
as a model for future rulemaking to provide greater certainty in
this area. See CFTC Letter No. 13-22 (Jun. 4, 2013).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Use of Approved Models to Calculate Capital
Finally, I believe it is important to allow the use of models
when calculating initial margin. The proposed rules require the
Commission's prior written approval before a model can be used, even
though the Commission lacks adequate staff and expertise for
evaluating models. We recognize in the preamble that many covered
swap entities are affiliates of entities whose margin models are
reviewed by one of the prudential regulators, the SEC, or a foreign
regulator, and to avoid duplicative efforts we plan to coordinate
with other regulators in an effort to expedite our review. Rather
than go through a special approval process, however, I believe we
should accept models approved by our fellow regulators, so long as
they contain the required elements. Alternatively, as mentioned in
the preamble and discussed at the open meeting, this may be an area
in which the National Futures Association can provide assistance,
and I am interested in hearing its views on the issue. I also join
Commissioner Wetjen's call for discussion on the circumstances in
which the Commission may permit market participants to continue
using models while Commission staff is reviewing them. Given the
CFTC's limited resources, I believe we should make every effort to
leverage the expertise of other qualified regulators before asking
for more tax dollars from Americans working two jobs just to stay
afloat.
Conclusion
In spite of my stated concerns, I support the issuance of these
proposed rules in order to solicit comment. They raise a number of
important issues, particularly in their impact on the U.S. economy
and job creation and the extent of their application across the
globe. It is vital that we hear from interested parties on how to
get them right. I commend the Chairman and my fellow Commissioners
for their thoughtfulness and open-mindedness in arriving at the
final proposals. I look forward to receiving and reviewing comments
on the issues discussed above and all aspects of the rules.
[FR Doc. 2014-22962 Filed 10-2-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6351-01-P